2008 carens owners manual en

kia, the company

Congratulations! Your selection of a KIA was a wise investment. Itwill give you years of driving pleasure. Now that you are the owner ofa KIA vehicle, you’ll probably be asked a lot of questions about yourvehicle and the company like “What is a KIA?”, “Who is KIA?”,“What does ‘KIA’ mean?”.Here are some answers. First, KIA is the oldest car company in Korea.It is a company that has thousands of employees focused on buildinghigh-quality vehicles at affordable prices. The first syllable, KI, in the word “KIA” means “to arise from to theworld” or “to come up out of to the world”. The second syllable, a,means “Asia”. So, the word KIA, means “to arise from” or “to comeup out of Asia to the world”.

Drive safely and enjoy your Kia!

i

Thank you for choosing a KIA vehicle.When you require service, remember that your dealer knowsyour vehicle best. Your dealer has factory-trained technicians,recommended special tools, genuine KIA replacement partsand is dedicated to your complete satisfaction.Because subsequent owners require this important informationas well, this publication should remain with the vehicle if it issold.This manual will familiarize you with operational, mainte-nance and safety information about your new vehicle. It is sup-plemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manualthat provides important information on all warranties regardingyour vehicle.We urge you to read these publications carefully and follow therecommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operationof your new vehicle.KIA offers a great variety of options, components and featuresfor its various models. Therefore, some of the equipmentdescribed in this manual, along with the various illustrations,may not be applicable to your particular vehicle.

The information and specifications provided in this manualwere accurate at the time of printing. KIA reserves the right todiscontinue or change specifications or design at any timewithout notice and without incurring any obligation. If youhave questions, always check with your KIA dealer.We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoringpleasure and satisfaction in your KIA vehicle.

© 2007 Kia Motors Corp.All rights reserved. Reproduction by any means, electronic ormechanical, including photocopying, recording, or by anyinformation storage and retrieval system or translation inwhole or part is not permitted without written authorizationfrom Kia Motors Corporation.Printed in Korea

Foreword

ii

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

I

Introduction

Your vehicle at a glance

Safety features of your vehicle

Features of your vehicle

Driving your vehicle

What to do in an emergency

Maintenance

Specifications & Consumer information

Index

table of contents

1How to use this manual / 1-2Fuel requirements / 1-3Vehicle break-in process / 1-4Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster / 1-5

Introduction

Introduction

21

A010000AUN

We want to help you get the greatestpossible driving pleasure from your vehi-cle. Your Owner’s Manual can assist youin many ways. We strongly recommendthat you read the entire manual. In orderto minimize the chance of death or injury,you must read the WARNING and CAU-TION sections in the manual.Illustrations complement the words in thismanual to best explain how to enjoy yourvehicle. By reading your manual, youlearn about features, important safetyinformation, and driving tips under vari-ous road conditions.

The general layout of the manual is pro-vided in the Table of Contents. A goodplace to start is the index; it has an alpha-betical listing of all information in yourmanual.Sections: This manual has nine sectionsplus an index. Each section begins with abrief list of contents so you can tell at aglance if that section has the informationyou want.

You will find various WARNINGs,CAUTIONs, and NOTICEs in this manu-al. These WARNINGs were prepared toenhance your personal safety.You shouldcarefully read and follow ALL proceduresand recommendations provided in theseWARNINGs, CAUTIONs and NOTICEs.

✽✽ NOTICEA NOTICE indicates interesting or help-ful information is being provided.

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

WARNING A WARNING indicates a situation inwhich harm, serious bodily injury ordeath could result if the warning isignored.

CAUTIONA CAUTION indicates a situation inwhich damage to your vehicle couldresult if the caution is ignored.

1 3

Introduction

A020101AUN-EU

Your new vehicle is designed to use onlyunleaded fuel having a pump octanenumber ((R+M)/2) of 87 or highter.

Your new vehicle is designed to obtainmaximum performance with UNLEADEDFUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emis-sions and spark plug fouling.

A020103AUN-EU

Gasoline containing alcohol andmethanolGasohol, a mixture of gasoline andethanol (also known as grain alcohol),and gasoline or gasohol containingmethanol (also known as wood alcohol)are being marketed along with or insteadof unleaded gasoline.Do not use gasohol containing more than10% ethanol, and do not use gasoline orgasohol containing any methanol. Eitherof these fuels may cause drivability prob-lems and damage to the fuel system.Discontinue using gasohol of any kind ifdrivability problems occur.Vehicle damage or drivability problemsmay not be covered by the manufactur-er’s warranty if they result from the useof:1. Gasohol containing more than 10%

ethanol.2. Gasoline or gasohol containing

methanol.3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com-prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 per-cent gasoline, and is manufacturedexclusively for use in Flexible FuelVehicles. “E85” is not compatible withyour vehicle. Use of “E85” may result inpoor engine performance and damage toyour vehicle's engine and fuel system.KIA recommends that customers do notuse fuel with an ethanol content exceed-ing 10 percent.

FUEL REQUIREMENTS

CAUTIONNever add any fuel system cleaningagents to the fuel tank other thanwhat has been specified. (Consultan authorized KIA dealer fordetails.)

CAUTIONNever use gasohol which containsmethanol. Discontinue use of anygasohol product which impairs dri-vability.

CAUTIONYour New Vehicle Limited Warrantydoes not cover damage to the fuelsystem or any performance prob-lems caused by the use of “E85” fuel.

WARNING• Do not "top off" after the nozzle

automatically shuts off whenrefueling.

• Tighten the cap until it clicks,otherwise the Check Engine light will illuminate.

• Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an acci-dent.

Introduction

41

A020104AUN

Use of MTBEKIA recommends avoiding fuels contain-ing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether)over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7%weight) in your vehicle.Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% vol.(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) mayreduce vehicle performance and producevapor lock or hard starting.

A020105AUN

Do not use methanolFuels containing methanol (wood alco-hol) should not be used in your vehicle.This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per-formance and damage components ofthe fuel system.

A020106AUN

Gasolines for cleaner airTo help contribute to cleaner air, KIA rec-ommends that you use gasolines treatedwith detergent additives, which help pre-vent deposit formation in the engine.These gasolines will help the engine runcleaner and enhance performance of theEmission Control System.

A020107AUN

Operation in foreign countriesIf you are going to drive your vehicle inanother country, be sure to:• Observe all regulations regarding reg-

istration and insurance.• Determine that acceptable fuel is avail-

able.

A030000AUN

No special break-in period is needed. Byfollowing a few simple precautions for thefirst 1,000 km (600 miles) you may add tothe performance, economy and life ofyour vehicle.• Do not race the engine.• While driving, keep your engine speed

(rpm, or revolutions per minute)between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.

• Do not maintain a single speed for longperiods of time, either fast or slow.Varying engine speed is needed toproperly break-in the engine.

• Avoid hard stops, except in emergen-cies, to allow the brakes to seat prop-erly.

• Don't let the engine idle longer than 3minutes at one time.

• Don't tow a trailer during the first 2,000km (1,200 miles) of operation.

VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS

CAUTIONYour New Vehicle Limited Warrantymay not cover damage to the fuelsystem and any performance prob-lems that are caused by the use offuels containing methanol or fuelscontaining MTBE (Methyl TertiaryButyl Ether) over 15.0% vol.(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.)

1 5

Introduction

INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Door ajar warning light

Seat belt warning light

High beam indicator

Turn signal indicator

Front fog light indicator (if equipped)

ABS warning light (if equipped)

Parking brake & Brake fluid warning light

Engine oil pressure warning light

ESC indicator (if equipped)

ESC OFF indicator (if equipped)

Malfunction indicator

Air bag warning light

Cruise indicator (if equipped)

Cruise SET indicator (if equipped)

Immobilizer indicator (if equipped)

Low fuel level warning light

Tailgate open warning light

* For more detailed explanations, refer to “Instrument cluster” in section 4.

Charging system warning light

Low windshield washer fluid level warning light(if equipped)

A050000AUN-EC

2Interior overview / 2-2Instrument panel overview / 2-3Engine compartment / 2-4



22

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

B010000AUN-EU

1. Door lock/unlock button.....................4-11

2. Inner door handle..............................4-12

3. Outside rearview mirror control switch ................................................4-32

4. Central door lock switch....................4-12

5. Power window lock button.................4-19

6. Power window switches ....................4-17

7. Fuse box ............................................7-45

8. Instrument panel illumination controlknob ..................................................4-35

9. ESC OFF button*..............................5-19

10. Front windshield deicer button* ......4-60

11. Hood release lever..........................4-20

12. Steering wheel ................................4-29

13. Steering wheel tilt lever...................4-30

14. Seat...................................................3-2

* : if equipped

OUN008001N

2 3


INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

B020000AUN

1. Driver’s front air bag.........................3-48

2. Light control / Turn signals ...............4-52

3. Instrument cluster.............................4-34

4. Wiper/Washer...................................4-55

5. Auto cruise controls*.........................5-24

6. Ignition switch.....................................5-4

7. Vent controls ............................4-64/4-73

8. Digital clock..........................................4-87

9. Hazard warning flasher switch...4-51/6-2

10. Audio controls*................................4-92

11. Climate control system*..........4-61/4-70

12. Shift lever .........................................5-7

13. Seat warmer* ...................................3-7

14. Shopping bag holder* ....................4-88

15. Passenger’s front air bag ...............3-48

16. Glove box .......................................4-80

17. Parking brake pedal .......................5-15

18. Brake pedal ....................................5-14

19. Accelerator pedal .............................5-6

* : if equipped

OUN007002N


42

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

1. Engine coolant reservoir ...................7-17

2. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-16

3. Brake fluid reservoir..........................7-20

4. Air cleaner.........................................7-25

5. Fuse box ...........................................7-46

6. Negative battery terminal ...........6-4/7-28

7. Positive battery terminal .............6-4/7-28

8. Automatic transaxle fluid dipstick......7-22

9. Radiator cap ...............................6-6/7-19

10. Engine oil dipstick ...........................7-16

11. Power steering fluid reservoir .........7-21

12. Windshield washer fluid reservoir ...7-24

OUN078001LB030000AUN-EU

■■ 2.4L Engine

* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

2 5


OUN078001

1. Engine coolant reservoir ...................7-17

2. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-16

3. Brake fluid reservoir..........................7-20

4. Air cleaner.........................................7-25

5. Fuse box ...........................................7-46

6. Negative battery terminal ...........6-4/7-28

7. Positive battery terminal .............6-4/7-28

8. Automatic transaxle fluid dipstick......7-22

9. Radiator cap ...............................6-6/7-19

10. Engine oil dipstick ...........................7-16

11. Power steering fluid reservoir .........7-21

12. Windshield washer fluid reservoir ...7-24

■■ 2.7L Engine


3

Seats / 3-2Seat belts / 3-18Child restraint system / 3-32Air bag-advanced supplemental restraint system / 3-40



23

C010000AUN-EE

Front seat(1) Forward and backward(2) Seatback angle(3) Seat cushion height (Driver’s seat)*(4) Seat warmer*(5) Headrest

2nd row seats(6) Forward and backward*(7) Seatback angle(8) Walk-in seat*(9) Headrest

3rd row seats*(10) Folding the seatback(11) Headrest

*: if equipped

SEATS

OUN027059L

7-Seater

7-Seater5-Seater

Power seat

Manual seat

3 3


WARNING - Driver’s seat• Never attempt to adjust seat

while the vehicle is moving. Thiscould result in loss of control,and an accident causing death,serious injury, or property dam-age.

• Do not allow anything to interferewith the normal position of theseatback. Storing items against aseatback or in any other wayinterfering with proper locking ofa seatback could result in seriousor fatal injury in a sudden stop orcollision.

• Always drive and ride with yourseatback upright and the lap por-tion of the seat belt snug and lowacross the hips. This is the bestposition to protect you in case ofan accident.

• In order to avoid unnecessaryand perhaps severe air baginjuries, always sit as far back aspossible from the steering wheelwhile maintaining comfortablecontrol of the vehicle. We recom-mend that your chest be at least10 inches (250 mm) away fromthe steering wheel.

WARNING - Uprightingseat

When you return the seatback to itsupright position, hold the seatbackand return it slowly and be surethere are no other occupantsaround the seat. If the seatback isreturned without being held andcontrolled, the back of the seatcould spring forward resulting inaccidental injury to a person struckby the seatback.

WARNING - Loose objectsLoose objects in the driver’s footarea could interfere with the opera-tion of the foot pedals, possiblycausing an accident. Do not placeanything under the front seats.

WARNING - Driver respon-sibility for passengers

Riding in a vehicle with seatbackreclined could lead to serious orfatal injury in an accident. If a seatis reclined during an accident, theoccupant’s hips may slide underthe lap portion of the seat beltapplying great force to the unpro-tected abdomen. Serious or fatalinternal injuries could result. Thedriver must advise the passengerto keep the seatback in an uprightposition whenever the vehicle is inmotion.


43

Front seat adjustment - manualC010101AUN

Forward and backwardTo move the seat forward or backward:1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever

under the front edge of the seat cush-ion up and hold it.

2. Slide the seat to the position youdesire.

3. Release the lever and make sure theseat is locked in place.

Adjust the seat before driving, and makesure the seat is locked securely by tryingto move forward and backward withoutusing the lever. If the seat moves, it is notlocked properly.

(Continued)• When resetting the rear seatback

to the upright position, makesure it is securely latched bypushing it forward and back-wards.

• To avoid the possibility of burns,do not remove the carpet in thecargo area. Emission controlsbeneath this floor generate highexhaust temperatures.

WARNING - Rear seat-backs (2nd and/or 3rd row)

• The rear seatback must besecurely latched. If not, passen-gers and objects could be thrownforward resulting in seriousinjury or death in the event of asudden stop or collision.

• Luggage and other cargo shouldbe laid flat in the cargo area. Ifobjects are large, heavy, or mustbe piled, they must be secured.Under no circumstances shouldcargo be piled higher than theseatbacks. Failure to follow thesewarnings could result in seriousinjury or death in the event of asudden stop, collision or rollover.

• No passenger should ride in thecargo area or sit or lie on foldedseatbacks while the vehicle ismoving. All passengers must bein seats and restrained properlywhile riding.

(Continued)

WARNINGAfter adjusting the seat, alwayscheck that it is securely locked intoplace by attempting to move theseat forward or reverse withoutusing the lock release lever.Sudden or unexpected movementof the driver's seat could cause youto lose control of the vehicle result-ing in an accident.

OUN028033

3 5


C010102AUN

Seatback angleTo recline the seatback:1. Lean forward slightly and lift up on the

seatback recline lever located on theoutside of the seat at the rear.

2. Carefully lean back on the seat andadjust the seatback of the seat to theposition you desire.

3. Release the lever and make sure theseatback is locked in place. (The leverMUST return to its original position forthe seatback to lock.)

C010103AUN

Seat cushion height (for driver’s seat)To change the height of the seat cushion,push the lever that is located on the out-side of the seat cushion upwards ordownwards.• To lower the seat cushion, push the

lever down several times.• To raise the seat cushion, pull the lever

up several times.

C010104AUN

HeadrestThe headrest not only provides comfortfor the driver and front passenger, butalso helps to protect the head and neckin the event of a collision.

WARNING • For maximum effectiveness in

case of an accident, the headrestshould be adjusted so the middleof the headrest is at the sameheight as the top of the occu-pant's eyes. Also adjust the head-rest so its distance from the headis as wide as your fist. For thisreason, the use of a cushion thatholds the body away from theseatback is not recommended.

• Do not operate the vehicle withthe headrests removed as severeinjury to the occupants mayoccur in the event of an accident.Headrests may provide protec-tion against neck injuries whenproperly adjusted.

• Do not adjust the headrest heightwhile the vehicle is in motion.

OUN028034OUN028035


63

Forward and backward adjustment (if equipped)The headrest may be adjusted forward to3 different positions by pulling the head-rest forward to the desired detent. Toadjust the headrest to it’s furthest back-wards position, pull it fully forward to thefarthest position and release it. Adjust theheadrest so that it properly supports thehead and neck.

Adjusting the height up and downTo raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (1). To lower the head-rest, push and hold the release button (2)on the headrest support and lower theheadrest to the desired position (3).

RemovalTo remove the headrest, raise it as far asit can go then press the release button (1)while pulling upward (2).

OUN026037 OUN026038

OUN026036

OUN026036N

Type B

Type A

3 7


Active headrest (if equipped)The active headrest is designed to moveforward and upward during a rear impact.This helps to prevent the driver's andfront passenger’s heads from movingbackward and thus helps prevent neckinjuries.

C010107AUN

Seat warmer (if equipped)The seat warmer is provided to warm thefront seats during cold weather. With theignition switch in the ON position, pusheither of the switches to warm the driver'sseat or the front passenger's seat.During mild weather or under conditionswhere the operation of the seat warmeris not needed, keep the switches in theOFF position.

✽✽ NOTICEWith the seat warmer switch in the ONposition, the heating system in the seatturns off or on automatically dependingon the seat temperature.

OUN026039

CAUTION• When cleaning the seats, do not

use an organic solvent such asthinner, benzene, alcohol andgasoline. Doing so may damagethe surface of the heater or seats.

• To prevent overheating the seatwarmer, do not place blankets,cushions or seat covers on theseats while the seat warmer is inoperation.

• Do not place heavy or sharpobjects on seats equipped withseat warmers. Damage to the seatwarming components could occur.

HNF2041-1


83

C010108AUN-EU

Seatback pocketThe seatback pocket is provided on theback of the front passenger’s and driver’sseatbacks.

WARNING - Seat warmerburns

Passengers should use extremecaution when using seat warmersdue to the possibility of excessheating or burns. In particular, thedriver must exercise extreme carefor the following types of passen-gers:1. Infants, children, elderly or dis-

abled persons, or hospital outpa-tients

2. Persons with sensitive skin orthose that burn easily

3. Fatigued individuals4. Intoxicated individuals5. Individuals taking medication

that can cause drowsiness orsleepiness (sleeping pills, coldtablets, etc.)

WARNING - Seatbackpockets

Do not put heavy or sharp objectsin the seatback pockets. In an acci-dent they could come loose fromthe pocket and injure vehicle occu-pants.

WARNINGFor proper operation of the occu-pant classification system:• Do not place any items cumula-

tively weighing over 1 kg (2.2 lbs)in the seatback pocket or on theseat.

• Do not hang onto the front pas-senger seat.

OUN028040

3 9


C010200AUN

Front seat adjustment - power(for driver’s seat)The front seat can be adjusted by usingthe control knob located on the outside ofthe seat cushion. Before driving, adjustthe seat to the proper position so as toeasily control the steering wheel, pedalsand switches on the instrument panel.

C010201AUN

Forward and backwardPush the control knob forward or back-ward to move the seat to the desiredposition. Release the knob once the seatreaches the desired position.

WARNINGThe power seat is operable with theignition OFF.Therefore, children should never beleft unattended in the car.

CAUTION• Power seat is driven by an elec-

tric motor. Stop operating oncethe adjustment is completed.Excessive operation may damagethe electrical equipment.

• When in operation, the powerseat consumes large amount ofelectrical power. To preventunnecessary charging systemdrain, don’t adjust the power seatlonger than necessary while theengine is not running.

• Do not operate two or more powerseat control knobs at the sametime. Doing so may result inpower seat motor or electricalcomponent malfunction.

OUN028062


103

C010202AUN

Seatback anglePush the control knob forward or back-ward to move the seatback to the desiredangle. Release the knob once the seatreaches the desired position.

C010203AUN

Seat cushion height Pull the front portion of the control knobup to raise or down to lower the front partof the seat cushion. Pull the rear portionof the control knob up to raise or down tolower the rear part of the seat cushion.Release the knob once the seat reachesthe desired position.

Rear seat adjustmentC010301AUN

Forward and backward (if equipped)To move the seat forward or backward:1. Pull up the seat slide adjustment lever

under the front edge of the seat cush-ion and hold it.

2. Slide the seat to the position youdesire.

3. Release the lever and make sure theseat is locked in place.

Adjust the seat before driving, and makesure the seat is locked securely by tryingto move forward and backward withoutusing the lever. If the seat moves, it is notlocked properly.

OUN026046L

■ 7-seater (2nd row seat)

OUN028063 OUN028064

3 11


C010302AUN

Seatback angle (if equipped)To recline the seatback:1. Pull up the seatback recline lever

located on the outside of the seat atthe rear or on the top of the rear seat-back.

2. Carefully lean back on the seat andadjust the seatback of the seat to theposition you desire.

3. Release the lever and make sure theseatback is locked in place. (The leverMUST return to its original position forthe seatback to lock.)

C010303AUN

HeadrestThe headrest not only provides comfortfor passengers, but also helps to protectthe head and neck in the event of a colli-sion.

OUN026047

OUN026047L


■ 5-seater

WARNING • For maximum effectiveness in

case of an accident, the headrestshould be adjusted so the middleof the headrest is at the sameheight as the top of the occu-pant's eyes. The use of a cushionthat holds the body away fromthe seatback is not recommend-ed.

• Do not operate the vehicle withthe headrests removed as severeinjury to an occupant may occurin the event of an accident.Headrests may provide protec-tion against severe neck injurieswhen properly adjusted.


123

Adjusting the height up and downTo raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (1). To lower the head-rest, push and hold the release button (2)on the headrest support and lower theheadrest to the desired position (3).

RemovalTo remove the headrest, raise it as far asit can go then press the release button(1) while pulling upward (2).

C010306AUN

Walk-in seat (if equipped)To get in or out of the 3rd row seat, pullup the recliner lever on the 2nd row seat-back.The 2nd row seatback will be folded andthe seat will be slid forward.

OUN026043 OUN026044 OUN028058L


3 13


After getting in or out, simply slide the2nd row seat backward and pull up theseatback backward firmly until it clicksinto place. Make sure that the seat islocked in place.

C010307AUN-EU

Folding the rear seatThe rear seatbacks (or cushions) may befolded to facilitate carrying long items orto increase the luggage capacity of thevehicle.

To fold the rear seat cushion and back: - 7-seater (2nd row seat)1. Insert the rear seat belt buckle in the

pocket between the rear seatback andcushion, and insert the rear seat beltwebbing in the guide to prevent theseat belt from being damaged.

2. Set the front seatback to the uprightposition and if necessary, slide thefront seat forward or the rear seatbackward.

WARNINGNever attempt to adjust while thevehicle is moving or the 2nd rowseat is occupied as the seat maysuddenly move and cause the pas-senger on the seat to be injured.

WARNING The purpose of the fold-down rearseatbacks (or cushions) is to allowyou to carry longer objects thancould not otherwise be accommo-dated.Never allow passengers to sit ontop of the folded down seatbackwhile the car is moving as this isnot a proper seating position andno seat belts are available for use.This could result in serious injuryor death in case of an accident orsudden stop. Objects carried on thefolded down seatback should notextend higher than the top of thefront seats. This could allow cargoto slide forward and cause injury ordamage during sudden stops.


143

3. Pull the cushion folding strap (1) andlift the rear portion of the seat cushion.Stand the rear seat cushion vertically.

4. Remove the headrest from the rearseatback

5. Pull up the rear seatback recline lever(2) and fold the rear seatback forwardand down firmly.

6. Stow the headrest by inserting theheadrest poles into the holes on thebottom of the seat cushion.

7. To use the rear seat, lift and push theseatback backward by pulling up theseatback recline lever (2). Pull theseatback firmly until it clicks into place.Make sure the seatback is locked inplace. Replace the headrest on theseatback and adjust it to the desiredposition.

OUN026054L

OUN026055L

OUN026052

OUN026053L

OUN026056L

3 15


8. Return the seat cushion to the originalposition by pushing down the seatcushion and inserting the hook (3) intothe holder (4). Make sure the seatcushion is locked in place.

9. Return the rear seat belt to the properposition.

To fold down the rear seatback:- 7-seater (3rd row seat)- 5-seater1. Insert the rear seat belt buckle in the

pocket between the rear seatback andcushion (if equipped), and insert therear seat belt webbing in the guide toprevent the seat belt from being dam-aged.

2. Set the front (or 2nd row) seatback tothe upright position and if necessary,slide the front (or 2nd row) seat for-ward.

3.Lower the rear headrests to the lowestposition.

4.Pull on the seatback folding lever (orstrap) (1), then fold the seat toward thefront of the vehicle. When you returnthe seatback to its upright position,always be sure it has locked into posi-tion by pushing on the top of the seat-back.

OUN026056

OUN026057

OUN028048L

OUN026048E

■ 7-seater (3rd row seat)

■ 5-seater


163

5. To use the rear seat, lift and pull theseatback backward by pulling on thefolding lever (or strap) (1). Pull theseatback firmly until it clicks into place.Make sure the seatback is locked inplace.

6. Return the rear seat belt to the properposition.

OUN026050L

OUN026050E

■ 7-seater (3rd row seat)

■ 5-seater

WARNING When you return the rear seatbackto its upright position after beingfolded down:Be careful not to damage the seatbelt webbing or buckle. Do notallow the seat belt webbing orbuckle to get caught or pinched inthe rear seat. Ensure that the seat-back is completely locked into itsupright position by pushing on thetop of the seatback. Otherwise, inan accident or sudden stop, theseat could fold down and allowcargo to enter the passenger com-partment, which could result inserious injury or death.

WARNING - 3rd row seat (if equipped)

The headrest on the 3rd row seatshould be adjusted so the middle ofthe headrest is at the same heightas the top of the occupant's eyes.If the tailgate is pushed down whenthe passenger's head is not againsta properly adjusted headrest, thetailgate may hit the occupant'shead, which could cause injury.

OUN026140

3 17


C010313AUN-EU

Full flat seatWhen the vehicle is parked, you canplace the front seat in a reclined position,nearly flat.1. Move the rear seat to the farthest rear-

ward position. (if equipped)2. Move the front seat to the farthest for-

ward position.3. Remove the headrest.4. Recline the seatback as far as it can

go to allow the rear seat passenger tosupport their legs in the reclined posi-tion.

1VQA2329

WARNING - Full flat seatDo not allow a passenger to use thefull flat seat feature while the vehi-cle is in motion. Severe injury ordeath could occur in an accident.

WARNING - Uprightingseat

When you return the seatback to itsupright position, hold the seatbackand return it slowly. If the seatbackis returned without holding it, theback of the seat could spring for-ward resulting in accidental injuryfrom being struck by the seatback.

CAUTION - Rear seat beltsWhen returning the rear (2nd and /or3rd row) seatbacks to the uprightposition, remember to return therear shoulder belts to their properposition. Routing the seat belt web-bing through the rear seat beltguides will help keep the belts frombeing trapped behind or under theseats.

CAUTION - Damaging rearseat belt buckles

When you fold the rear (2nd and/or3rd row) seatback or put luggage onthe rear (2nd and 3rd row) seatcushion, insert the buckle in thepocket between the rear seatbackand cushion. Doing so can preventthe buckle from being damaged bythe rear seatback or luggage.


183

C020100AUN

Seat belt restraint system

WARNING• For maximum restraint system

protection, the seat belts mustalways be used whenever the caris moving.

• Seat belts are most effectivewhen seatbacks are in theupright position.

• Children age 12 and under mustalways be properly restrained inthe rear seat. Never allow chil-dren to ride in the front passen-ger seat. If a child over 12 mustbe seated in the front seat, he/shemust be properly belted and theseat should be moved as far backas possible.

• Never wear the shoulder beltunder your arm or behind yourback. An improperly positionedshoulder belt can cause seriousinjuries in a crash. The shoulderbelt should be positioned midwayover your shoulder across yourcollarbone.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Avoid wearing twisted seat belts.

A twisted belt can't do its job aswell. In a collision, it could evencut into you. Be sure the beltwebbing is straight and not twist-ed.

• Be careful not to damage the beltwebbing or hardware. If the beltwebbing or hardware is dam-aged, replace it.

WARNING - Cargo loadingMake sure the engine is off, theautomatic transaxle is in P (Park)and the parking brake is appliedwhenever loading or unloadingcargo. Failure to take these stepsmay allow the vehicle to move ifshift lever is inadvertently moved toanother position.

WARNING - CargoCargo should always be secured toprevent it from being thrown aboutthe vehicle in a collision and caus-ing injury to the vehicle occupants.Special care of objects should betaken when placing them in the rear(2nd and/or 3rd row) seats, sincethose may hit the front seat occu-pants in a frontal collision.

SEAT BELTS

3 19


C020101AUN-EU

Seat belt warningDriver's seat belt warningAs a reminder to the driver, the driver’sseat belt warning light will blink forapproximately 6 seconds each time youturn the ignition switch ON regardless ofbelt fastening.

If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition switch is turned ON orif it is disconnected after the ignitionswitch is turn ON, the driver's seat beltwarning light will blink for approximately6 seconds and the seat belt warningchime will sound for approximately 6 sec-onds until the belt is fastened. If the dri-ver's seat belt is not fastened for approx-imately 36 seconds after starting theengine, the driver's seat belt warninglight and chime will operate at most 11times with a pattern of 6 seconds on and24 seconds off or until the belt is fas-tened. Front passenger's seat belt warning

As a reminder to the front passenger, thefront passenger's seat belt warning lightwill blink for approximately 6 secondseach time you turn the ignition switch ONregardless of belt fastening. If the pas-senger's seat belt is unfastened whenthe vehicle speed exceeds 10 km/h (6mph), the passenger's seat belt warninglight will blink for at least 6 seconds oruntil the belt is fastened.

OUN036023N OUN037024N


203

✽✽ NOTICE• You can find the front passenger’s

seat belt warning light on the centerfascia panel.

• Although the front passenger seat isnot occupied, the seat belt warninglight will blink for 6 seconds.

• The front passenger's seat belt warn-ing may operate when luggage isplaced on the front passenger seat.

C020102AUN-EU

Seat belt - Driver's 3-point systemwith emergency locking retractorTo fasten your seat belt:To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of theretractor and insert the metal tab (1) intothe buckle (2). There will be an audible"click" when the tab locks into the buckle.The seat belt automatically adjusts to theproper length only after the lap belt por-tion is adjusted manually so that it fitssnugly around your hips. If you lean for-ward in a slow, easy motion, the belt willextend and let you move around. If thereis a sudden stop or impact, however, thebelt will lock into position. It will also lockif you try to lean forward too quickly.

You can adjust the height of the shoulderbelt anchor to one of 5 positions for max-imum comfort and safety.If the height of the adjusting seat belt istoo near your neck, you will not be gettingthe most effective protection. The shoul-der portion should be adjusted so that itlies across your chest and midway overyour shoulder nearest the door and notyour neck.To adjust the height of the seat beltanchor, lower or raise the height adjusterinto an appropriate position.

B180A01NF

1

2OUN026100

Front seat

3 21


To raise the height adjuster, pull it up (1).To lower it, push it down (3) while press-ing the height adjuster button (2).Release the button to lock the anchorinto position. Try sliding the heightadjuster to make sure that it has lockedinto position.

C020106AUN

Seat belts - Front passenger and rearseat 3-point system with combinationlocking retractorTo fasten your seat belt: Combination retractor type seat belts areinstalled in the rear seat positions to helpaccommodate the installation of childrestraint systems. Although a combina-tion retractor is also installed in the frontpassenger seat position, it is stronglyrecommended that children always beseated in the rear seat. NEVER placeany infant restraint system in the frontseat of the vehicle.This type of seat belt combines the fea-tures of both an emergency lockingretractor seat belt and an automatic lock-ing retractor seat belt. To fasten your seatbelt, pull it out of the retractor and insertthe metal tab into the buckle. There willbe an audible "click" when the tab locksinto the buckle. When not securing achild restraint, the seat belt operates inthe same way as the driver's seat belt(Emergency Locking Retractor Type). Itautomatically adjusts to the proper lengthonly after the lap belt portion of the seatbelt is adjusted manually so that it fitssnugly around your hips.

WARNING• Verify the shoulder belt anchor is

locked into position at the appro-priate height. Never position theshoulder belt across your neck orface. Improperly positioned seatbelts can cause serious injuriesin an accident.

• Failure to replace seat belts afteran accident could leave you withdamaged seat belts that will notprovide protection in the event ofanother collision leading to per-sonal injury or death. Replaceyour seat belts after being in anaccident as soon as possible.

WARNINGYou should place the lap belt por-tion as low as possible and snuglyacross your hips, not on your waist.If the lap belt is located too high onyour waist, it may increase thechance of injury in the event of acollision. Both arms should not beunder or over the belt. Rather, oneshould be over and the other under,as shown in the illustration.Never wear the seat belt under thearm nearest the door.

B200A02NF


223

When the seat belt is fully extended fromthe retractor to allow the installation of achild restraint system, the seat belt oper-ation changes to allow the belt to retract,but not to extend (Automatic LockingRetractor Type). Refer to “Using a childrestraint system” in this section.

✽✽ NOTICEAlthough the combination retractorprovides the same level of protection forseated passengers in either emergencyor automatic locking modes, it is recom-mended that seated passengers use theemergency locking feature for improvedconvenience. The automatic lockingfunction is intended to facilitate childrestraint installation. To convert fromthe automatic locking feature to theemergency locking operation mode,allow the unbuckled seat belt to fullyretract.

When using the rear center seat belt, thebuckle with the “CENTER” mark must beused.

To release the seat belt:The seat belt is released by pressing therelease button (1) in the locking buckle.When it is released, the belt should auto-matically draw back into the retractor.If this does not happen, check the belt tobe sure it is not twisted, then try again.

B210A01NF1OUN026131N

3 23


C020104AUN

3-point rear center seat belt (5-seater)To fasten the rear center seat belt:1. Pull the webbing slowly out from the

retractor on the top of the seatback toconnect the rear center belt.

2. Insert the metal tab (1) into the openend of the anchor connector (2) untilan audible “click" is heard, indicatingthe latch is locked. Make sure the beltis not twisted.

3. Pull the webbing and insert the tongueplate (3) into the open end of the buck-le (4) until an audible “click” is heard,indicating the latch is locked. Makesure the belt is not twisted.

OUN036132N OUN036133N

CAUTION - Cargo Be sure that cargo is securelyloaded in the rear cargo area.Failing to do so may cause damageto the rear center seat belt in sud-den stops or collisions.

OUN036903N


243

There will be an audible “click” when thetab locks in the buckle. The seat beltautomatically adjusts to the proper lengthonly after the lap belt is adjusted manu-ally so that it fits snugly around your hips.If you lean forward in a slow, easymotion, the belt will extend and let youmove around. If there is a sudden stop orimpact, the belt will lock into position. Itwill also lock if you try to lean forward tooquickly.

When using the rear center seat belt, thebuckle with the “CENTER” mark must beused.

To unfasten the rear center seat belt:1. Press the release button (5) on the

buckle (4) and remove the tongueplate (3) from the buckle (4).

2. Allow the webbing to draw back auto-matically into the retractor.

WARNINGNever let anyone ride in the rearcenter seat without fastening allmetal tab (or tongue plate) andanchor connector (or buckle) asdescribed in this section. This seatbelt is designed to function as atypical 3-point restraint (lap/shoul-der belt). Using only the shoulderportion or lap portion of the beltcan result in serious or fatalinjuries in the event of a collision orsudden stop.

OUN036134N OUN036904N

3 25


3. If necessary, disconnect the metal tab(1) from the anchor connector (2) byinserting a key or similar small rigiddevice into the release button (6) onthe anchor connector (2) and allow thewebbing to draw back automaticallyinto the retractor.

C020105AUN

Stowing the rear seat belt • The rear seat belt buckles can be

stowed in the pocket between the rearseatback and cushion when not in use.

• The center seat belt can be stowedwith the plate and webbing rolled in thepocket between the rear seatback andcushion.

Routing the seat belt webbing throughthe rear seat belt guides will help keepthe belts from being trapped behind orunder the seats.

OUN036137L

OUN026133

2nd row seat (7-seater)

3rd row seat (7-seater)OUN026134

OUN026135

2nd row seat

3rd row seat (7-seater)

OUN036136N

OUN036135N


263

C020200AUN-EU

Pre-tensioner seat belt Your vehicle is equipped with driver's andfront passenger's pre-tensioner seatbelts. The purpose of the pre-tensioner isto make sure that the seat belts fit tightlyagainst the occupant's body in certainfrontal collisions. The pre-tensioner seatbelts can be activated, where the frontalcollision is severe enough, together withthe air bags.

When the vehicle stops suddenly, or ifthe occupant tries to lean forward tooquickly, the seat belt retractor will lockinto position. In certain frontal collisions,the pre-tensioner will activate and pullthe seat belt into tighter contact againstthe occupant's body.If the system senses excessive seat belttension on the driver or passenger's seatbelt when the pre-tensioner activates, theload limiter inside the pre-tensioner willrelease some of the pressure on theaffected seat belt. (if equipped)

The seat belt pre-tensioner system con-sists mainly of the following components.Their locations are shown in the illustra-tion:1. SRS air bag warning light2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly3. SRS control module

OMG035300 1LDE3100

3 27


✽✽ NOTICE• Both the driver's and front passen-

ger's pre-tensioner seat belts will beactivated in certain frontal collisions.The pre-tensioner seat belts can beactivated, where the frontal collisionis severe enough, together with the airbags.The pre-tensioners will not be activat-ed if the seat belts are not being wornat the time of the collision.

• When the pre-tensioner seat belts areactivated, a loud noise may be heardand fine dust, which may appear to besmoke, may be visible in the passengercompartment. These are normal oper-ating conditions and are not haz-ardous.

• Although it is harmless, the fine dustmay cause skin irritation and shouldnot be breathed for prolonged peri-ods. Wash all exposed skin areas thor-oughly after an accident in which thepre-tensioner seat belts were activat-ed.

✽✽ NOTICEBecause the sensor that activates theSRS air bag is connected with the pre-tensioner seat belt, the SRS air bagwarning light on the instrumentpanel will illuminate for approximately6 seconds after the ignition switch hasbeen turned to the ON position, andthen it should turn off.

AIRBAG

WARNINGTo obtain maximum benefit from apre-tensioner seat belt:1. The seat belt must be worn cor-

rectly and adjusted to the properposition. Please read and followall of the important informationand precautions about your vehi-cle’s occupant safety features –including seat belts and air bags– that are provided in this manu-al.

2. Be sure you and your passen-gers always wear seat belts prop-erly.

CAUTIONIf the pre-tensioner seat belt is notworking properly, this warning lightwill illuminate even if there is nomalfunction of the SRS air bag. Ifthe SRS air bag warning light doesnot illuminate when the ignitionswitch is turned to ON, or if itremains illuminated after illuminat-ing for approximately 6 seconds, orif it illuminates while the vehicle isbeing driven, please have anauthorized KIA dealer inspect thepre-tensioner seat belt or SRS airbag system as soon as possible.


283

C020300AUN-EU

Seat belt precautions(Continued)• Improper handling of the pre-ten-

sioner seat belt assemblies, andfailure to heed the warnings notto strike, modify, inspect, replace,service or repair the pre-tension-er seat belt assemblies may leadto improper operation or inadver-tent activation and serious injury.

• Always wear the seat belts whendriving or riding in a motor vehi-cle.

WARNING• Pre-tensioners are designed to

operate only one time. After acti-vation, pre-tensioner seat beltsmust be replaced. All seat belts,of any type, should always bereplaced after they have beenworn during a collision.

• The pre-tensioner seat beltassembly mechanisms becomehot during activation. Do nottouch the pre-tensioner seat beltassemblies for several minutesafter they have been activated.

• Do not attempt to inspect orreplace the pre-tensioner seatbelts yourself. This must be doneby an authorized KIA dealer.

• Do not strike the pre-tensionerseat belt assemblies.

(Continued)

WARNINGAll occupants of the vehicle mustwear their seat belts at all times.Seat belts and child restraintsreduce the risk of serious or fatalinjuries for all occupants in theevent of a collision or sudden stop.Without a seat belt, occupantscould be shifted too close to adeploying air bag, strike the interiorstructure or be thrown from thevehicle. Properly worn seat beltsgreatly reduce these hazards.Even with advanced air bags,unbelted occupants can be severe-ly injured by a deploying air bag.Always follow the precautionsabout seat belts, air bags and occu-pant seating contained in this man-ual.

3 29


C020306AUN

Infant or small childYou should be aware of the specificrequirements in your country. Childand/or infant seats must be properlyplaced and installed in the rear seat. Formore information about the use of theserestraints, refer to “Child restraint sys-tem” in this section.

✽✽ NOTICESmall children are best protected frominjury in an accident when properlyrestrained in the rear seat by a childrestraint system that meets the require-ments of safety standards of your coun-try. Before buying any child restraintsystem, make sure that it has a label cer-tifying that it meets safety standards ofyour country. The restraint must beappropriate for your child's height andweight. Check the label on the childrestraint for this information. Refer to“Child restraint system” in this section.

C020301AUN

Larger childrenChildren who are too large for childrestraint systems should always occupythe rear seat and use the availablelap/shoulder belts. The lap portion shouldbe fastened snug on the hips and as lowas possible. Check belt fit periodically. Achild's squirming could put the belt out ofposition. Children are afforded the mostsafety in the event of an accident whenthey are restrained by a proper restraintsystem in the rear seat. If a larger child(over age 12) must be seated in the frontseat, the child should be securelyrestrained by the available lap/shoulderbelt and the seat should be placed in therearmost position. Children age 12 andunder should be restrained securely inthe rear seat. NEVER place a child age12 and under in the front seat. NEVERplace a rear facing child seat in the frontseat of a vehicle.

WARNINGEvery person in your vehicle needsto be properly restrained at alltimes, including infants and chil-dren. Never hold a child in yourarms or lap when riding in a vehi-cle. The violent forces created dur-ing a crash will tear the child fromyour arms and throw the childagainst the interior. Always use achild restraint appropriate for yourchild's height and weight.


303

If the shoulder belt portion slightly touch-es the child’s neck or face, try placing thechild closer to the center of the vehicle. Ifthe shoulder belt still touches their faceor neck they need to be returned to achild restraint system.

C020302AUN

Pregnant womenThe use of a seat belt is recommendedfor pregnant women to lessen the chanceof injury in an accident. When a seat beltis used, the lap belt portion should beplaced as low and snugly as possible onthe hips, not across the abdomen. Forspecific recommendations, consult aphysician.

C020303AUN

Injured personA seat belt should be used when aninjured person is being transported.When this is necessary, you should con-sult a physician for recommendations.

C020304AUN

One person per beltTwo people (including children) shouldnever attempt to use a single seat belt.This could increase the severity ofinjuries in case of an accident.

C020305AUN

Do not lie downTo reduce the chance of injuries in theevent of an accident and to achieve maxi-mum effectiveness of the restraint system,all passengers should be sitting up and thefront and rear (2nd and/or 3rd row) seatsshould be in an upright position when thecar is moving.A seat belt cannot provide proper protec-tion if the person is lying down in the rearseat or if the front and rear (2nd and/or 3rdrow) seats are in a reclined position.

WARNING - Shoulder beltson small children

• Never allow a shoulder belt to bein contact with a child’s neck orface while the vehicle is inmotion.

• If seat belts are not properly wornand adjusted on children, there isa risk of death or serious injury.

3 31


C020400AUN

Care of seat beltsSeat belt systems should never be disas-sembled or modified. In addition, careshould be taken to assure that seat beltsand belt hardware are not damaged byseat hinges, doors or other abuse.

C020401AUN

Periodic inspectionWe recommend that all seat belts beinspected periodically for wear or dam-age of any kind. Any damaged partsshould be replaced as soon as possible.

C020402AUN

Keep belts clean and drySeat belts should be kept clean and dry.If belts become dirty, they can becleaned by using a mild soap solutionand warm water. Bleach, dye, strongdetergents or abrasives should not beused because they may damage andweaken the fabric.

C020403AUN

When to replace seat beltsEntire in-use seat belt assembly orassemblies should be replaced if thevehicle has been involved in an accident.This should be done even if no damageis visible. Additional questions concern-ing seat belt operation should be directedto an authorized KIA dealer.

WARNING When you return the rear seatbackto its upright position after the rearseatback has been folded down, becareful not to damage the seat beltwebbing or buckle. Be sure that thewebbing or buckle does not getcaught or pinched in the rear seat.A seat belt with damaged webbingor buckle will not be as strong andcould possibly fail during a colli-sion or sudden stop, resulting inserious injury.

WARNINGRiding with a reclined seatbackincreases your chance of serious orfatal injuries in the event of a colli-sion or sudden stop. The protectionof your restraint system (seat beltsand air bags) is greatly reduced byreclining your seat. Seat belts mustbe snug against your hips andchest to work properly. The morethe seatback is reclined, the greaterthe chance that an occupant's hipswill slide under the lap belt causingserious internal injuries or theoccupant's neck could strike theshoulder belt. Drivers and passen-gers should always sit well back intheir seats, properly belted, andwith the seatbacks upright.


323

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMC030000BUN

Children riding in the car should sit in therear seat and must always be properlyrestrained to minimize the risk of injury inan accident, sudden stop or suddenmaneuver. According to accident statis-tics, children are safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seats than in thefront seat. Larger children not in a childrestraint should use one of the seat beltsprovided.You should be aware of the specificrequirements in your country. Childand/or infant safety seats must be prop-erly placed and installed in the rear seat.You must use a commercially availablechild restraint system that meets therequirements of the Safety Standards ofyour country.Children could be injured or killed in acrash if their restraints are not properlysecured. For small children and babies, achild seat or infant seat must be used.Before buying a particular child restraintsystem, make sure it fits your car seatand seat belts, and fits your child. Followall the instructions provided by the man-ufacturer when installing the childrestraint system.

WARNING• A child restraint system must be

placed in the rear seat. Neverinstall a child or infant seat on thefront passenger's seat. Should anaccident occur and cause thepassenger-side air bag to deploy,it could severely injure or kill aninfant or child seated in an infantor child seat. Thus only use achild restraint in the rear seat ofyour vehicle.

• A seat belt or child restraint sys-tem can become very hot if it isleft in a closed vehicle on a sunnyday, even if the outside tempera-ture does not feel hot. Be sure tocheck the seat cover and bucklesbefore placing a child there.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When the child restraint system

is not in use, store it in the lug-gage area or fasten it with a seatbelt so that it will not be thrownforward in the case of a suddenstop or an accident.

• Children may be seriously injuredor killed by an inflating air bag.All children, even those too largefor child restraints, must ride inthe rear seat.

3 33


WARNINGTo reduce the chance of serious orfatal injuries:• Children of all ages are safer

when restrained in the rear seat.A child riding in the front passen-ger seat can be forcefully struckby an inflating air bag resulting inserious or fatal injuries.

• Always follow the instructions forinstallation and use of the childrestraint maker.

• Always make sure the child seatis secured properly in the car andyour child is securely restrainedin the child seat.

• Never hold a child in your arms orlap when riding in a vehicle. Theviolent forces created during acrash will tear the child from yourarms and throw the child againstthe car’s interior.

• Never put a seat belt over your-self and a child. During a crash,the belt could press deep into thechild causing serious internalinjuries.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never leave children unattended

in a vehicle – not even for a shorttime. The car can heat up veryquickly, resulting in seriousinjuries to children inside. Evenvery young children may inadver-tently cause the vehicle to move,entangle themselves in the win-dows, or lock themselves or oth-ers inside the vehicle.

• Never allow two children, or anytwo persons, to use the sameseat belt.

• Children often squirm and repo-sition themselves improperly.Never let a child ride with theshoulder belt under their arm orbehind their back. Always proper-ly position and secure children inrear seat.

• Never allow a child to stand-up orkneel on the seat or floorboard ofa moving vehicle. During a colli-sion or sudden stop, the childcan be violently thrown againstthe vehicles interior, resulting inserious injury.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never use an infant carrier or a

child safety seat that "hooks"over a seatback, it may not pro-vide adequate security in an acci-dent.

• Seat belts can become very hot,especially when the car is parkedin direct sunlight. Always checkseat belt buckles before fasten-ing them over a child.


343

C030100AUN-EU

Using a child restraint systemFor small children and babies, the use ofa child seat or infant seat is required.Thischild seat or infant seat should be ofappropriate size for the child and shouldbe installed in accordance with the man-ufacturer's instructions.

For safety reasons, we recommend thatthe child restraint system be used in therear seats.

Since all passenger seat belts movefreely under normal conditions and onlylock under extreme or emergency condi-tions (emergency lock mode), you mustmanually change these seat belts to theauto lock mode to secure a childrestraint.

C030102AUN-EU

Placing a passenger seat belt intothe auto lock mode The use of the auto lock mode willensure that the normal movement of thechild in the vehicle does not cause theseat belt to be pulled out and loosen thefirmness of its hold on the child restraintsystem. To secure a child restraint sys-tem, use the following procedure.

CRS

OUN026150

Forward-facing child restraint system

Rearward-facing child restraint system

WARNING - Child seatinstallation

• Before installing the childrestraint system, read theinstructions supplied by the childrestraint system manufacturer.

• If the seat belt does not operateas described in this section, havethe system checked immediatelyby your authorized KIA dealer.

• Failure to observe this manual'sinstructions regarding childrestraint system and the instruc-tions provided with the childrestraint system could increasethe chance and/or severity ofinjury in an accident.

WARNINGNever place a rear-facing childrestraint in the front passengerseat, because of the danger that aninflating passenger-side air bagcould impact the rear-facing childrestraint and kill the child.

3 35


To install a child restraint system on theoutboard or center rear seats, do the fol-lowing:1. Place the child restraint system in the

seat and route the lap/shoulder beltaround or through the restraint, follow-ing the restraint manufacturer’sinstructions. Be sure the seat belt web-bing is not twisted.

2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch intothe buckle. Listen for the distinct “click”sound.

Position the release button so that it iseasy to access in case of an emergency.

3. Pull the shoulder portion of the seatbelt all the way out. When the shoulderportion of the seat belt is fully extend-ed, it will shift the retractor to the “AutoLock” (child restraint) mode.

E2MS103005 E2BLD310 MMSA3028


363

4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion ofthe seat belt to retract and listen for anaudible “clicking” or “ratcheting” sound.This indicates that the retractor is inthe “Auto Lock” mode. If no distinctsound is heard, repeat steps 3 and 4.

5. Remove as much slack from the beltas possible by pushing down on thechild restraint system while feeding theshoulder belt back into the retractor.

6. Push and pull on the child restraintsystem to confirm that the seat belt isholding it firmly in place. If it is not,release the seat belt and repeat steps2 through 6.

7. Double check that the retractor is inthe “Auto Lock” mode by attempting topull more of the seat belt out of theretractor. If you cannot, the retractor isin the “Auto Lock” mode.

To remove the child restraint, press therelease button on the buckle and thenpull the lap/shoulder belt out of therestraint and allow the seat belt to retractfully.

When the seat belt is allowed toretract to its fully stowed position, theretractor will automatically switchfrom the “Auto Lock” mode to theemergency lock mode for normaladult usage.

"Click"

MMSA3029 MMSA3030

WARNING - Auto lockmode

The lap/shoulder belt automaticallyreturns to the “emergency lockmode” whenever the belt is allowedto retract fully. Therefore, the pre-ceding seven steps must be fol-lowed each time a child restraint isinstalled.If the retractor is not in theAutomatic Locking mode, the childrestraint can move when your vehi-cle turns or stops suddenly. A childcan be seriously injured or killed ifthe child restraint is not properlyanchored to the car, including set-ting the retractor to the AutomaticLocking mode.

3 37


C030103AUN

Securing a child restraint seat withtether anchor system Child restraint hook holders are locatedon the floor behind the rear seats (or onthe back of the rear seatbacks).

1. Route the child restraint seat strapover the seatback.For vehicles with adjustable headrest,route the tether strap under the head-rest and between the headrest posts,otherwise route the tether strap overthe top of the seatback.

2. Connect the tether strap hook to theappropriate child restraint hook holderand tighten to secure the seat.

WARNING - Tether strapNever mount more than one childrestraint to a single tether or to asingle lower anchorage point. Theincreased load caused by multipleseats may cause the tethers oranchorage points to break, causingserious injury or death.

WARNINGA child can be seriously injured orkilled in a collision if the childrestraint is not properly anchoredto the car and the child is not prop-erly restrained in the child restraint.Always follow the child seat manu-facturer’s instructions for installa-tion and use.

OUN036100N

OUN036138L

7-seater

5-seater2GHA3300L


383

C030104AUN-EU

Securing a child restraint seat withchild seat lower anchor systemSome child seat manufacturers makechild restraint seats that are labeled asLATCH or LATCH-compatible childrestraint seats. LATCH stands for "Loweranchors and Tethers for Children". Theseseats include two rigid or webbingmounted attachments that connect totwo LATCH anchors at specific seatingpositions in your vehicle. This type ofchild restraint seat eliminates the need touse seat belts to attach the child seat inthe rear seats.

There is a child restraint symbol locatedon the lower portion of each side of therear seatbacks. These symbols indicatethe position of the lower anchors for childrestraints so equipped.

WARNING - Child restraintcheck

Check that the child restraint sys-tem is secure by pushing andpulling it in different directions.Incorrectly fitted child restraintsmay swing, twist, tip or separatecausing death or serious injury.

WARNING - Child restraintanchorage

• Child restraint anchorages aredesigned to withstand only thoseloads imposed by correctly fittedchild restraints. Under no circum-stances are they to be used foradult seat belts or harnesses orfor attaching other items orequipment to the vehicle.

• The tether strap may not workproperly if attached somewhereother than the correct tetheranchor.

OUN036101L OUN036139L

3 39


LATCH anchors have been provided inyour vehicle. The LATCH anchors arelocated in the left and right outboard rearseating positions. Their locations areshown in the illustration. There is noLATCH anchor provided for the centerrear seating position.The LATCH anchors are located betweenthe seatback and the seat cushion of therear seat left and right outboard seatingpositions.Follow the child seat manufacturer’sinstructions to properly install childrestraint seats with LATCH or LATCH-compatible attachments.Once you have installed the LATCH childrestraint, assure that the seat is properlyattached to the LATCH and tetheranchors.

Also, test the child restraint seat beforeyou place the child in it. Tilt the seat fromside to side. Also try to tug the seat for-ward. Check to see if the anchors holdthe seat in place.

WARNINGIf the child restraint is not anchoredproperly, the risk of a child beingseriously injured or killed in a colli-sion greatly increases.

WARNING - LATCH loweranchors

LATCH lower anchors are only tobe used with the left and right rearoutboard seating positions. Neverattempt to attach an LATCHequipped seat in the center seatingposition. You may damage theanchors or the anchors may failand break in a collision.

WARNING When using the vehicle's "LATCH"system to install a child restraintsystem in the rear seat, all unusedvehicle rear seat belt metal latchplates or tabs must be latchedsecurely in their seat belt bucklesand the seat belt webbing must beretracted behind the child restraintto prevent the child from reachingand taking hold of unretracted seatbelts. Unlatched metal latch platesor tabs may allow the child to reachthe unretracted seat belts whichmay result in strangulation and aserious injury or death to the childin the child restraint.

OUN036140L

WARNINGInstall the child restraint seat fullyrearward against the seatback withthe seatback reclined one positionfrom the most upright latched posi-tion.

CAUTIONDo not allow the rear seat belt web-bing to get scratched or pinched bythe child-seat latch and LATCHanchor during the installation.


403

C040000AUN

(1) Driver’s front air bag(2) Passenger’s front air bag(3) Side air bag*(4) Curtain air bag** : if equipped

AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

OEN036301

* The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

WARNINGEven in vehicles with air bags, youand your passengers must alwayswear the safety belts provided inorder to minimize the risk andseverity of injury in the event of acollision or rollover.

3 41


C040100AUN-EU

SRS components and functionsThe SRS consists of the following com-ponents:1. Driver's front air bag module2. Passenger's front air bag module3. Side air bag modules*4. Curtain air bag modules*5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies6. Air bag warning light7. SRS control module (SRSCM)8. Front impact sensors9. Side impact sensors*10. “PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF” indi-

cator (Front passenger’s seat only)11. Occupant classification system

(Front passenger’s seat only)

12. Driver’s seat track position sensor13. Driver’s and front passenger’s seat

belt buckle sensors*: if equipped

The SRSCM continually monitors allSRS components while the ignitionswitch is ON to determine if a crashimpact is severe enough to require airbag deployment or pre-tensioner seatbelt deployment.The SRS "AIR BAG" warning light on theinstrument panel will illuminate for about6 seconds after the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, after which theSRS "AIR BAG" warning light should goout.If any of the following conditions occurs,this indicates a malfunction of the SRS.Have an authorized KIA dealer inspectthe air bag system as soon as possible.• The light does not turn on briefly when

you turn the ignition ON.• The light stays on after illuminating for

approximately 6 seconds.• The light comes on while the vehicle is

in motion.

The air bag modules are located both inthe center of the steering wheel and inthe front passenger's panel above theglove box. When the SRSCM detects asufficiently severe impact to the front ofthe vehicle, it will automatically deploythe front air bags.

B240B01L

Driver’s front air bag (1)

OUN027160N


423

Upon deployment, tear seams moldeddirectly into the pad covers will separateunder pressure from the expansion of theair bags. Further opening of the coversthen allows full inflation of the air bags.

A fully inflated air bag, in combinationwith a properly worn seat belt, slows thedriver's or the passenger's forwardmotion, reducing the risk of head andchest injury.

After complete inflation, the air bagimmediately starts deflating, enabling thedriver to maintain forward visibility andthe ability to steer or operate other con-trols.

B240B02L B240B03L

Driver’s front air bag (2) Driver’s front air bag (3)

WARNING • Do not install or place any acces-

sories (drink holder, cassetteholder, sticker, etc.) on the frontpassenger's panel above theglove box in a vehicle with a pas-senger's air bag. Such objectsmay become dangerous projec-tiles and cause injury if the pas-senger's air bag inflates.

• When installing a container of liq-uid air freshener inside the vehi-cle, do not place it near theinstrument cluster nor on theinstrument panel surface.It may become a dangerous pro-jectile and cause injury if the pas-senger's air bag inflates.

B240B05L

Passenger’s front air bag

3 43


C040300AUN

Occupant classification systemYour vehicle is equipped with an occu-pant classification system in the frontpassenger's seat.

WARNING• If an air bag deploys, there may

be a loud noise followed by a finedust released in the vehicle.These conditions are normal andare not hazardous - the air bagsare packed in this fine powder.The dust generated during airbag deployment may cause skinor eye irritation as well as aggra-vate asthma for some persons.Always wash all exposed skinareas thoroughly with lukewarmwater and a mild soap after anaccident in which the air bagswere deployed.

• The SRS can function only whenthe ignition switch is in the ONposition. If the SRS "AIR BAG"warning light does not illuminate,or continuously remains on afterilluminating for about 6 secondswhen the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position, or after theengine is started, comes on whiledriving, the SRS is not workingproperly. If this occurs, have yourvehicle immediately inspected byan authorized KIA dealer.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Before you replace a fuse or dis-

connect a battery terminal, turnthe ignition switch to the LOCKposition and remove the ignitionswitch. Never remove or replacethe air bag related fuse(s) whenthe ignition switch is in the ONposition. Failure to heed thiswarning will cause the SRS “AIRBAG” warning light to illuminate.

OUN037161N


443

The occupant classification system isdesigned to detect the presence of aproperly-seated front passenger anddetermine if the passenger's front air bagshould be enabled (may inflate) or not.The driver's front air bag is not affectedor controlled by the occupant classifica-tion system.If the front passenger seat is occupied bya person that the system determines tobe of adult size, and he/she sits properly(sitting upright with the seatback in anupright position, centered on the seatcushion with their seat belt on, legs com-fortably extended and their feet on thefloor), the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"indicator will be turned off and the frontpassenger's air bag will be able to inflate,if necessary, in frontal crashes.You will find the "PASSENGER AIR BAGOFF" indicator on the center facia panel.This system detects the conditions 1~4in the following table and activates ordeactivates the front passenger air bagbased on these conditions.

C040301AUN

Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant classification system

*1) The system judges a person of adultsize as an adult. When a smalleradult sits in the front passenger seat,the system may recognize him/heras a child depending on his/herphysique and posture.

*2) Do not allow children to ride in thefront passenger seat. When a largerchild who has outgrown a childrestraint system sits in the front pas-senger seat, the system may recog-nize him/her as an adult dependingon his/her physique or posture.

*3) Never install a child restraint systemon the front passenger seat.

WARNINGRiding in an improper position orplacing weight on the front passen-ger's seat when it is unoccupied bya passenger adversely affects theoccupant classification system(OCS).

(Continued)

Conditiondetected by theoccupant classi-fication system

1. Adult *1

2. Child*2 or

child restraint

system*3

3. Unoccupied

4. There is a

malfunction

in the system

Off

On

On

Off

Off

Off

Off

On

Activated

Deactivated

Deactivated

Activated

"PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF"indicator light

SRS warninglight

Front passen-ger air bag

Activated

Activated

Deactivated

Activated

Side air bag

Activated

Activated

Activated

Activated

Curtain air bag

Indicator/Warning light Devices

3 45


1KMN3663

1KMN3664

1KMN3665

- Never sit with hips shiftedtowards the front of the seat.

- Never lean on the center console.- Never sit on one side of the front

passenger seat.

- Never place feet on the dash-board.

OVQ036013N

1KMN3662

- Never put a heavy load in thefront passenger seat or seatbackpocket.

- Never excessively recline thefront passenger seatback.

OVQ036014N

- Never place feet on the front pas-senger seatback.

(Continued)


463

When an adult is seated in the front pas-senger seat, if the “PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF” indicator is on, turn the igni-tion switch to the LOCK position and askthe passenger to sit properly (sittingupright with the seat back in an uprightposition, centered on the seat cushionwith their seat belt on, legs comfortablyextended and their feet on the floor).Restart the engine and have the personremain in that position. This will allow thesystem to detect the person and toenable the passenger air bag.

If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF" indi-cator is still on, ask the passenger tomove to the rear seat.

✽✽ NOTICEThe "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"indicator illuminates for about 4 sec-onds after the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position or after the engine isstarted. If the front passenger seat isoccupied, the occupant classificationsensor will then classify the front pas-senger after several more seconds.

B990A01O

WARNINGDo not allow an adult passenger toride in the front seat when the“PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF” indi-cator is illuminated, because the airbag will not deploy in the event of acrash. If the "PASSENGER AIR BAGOFF" indicator remains illuminatedafter the passenger repositionsthemselves properly and the car isrestarted, it is recommended thatpassenger move to the rear seatbecause the passenger's front airbag will not deploy.Front seat passengers must stayproperly seated to avoid seriousinjury from a deploying air bag.

WARNINGDo not put a heavy load in the frontpassenger seatback pocket or onthe front passenger seat. Do nothang onto the front passenger seat.Do not hang any items such asseatback table on the front passen-ger seatback. Do not place feet onthe front passenger seatback. Donot place any items under the frontpassenger seat. Any of these couldinterfere with proper sensor opera-tion.

Proper position

3 47


(Continued)• Air bags can only be used once –

have an authorized KIA dealerreplace the air bag immediatelyafter deployment.

• A smaller-stature adult who is notseated correctly (for example:seat excessively reclined, leaningon the center console, or hipsshifted forward in the seat) cancause a condition where theadvanced frontal air bag systemsenses less weight than if theoccupant were seated properly(sitting upright with the seatbackin an upright position, centeredon the seat cushion with theirseat belt on, legs comfortablyextended and their feet on thefloor).This condition can result in anadult potentially being misclassi-fied and illumination of the "PAS-SENGER AIR BAG OFF" indica-tor.

(Continued)• Do not modify or replace the front

passenger seat. Don't place any-thing on or attach anything suchas a blanket or after market seatheater to the front passengerseat.This can adversely affect theoccupant classification system.

• Do not sit on sharp objects suchas tools when occupying thefront passenger seat. This canadversely affect the occupantclassification system.

• Do not use accessory seat cov-ers on the front seats.

• Accident statistics show thatchildren are safer if they arerestrained in the rear, as opposedto the front seat. It is recom-mended that child restraints besecured in a rear seat, includingan infant riding in a rear-facinginfant seat, a child riding in a for-ward-facing child seat and anolder child riding in a boosterseat.

(Continued)

WARNING• Even though your vehicle is

equipped with the occupant clas-sification system, never install achild restraint system in the frontpassenger's seat. A deploying airbag can forcefully strike a childresulting in serious injuries ordeath. Any child age 12 andunder should ride in the rear seat.Children too large for childrestraints should use the avail-able lap/shoulder belts. No matterwhat type of crash, children of allages are safer when restrained inthe rear seat.

• If the "PASSENGER AIR BAGOFF" indicator is illuminatedwhen the front passenger's seatis occupied by an adult andhe/she sits properly (sittingupright with the seatback in anupright position, centered on theseat cushion with their seat belton, legs comfortably extendedand their feet on the floor), havethat person sit in the rear seat.

(Continued)


483

C040400AUN-EC

Driver's and passenger's front airbagYour vehicle is equipped with aSupplemental Restraint (Air Bag)System. The indications of the system'spresence are the letters "SRS AIR BAG"embossed on the air bag pad cover in thesteering wheel and the passenger's sidefront panel pad above the glove box.

The SRS consists of air bags installedunder the pad covers in the center of thesteering wheel and the passenger's sidefront panel above the glove box.

The purpose of the SRS is to provide thevehicle's driver and/or the front passen-ger with additional protection than thatoffered by the seat belt system alone incase of a frontal impact of sufficientseverity. The SRS uses sensors to gath-er information about the driver's seatposition, the driver's and front passen-ger's seat belt usage and impact severi-ty.

WARNINGIf the occupant classification sys-tem is not working properly, theSRS air bag warning light onthe instrument panel will illuminatebecause the passenger's front airbag is connected with the occupantclassification system. If there is amalfunction of the occupant classi-fication system, the "PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF" indicator will notilluminate and the passenger'sfront air bag will inflate in frontalimpact crashes even if there is nooccupant in the front passenger'sseat. If the SRS air bag warninglight does not illuminate when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition, remains illuminated afterapproximately 6 seconds when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition, or if it illuminates whilethe vehicle is being driven, have anauthorized KIA dealer inspect theoccupant classification system andthe SRS air bag system as soon aspossible.

OUN026107

Driver’s front air bag

OUN026108

Passenger’s front air bag

3 49


The driver's seat track position sensor,which is installed on the seat track, deter-mine if the seat is fore or aft of a refer-ence position. The seat belt buckle sen-sors determine if the driver and front pas-senger's seat belts are fastened. Thesesensors provide the ability to control theSRS deployment based on how close thedriver's seat is to the steering wheel,whether or not the seat belts are fas-tened, and how severe the impact is.

The advanced SRS offers the ability tocontrol the air bag inflation with two lev-els. A first stage level is provided formoderate-severity impacts. A secondstage level is provided for more severeimpacts.

According to the impact severity, seatingposition and seat belt usage, the SRSCM(SRS Control Module) controls the airbag inflation. Failure to properly wearseat belts can increase the risk or sever-ity of injury in an accident.

Additionally, your vehicle is equippedwith an occupant classification system inthe front passenger's seat. The occupantclassification system detects the pres-ence of a passenger in the front passen-ger's seat and will turn off the front pas-senger's air bag under certain condi-tions. For more detail, see "Occupantclassification system" in this section.

WARNINGIf a seat track position sensor or anoccupant classification system isnot working properly, the SRS airbag warning light on the instru-ment panel will illuminate becausethe SRS air bag warning light isconnected with the seat track posi-tion sensor and the occupant clas-sification system. If the SRS air bagwarning light does not illuminatewhen the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position, remains illumi-nated after approximately 6 sec-onds when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, or if itilluminates while the vehicle isbeing driven, have an authorizedKIA dealer inspect the advancedSRS air bag system as soon aspossible.

AIRBAG


503

WARNING• Modification to the seat structure

can adversely affect the seattrack position sensor and causethe air bag to deploy at a differentlevel than should be provided.

• Do not place any objects under-neath the front seats as theycould damage the seat trackposition sensor or interfere withthe occupant classification sys-tem.

• Do not place any objects that maycause magnetic fields near thefront seat. These may cause amalfunction of the seat trackposition sensor.

WARNING• Manufacturers are required by

government regulations to pro-vide a contact point concerningmodifications to the vehicle forpersons with disabilities, whichmodifications may affect thevehicle’s advanced air bag sys-tem. However, KIA does notendorse nor will it support anychanges to any part or structureof the vehicle that could affectthe advanced air bag system,including the occupant classifi-cation system.

(Continued)

(Continued)Specifically, the front passengerseat, dashboard or door shouldnot be replaced except by anauthorized KIA dealer using orig-inal KIA parts designed for thisvehicle and model. Any othersuch replacement or modificationcould adversely affect the opera-tion of the occupant classifica-tion system and your advancedair bags. For the same reason, donot attach anything to the seat,dashboard or door, even tem-porarily. If the system is adverse-ly affected, it could cause severepersonal injuries or death in acollision.

3 51


✽✽ NOTICE• Be sure to read information about the

SRS on the labels provided on the sunvisor.

• Advanced air bags are combined withpre-tensioner seat belts to help pro-vide enhanced occupant protection infrontal crashes. Front air bags are notintended to deploy in collisions inwhich sufficient protection can beprovided by the pre-tensioner seatbelt.

(Continued)• Move your seat as far back as

practical from the front air bags,while still maintaining control ofthe vehicle.

• You and your passengers shouldnever sit or lean unnecessarilyclose to the air bags. Improperlypositioned drivers and passen-gers can be severely injured byinflating air bags.

• Never lean against the door orcenter console – always sit in anupright position.

• Do not allow a passenger ride inthe front seat when the “PASSEN-GER AIR BAG OFF” indicator isilluminated, because the air bagwill not deploy in the event of amoderate or severe frontal crash.

(Continued)

WARNINGAlways use seat belts and childrestraints – every trip, every time,everyone! Air bags inflate with con-siderable force and in the blink ofan eye. Seat belts help keep occu-pants in proper position to obtainmaximum benefit from the air bag.Even with advanced air bags,improperly and unbelted occupantscan be severely injured when theair bag inflates. Always follow theprecautions about seat belts, airbags and occupant safety con-tained in this manual.To reduce the chance of serious orfatal injuries and receive the maxi-mum safety benefit from yourrestraint system:• Never place a child in any child or

booster seat in the front seat.• ABC – Always Buckle Children in

the back seat. It is the safestplace for children of any age toride.

• Front and side air bags can injureoccupants improperly positionedin the front seats.

(Continued)


523

OEP036096N

OVQ036018N

1VQA2091

Rear impact

Side impact

Rollover

(Continued)• No objects should be placed over

or near the air bag modules onthe steering wheel, instrumentpanel, and the front passenger'spanel above the glove box,because any such object couldcause harm if the vehicle is in acrash severe enough to causethe air bags to deploy.

• Never place covers, blankets oraftermarket seat warmers on thepassenger seat as these mayinterfere with the occupant clas-sification system.

• Do not tamper with or disconnectSRS wiring or other componentsof the SRS system. Doing socould result in injury, due to acci-dental deployment of the air bagsor by rendering the SRS inopera-tive.

• If the SRS air bag warning lightremains illuminated while thevehicle is being driven, have anauthorized KIA dealer inspect theair bag system as soon as possi-ble.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Air bags can only be used once –

have an authorized KIA dealerreplace the air bag immediatelyafter deployment.

• The SRS is designed to deploythe front air bags only when animpact is sufficiently severe andwhen the impact angle is lessthan 30° from the forward longitu-dinal axis of the vehicle.Additionally, the air bags will onlydeploy once. Seat belts must beworn at all times.

• Front air bags are not intended todeploy in side-impact, rear-impact or rollover crashes. Inaddition, front air bags will notdeploy in frontal crashes belowthe deployment threshold.

(Continued)

3 53


C040600AUN-EU

Side air bag (if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with a side airbag in each front seat. The purpose ofthe air bag is to provide the vehicle's driv-er and/or the front passenger with addi-tional protection than that offered by theseat belt alone.

(Continued)• Sitting improperly or out of posi-

tion can result in serious or fatalinjury in a crash. All occupantsshould sit upright with the seatback in an upright position, cen-tered on the seat cushion withtheir seat belt on, legs comfort-ably extended and their feet onthe floor until the vehicle isparked and the ignition key isremoved.

• The SRS air bag system mustdeploy very rapidly to provideprotection in a crash. If an occu-pant is out of position because ofnot wearing a seat belt, the airbag may forcefully contact theoccupant causing serious or fatalinjuries.

(Continued)• Even though your vehicle is

equipped with the occupant clas-sification system, do not install achild restraint system in the frontpassenger seat position. A childrestraint system must never beplaced in the front seat.The infantor child could be severely injuredor killed by an air bag deploymentin case of an accident.

• Children age 12 and under mustalways be properly restrained inthe rear seat. Never allow chil-dren to ride in the front passen-ger seat. If a child over 12 mustbe seated in the front seat, he orshe must be properly belted andthe seat should be moved as farback as possible.

• For maximum safety protection inall types of crashes, all occu-pants including the driver shouldalways wear their seat beltswhether or not an air bag is alsoprovided at their seating positionto minimize the risk of severeinjury or death in the event of acrash. Do not sit or lean unneces-sarily close to the air bag whilethe vehicle is in motion.

(Continued)

OUN026141

OUN026109/OUN026110


543

The side impact air bags are designed todeploy only during certain side-impactcollisions, depending on the crash sever-ity, angle, speed and point of impact. Theside air bags are not designed to deployin all side impact situations.

(Continued)• Do not install any accessories on

the side or near the side air bag.• Do not place any objects over the

air bag or between the air bagand yourself.

• Do not place any objects (anumbrella, bag, etc.) between thefront door and the front seat.Such objects may become dan-gerous projectiles and causeinjury if the supplemental side airbag inflates.

• To prevent unexpected deploy-ment of the side air bag that mayresult in personal injury, avoidimpact to the side impact sensorwhen the ignition switch is on.

• If seat or seat cover is damaged,have the vehicle checked andrepaired by an authorized KIAdealer. Inform that your vehicle isequipped with side air bags andan occupant classification sys-tem.

WARNING• The side air bag is supplemental

to the driver's and the passen-ger's seat belt systems and is nota substitute for them. Thereforeyour seat belts must be worn atall times while the vehicle is inmotion. The air bags deploy onlyin certain side impact conditionssevere enough to cause signifi-cant injury to the vehicle occu-pants.

• For best protection from the sideair bag system and to avoid beinginjured by the deploying side airbag, both front seat occupantsshould sit in an upright positionwith the seat belt properly fas-tened. The driver's hands shouldbe placed on the steering wheelat the 9:00 and 3:00 positions.The passenger's arms and handsshould be placed on their laps.

• Do not use any accessory seatcovers.

• Use of seat covers could reduceor prevent the effectiveness ofthe system.

(Continued)

3 55


C040700AUN

Curtain air bag (if equipped)Curtain air bags are located along bothsides of the roof rails above the front andrear doors.They are designed to help protect theheads of the front seat occupants andthe rear outboard seat occupants in cer-tain side impact collisions.

The curtain air bags are designed todeploy only during certain side impactcollisions, depending on the crash sever-ity, angle, speed and impact. The curtainair bags are not designed to deploy in allside impact situations, collisions from thefront or rear of the vehicle or in mostrollover situations.

WARNING• In order for side and curtain air

bags to provide the best protec-tion, both front seat occupantsand both outboard rear occu-pants should sit in an uprightposition with the seat belts prop-erly fastened. Importantly, chil-dren should sit in a proper childrestraint system in the rear seat.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When children are seated in the

rear outboard seats, they must beseated in the proper childrestraint system. Make sure toput the child restraint system asfar away from the door side aspossible, and secure the childrestraint system in a locked posi-tion.

• Do not allow the passengers tolean their heads or bodies ontodoors, put their arms on thedoors, stretch their arms out ofthe window, or place objectsbetween the doors and passen-gers when they are seated onseats equipped with side and/orcurtain air bags.

• Never try to open or repair anycomponents of the side curtainair bag system. This should onlybe done by an authorized KIAdealer.

Failure to follow the above men-tioned instructions can result ininjury or death to the vehicle occu-pants in an accident.

OUN026111

OUN026091


563

C040800AUN

Why didn’t my air bag go off in acollision? (Inflation and non-infla-tion conditions of the air bag)There are many types of accidents inwhich the air bag would not be expect-ed to provide additional protection.These include rear impacts, second orthird collisions in multiple impactaccidents, as well as low speedimpacts. In other words, just becauseyour vehicle is damaged and even if itis totally unusable, don’t be surprisedthat the air bags did not inflate.

Air bag collision sensors(1) SRS control module(2) Front impact sensor

(3) Side impact sensor (if equipped)(4) Side impact sensor (if equipped)

OUN027112N/OUN026113L/OUN026114L/OUN026115N/OUN026116

1 2 3 4 (if equipped)(if equipped)

3 57


C040801AUN

Air bag inflation conditionsFront air bags Front air bags are designed to inflate in afrontal collision depending on the intensi-ty, speed or angles of impact of the frontcollision.

1VQA2084

WARNING• Do not hit or allow any objects to

impact the locations where airbags or sensors are installed.This may cause unexpected airbag deployment, which couldresult in serious personal injuryor death.

• If the installation location orangle of the sensors is altered inany way, the air bags may deploywhen they should not or they maynot deploy when they should,causing severe injury or death.Therefore, do not try to performmaintenance on or around the airbag sensors. Have the vehiclechecked and repaired by anauthorized KIA dealer.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Problems may arise if the sensor

installation angles are changeddue to the deformation of thefront bumper, body or B and C (ifequipped) pillar where side colli-sion sensors are installed. Havethe vehicle checked and repairedby an authorized KIA dealer.

• Your vehicle has been designedto absorb impact and deploy theair bag(s) in certain collisions.Installing aftermarket bumperguards or replacing a bumperwith non-genuine parts mayadversely affect your vehicle’scollision and air bag deploymentperformance.


583

Side and/or curtain air bags (if equipped)Side and/or curtain air bags aredesigned to inflate when an impact isdetected by side collision sensorsdepending on the strength, speed orangles of impact resulting from a sideimpact collision.

Although the front air bags (driver’s andfront passenger’s air bags) are designedto inflate only in frontal collisions, theyalso may inflate in other types of colli-sions if the front impact sensors detect asufficient impact. Side air bags (sideand/or curtain air bags) are designed toinflate only in side impact collisions, butthey may inflate in other collisions if theside impact sensors detect a sufficientimpact.If the vehicle chassis is impacted bybumps or objects on unimproved roadsor sidewalks, air bags may deploy. Drivecarefully on unimproved roads or on sur-faces not designed for vehicle traffic toprevent unintended air bag deployment.

C040802AUN

Air bag non-inflation conditions• In certain low-speed collisions the air

bags may not deploy. The air bags aredesigned not to deploy in such casesbecause they may not provide benefitsbeyond the protection of the seat beltsin such collisions.

1VQA2086

OVQ036018N

OUN026090

3 59


• Frontal air bags are not designed toinflate in rear collisions, because occu-pants are moved backward by theforce of the impact. In this case, inflat-ed air bags would not be able to pro-vide any additional benefit.

• Front air bags may not inflate in sideimpact collisions, because occupantsmove to the direction of the collision,and thus in side impacts, frontal air bagdeployment would not provide addi-tional occupant protection.However, side or curtain air bags mayinflate depending on the intensity, vehi-cle speed and angles of impact.

• In a slant or angled collision, the forceof impact may direct the occupants in adirection where the air bags would notbe able to provide any additional bene-fit, and thus the sensors may notdeploy any air bags.

OUN036087 1VQA2089OVQ036018N


603

• Just before impact, drivers often brakeheavily. Such heavy braking lowers thefront portion of the vehicle causing it to“ride” under a vehicle with a higherground clearance. Air bags may notinflate in this "under-ride" situationbecause deceleration forces that aredetected by sensors may be signifi-cantly reduced by such “under-ride”collisions.

• Air bags may not inflate in rollover acci-dents because air bag deploymentwould not provide protection to theoccupants.However, side and/or curtain air bagsmay inflate when the vehicle is rolledover by a side impact collision, if thevehicle is equipped with side air bagsand curtain air bags.

• Air bags may not inflate if the vehiclecollides with objects such as utilitypoles or trees, where the point ofimpact is concentrated to one area andthe full force of the impact is not deliv-ered to the sensors.

1VQA2090 1VQA2091 1VQA2092

3 61


C040900AUN

How does the air bag systemoperate • Air bag are activated (able to inflate if

necessary) only when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON or STARTposition.

• Air bags inflate instantly in the event ofa serious frontal or side collision (ifequipped with side air bag or curtainair bag) in order to help protect theoccupants from serious physical injury.

• There is no single speed at which theair bags will inflate.Generally, air bags are designed toinflate by the severity of a collision andits direction. These two factors deter-mine whether the sensors send out anelectronic deployment/inflation signal.

• Air bag deployment depends on anumber of factors including vehiclespeed, angles of impact and the densi-ty and stiffness of the vehicles orobjects which your vehicle hits in thecollision. Though, factors are not limit-ed to those mentioned above.

• The front air bags will completelyinflate and deflate in an instant.It is virtually impossible for you to seethe air bags inflate during an accident.It is much more likely that you will sim-ply see the deflated air bags hangingout of their storage compartments afterthe collision.

• In order to help provide protection in asevere collision, the air bags mustinflate rapidly. The speed of air baginflation is a consequence of theextremely short time in which a collisionoccurs and the need to get the air bagbetween the occupant and the vehiclestructures before the occupant impactsthose structures. This speed of inflationreduces the risk of serious or life-threatening injuries in a severe collisionand is thus a necessary part of air bagdesign.However, air bag inflation can alsocause injuries which normally caninclude facial abrasions, bruises andbroken bones, and sometimes moresevere injuries because the inflationspeed also causes the air bags toexpand with a great deal of force.

• There are even circumstancesunder which contact with the steer-ing wheel air bag can cause fatalinjuries, especially if the occupantis positioned excessively close tothe steering wheel.

WARNING• To avoid severe personal injury

or death caused by deploying airbags in a collision, the drivershould sit as far back from thesteering wheel air bag as possi-ble (at least 250 mm (10 inches)away). The front passengersshould always move their seatsas far back as possible and sitback in their seat.

• Air bags inflate instantly in theevent of collision, and passen-gers may be injured by the air bagexpansion force if they are not inproper position.

• Air bag inflation may causeinjuries which normally includefacial or bodily abrasions,injuries from broken glasses orburns by the air bag inflationgasses.


623

C040902AUN

Noise and smokeWhen the air bags inflate, they make aloud noise and they leave smoke andpowder in the air inside of the vehicle.This is normal and is a result of the igni-tion of the air bag inflator. After the airbag inflates, you may feel substantial dis-comfort in breathing due to the contact ofyour chest with both the seat belt and theair bag, as well as from breathing thesmoke and powder. Open your doorsand/or windows as soon as possibleafter impact in order to reduce dis-comfort and prevent prolonged expo-sure to the smoke and powder.Though smoke and powder are non-toxic, it may cause irritation to the skin(eyes, nose and throat, etc). If this is thecase, wash and rinse with cold waterimmediately and consult a doctor if thesymptom persists.

C040903AUN

Installing a child restraint on a frontpassenger’s seat is forbiddenNever place a rear-facing child restraintin the front passenger’s seat. If the airbag deploys, it would impact the rear-fac-ing child restraint, causing serious orfatal injury.In addition, do not place front-facing childrestraints in the front passenger’s seateither. If the front passenger air baginflates, it would cause serious or fatalinjuries to the child.

1JBH3051

WARNINGWhen the air bags deploy, the airbag related parts in the steeringwheel and/or instrument paneland/or in both sides of the roof railsabove the front and rear doors arevery hot. To prevent injury, do nottouch the air bag storage area’sinternal components immediatelyafter an air bag has inflated.

3 63


C041000AUN

Air bag warning lightThe purpose of air bag warning light inyour instrument panel is to alert you of apotential problem with your air bag -Supplemental Restraint System (SRS).

When the ignition switch is turned ON,the warning light should illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds, then go off.Have the system checked if:• The light does not turn on briefly when

you turn the ignition ON.• The light stays on after illuminating for

approximately 6 seconds.• The light comes on while the vehicle is

in motion.

WARNING• Extreme Hazard! Do not use a

rearward facing child restraint ona seat protected by an air bag infront of it!

• Never put a child restraint in thefront passenger’s seat. If the frontpassenger air bag inflates, itwould cause serious or fatalinjuries.

• When children are seated in therear outboard seats of vehicleequipped with side and/or curtainair bags, be sure to install thechild restraint system as far awayfrom the door side as possible,and securely lock the childrestraint system in position.Inflation of side and/or curtain airbags could cause serious injuryor death to an infant or child.

AIRBAG


643

C041100AUN

SRS CareThe SRS is virtually maintenance-freeand so there are no parts you can safelyservice by yourself. If the SRS "AIR BAG"warning light does not illuminate, or con-tinuously remains on, have your vehicleimmediately inspected by an authorizedKIA dealer.

Any work on the SRS system, such asremoving, installing, repairing, or anywork on the steering wheel must be per-formed by an authorized KIA dealer.Improper handling of the SRS systemmay result in serious personal injury.

WARNING• Modification to SRS components

or wiring, including the additionof any kind of badges to the padcovers or modifications to thebody structure, can adverselyaffect SRS performance and leadto possible injury.

• For cleaning the air bag pad cov-ers, use only a soft, dry cloth orone which has been moistenedwith plain water. Solvents orcleaners could adversely affectthe air bag covers and properdeployment of the system.

• No objects should be placed overor near the air bag modules on thesteering wheel, instrument panel,and the front passenger's panelabove the glove box, because anysuch object could cause harm if thevehicle is in a crash severe enoughto cause the air bags to inflate.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If the air bags inflate, they must

be replaced by an authorized KIAdealer.

• Do not tamper with or disconnectSRS wiring, or other componentsof the SRS system. Doing socould result in injury, due to acci-dental inflation of the air bags orby rendering the SRS inopera-tive.

• If components of the air bag sys-tem must be discarded, or if thevehicle must be scrapped, certainsafety precautions must beobserved. An authorized KIAdealer knows these precautionsand can give you the necessaryinformation. Failure to followthese precautions and proce-dures could increase the risk ofpersonal injury.

• If your car was flooded and hassoaked carpeting or water onflooring, you shouldn't try to startthe engine; have the car towed toan authorized KIA dealer.

3 65


C041300AUN

Additional safety precautions• Never let passengers ride in the

cargo area or on top of a folded-down back seat. All occupants shouldsit upright, fully back in their seats withtheir seat belts on and their feet on thefloor.

• Passengers should not move out ofor change seats while the vehicle ismoving. A passenger who is not wear-ing a seat belt during a crash or emer-gency stop can be thrown against theinside of the vehicle, against otheroccupants, or out of the vehicle.

• Each seat belt is designed torestrain one occupant. If more thanone person uses the same seat belt,they could be seriously injured or killedin a collision.

• Do not use any accessories on seatbelts. Devices claiming to improveoccupant comfort or reposition the seatbelt can reduce the protection providedby the seat belt and increase thechance of serious injury in a crash.

• Passengers should not place hardor sharp objects between them-selves and the air bags. Carryinghard or sharp objects on your lap or inyour mouth can result in injuries if anair bag inflates.

• Keep occupants away from the airbag covers. All occupants should situpright, fully back in their seats withtheir seat belts on and their feet on thefloor. If occupants are too close to theair bag covers, they could be injured ifthe air bags inflate.

• Do not attach or place objects on ornear the air bag covers. Any objectattached to or placed on the front orside air bag covers could interfere withthe proper operation of the air bags.

• Do not modify the front seats.Modification of the front seats couldinterfere with the operation of the sup-plemental restraint system sensingcomponents or side air bags.

• Do not place items under the frontseats. Placing items under the frontseats could interfere with the operationof the supplemental restraint systemsensing components and wiring har-nesses.

• Never hold an infant or child on yourlap. The infant or child could be seri-ously injured or killed in the event of acrash. All infants and children shouldbe properly restrained in appropriatechild safety seats or seat belts in therear seat.

C041400AUN

Adding equipment to or modify-ing your air bag-equipped vehicleIf you modify your vehicle by changingyour vehicle's frame, bumper system,front end or side sheet metal or rideheight, this may affect the operation ofyour vehicle's air bag system.

WARNING• Sitting improperly or out of posi-

tion can cause occupants to beshifted too close to a deployingair bag, strike the interior struc-ture or be thrown from the vehicleresulting in serious injury ordeath.

• Always sit upright with the seat-back in an upright position, cen-tered on the seat cushion withyour seat belt on, legs comfort-ably extended and your feet onthe floor.


663

C041200AUN-EC

Air bag warning labelAir bag warning labels, some required by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (CMVSS), are attached to alert the driv-er and passengers of potential risks of the air bag system.

OUN027118L/OUN026119L/OUN026120

(if equipped)

1

2

4

Keys / 4-3Remote keyless entry / 4-6Theft-alarm system / 4-9Door locks / 4-11Tailgate / 4-15Windows / 4-17Hood / 4-20Fuel filler lid / 4-22

Sunroof / 4-25Steering wheel / 4-29Mirrors / 4-31Instrument cluster / 4-34Rear parking assist system / 4-48Hazard warning flasher / 4-50Lighting / 4-51Wipers and washers / 4-54Interior light / 4-58Defroster / 4-59Manual climate control system / 4-61Automatic climate control system / 4-70Windshield defrosting and defogging / 4-77Storage compartment / 4-80Interior features / 4-83


Exterior feature / 4-90Audio system / 4-92

Features of your vehicle4

4 3


D010100AUN

Record your key numberThe key code number is stamped on thebar code tag attached to the key set.Should you lose your keys, this numberwill enable an authorized KIA dealer toduplicate the keys easily. Remove the barcode tag and store it in a safe place. Also,record the code number and keep it in asafe place (not in the vehicle).

D010200AUN

Key operationsUsed to start the engine, lock and unlockthe doors.

KEYS

WARNING - Ignition keyLeaving children unattended in avehicle with the ignition key is dan-gerous even if the key is not in theignition switch. Children copyadults and they could place the keyin the ignition switch. The ignitionkey would enable children to oper-ate power windows or other con-trols, or even make the vehiclemove, which could result in seriousbodily injury or even death. Neverleave the keys in your vehicle withunsupervised children.

OUN046100L OUN026060

WARNINGUse only KIA original parts for theignition key in your vehicle. If anaftermarket key is used, the ignitionswitch may not return to ON afterSTART. If this happens, the starterwill continue to operate causingdamage to the starter motor andpossible fire due to excessive cur-rent in the wiring.


44

D010300CUN-EC

Immobilizer system (if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with an elec-tronic engine immobilizer system toreduce the risk of unauthorized vehicleuse.Your immobilizer system is comprised ofa small transponder in the ignition keyand electronic devices inside the vehicle.With the immobilizer system, wheneveryou insert your ignition key into the igni-tion switch and turn it to ON, it checksand determines and verifies if the ignitionkey is valid or not.If the key is determined to be valid, theengine will start.If the key is determined to be invalid, theengine will not start.

To deactivate the immobilizer sys-tem:Insert the ignition key into the key cylin-der and turn it to the ON position.

To activate the immobilizer system:Turn the ignition key to the OFF position.The immobilizer system activates auto-matically. Without a valid ignition key foryour vehicle, the engine will not start.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen starting the engine, do not use thekey with other immobilizer keys around.Otherwise the engine may not start ormay stop soon after it starts. Keep eachkey separate in order to avoid a startingmalfunction.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you need additional keys or lose yourkeys, consult an authorized KIA dealer.

CAUTIONThe transponder in your ignitionkey is an important part of theimmobilizer system. It is designedto give years of trouble-free service,however you should avoid expo-sure to moisture, static electricityand rough handling. Immobilizersystem malfunction could occur.

OUN026060L

CAUTIONDo not put metal accessories nearthe ignition switch.The engine may not start for themetal accessories may interrupt thetransponder signal from normallytransmitting.

WARNINGIn order to prevent theft of yourvehicle, do not leave spare keysanywhere in your vehicle. YourImmobilizer password is a cus-tomer unique password and shouldbe kept confidential. Do not leavethis number anywhere in your vehi-cle.

4 5


This device complies with IndustryCanada standard RSS-210.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:1. This device may not cause harmful

interference, and 2. This device must accept any interfer-

ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

D010301AUN-EC

Limp home (override) procedureWhen you turn the ignition switch to theON position, if the immobilizer indicator( ) goes off after blinking 5 times,your transponder equipped in the ignitionkey is out of order. You cannot start theengine without the lime home procedure.To start the engine, you have to inputyour password by using the ignitionswitch.The following procedure is how to inputyour password of “2345” as an example.1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion. The immobilizer indicator ( )will blink 5 times and go off indicatingthe beginning of the limp home proce-dure.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the ACCposition.

3. To enter the first digit (in this example“2”), turn the ignition switch to the ONand ACC position twice. Perform thesame procedure for the next digitsbetween 3 seconds and 10 seconds(for example, for “3”, turn the ignitionON and ACC 3 times).

4. If all of the digits have been input suc-cessfully, you have to start the enginewithin 30 seconds. If you attempt tostart the engine after 30 seconds, theengine will not start and you will haveto input your password again.

After performing the limp home proce-dure, you have to see an authorized KIAdealer immediately to inspect and repairyour ignition key or immobilizer system.

CAUTIONDo not change, alter or adjust theimmobilizer system because itcould cause the immobilizer sys-tem to malfunction and should onlybe serviced by an authorized KIAdealer.Malfunctions caused by improperalterations, adjustments or modifi-cations to the immobilizer systemare not covered by your vehiclemanufacturer warranty.

WARNINGChanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user's authority to operatethe equipment.


64

Remote keyless entry systemoperationsD020101AUN-EE

Lock (1)All doors are locked if the lock button ispressed.If all doors are closed, the hazard warn-ing lights blink once to indicate that alldoors are locked. However, if any doorremains open, the hazard warning lightswill not blink. If all doors are closed afterthe lock button is pressed, the hazardwarning lights blink.

D020102AUN-EU

Unlock (2) Driver's door is unlocked if the unlockbutton is pressed once.The hazard warning lights will blink twiceto indicate that the driver's door isunlocked.All doors are unlocked if the unlock but-ton is pressed twice within 3 seconds.The hazard warning lights will blink twiceagain to indicate that all doors areunlocked.After depressing this button, the doorswill be locked automatically unless youopen any door within 30 seconds.

D020104AUN

Tailgate unlock (3)The tailgate is unlocked if the button ispressed for more than 0.5 second.The hazard warning lights will blink twiceto indicate that the tailgate is unlocked.After depressing this button, the tailgatewill be locked automatically unless youopen the tailgate within 30 seconds.Also, once the tailgate is opened andthen closed, the tailgate will be lockedautomatically.

D020105AUN

Alarm (4)The horn sounds and hazard warninglights flash for about 30 seconds if thisbutton is pressed for more than 0.5 sec-ond. To stop the horn and lights, pressany button on the transmitter.

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY (IF EQUIPPED)

OUN027001

4 7


D020200AUN-EC

Transmitter precautions✽✽ NOTICEThe transmitter will not work if any offollowing occur:• The ignition key is in ignition switch.• You exceed the operating distance

limit (about 10 m [30 feet]).• The battery in the transmitter is

weak.• Other vehicles or objects may be

blocking the signal.• The weather is extremely cold.• The transmitter is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio station oran airport which can interfere withnormal operation of the transmitter.

When the transmitter does not workcorrectly, open and close the door withthe ignition key. If you have a problemwith the transmitter, contact an author-ized KIA dealer.

This device complies with Industrycanada standard RSS-210.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:1. This device may not cause harmful

interference, and 2. This device must accept any interfer-

ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

CAUTIONKeep the transmitter away fromwater or any liquid. If the keylessentry system is inoperative due toexposure to water or liquids, it willnot be covered by your manufactur-er vehicle warranty.

WARNINGChanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user’s authority to operatethe equipment. If the keyless entrysystem is inoperative due tochanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance, it willnot be covered by your manufac-ture vehicle warranty.


84

D020300AUN

Battery replacementTransmitter uses a 3 volt lithium batterywhich will normally last for several years.When replacement is necessary, use thefollowing procedure.1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and gen-

tly pry open the transmitter centercover (1).

2. Replace the battery with new one.When replacing the battery, make surethe battery positive “+” symbol facesdown as indicated in the illustration.

3. Install the battery in the reverse orderof removal.

For replacement transmitters, see anauthorized KIA dealer for transmitterreprogramming.

OUN027003

1

CAUTION• The keyless entry system trans-

mitter is designed to give youyears of trouble-free use, howev-er it can malfunction if exposed tomoisture or static electricity. Ifyou are unsure how to use yourtransmitter or replace the battery,contact an authorized KIA dealer.

• Using the wrong battery cancause the transmitter to malfunc-tion. Be sure to use the correctbattery.

• To avoid damaging the transmit-ter, don't drop it, get it wet, orexpose it to heat or sunlight.

4 9


D030000AUN-EE

This system is designed to provide pro-tection from unauthorized entry into thecar. This system is operated in threestages: the first is the "Armed" stage, thesecond is the "Theft-alarm" stage, andthe third is the "Disarmed" stage. If trig-gered, the system provides an audiblealarm with blinking of the hazard warninglights.

D030100AUN-EU

Armed stagePark the car and stop the engine. Armthe system as described below.1. Remove the ignition key from the igni-

tion switch and exit the vehicle.2. Make sure that all doors (and tailgate)

and engine hood are closed andlatched.

3. Lock the doors using the transmitter ofthe keyless entry system.

After completion of the steps above, thehazard warning lights will blink once toindicate that the system is armed.

If any door (or tailgate) or engine hoodremains open, the hazard warning lightswill not blink and the theft-alarm will notarm. If all doors (and tailgate) and enginehood are closed after the lock button ispressed, the hazard warning lights blinkonce.The system can also be armed by lock-ing the doors with the key from the frontdoors; however, the hazard warninglights will not blink using this method.

Do not arm the system until all pas-sengers have left the vehicle. If thesystem is armed while a passenger(s)remains in the vehicle, the alarm maybe activated when the remaining pas-senger(s) leave the vehicle. If anydoor (or tailgate) or engine hood isopened within 30 seconds after thesystem enters the armed stage, thesystem is disarmed to prevent anunnecessary alarm.

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

Armedstage

Theft-alarmstage

Disarmedstage


104

D030200AUN-EU

Theft-alarm stageThe alarm will be activated if any of thefollowing occurs while the system isarmed.• A front or rear door is opened without

using the ignition key or transmitter.• The tailgate is opened without using

the transmitter.• The engine hood is opened.The siren will sound and the hazardwarning lights will blink continuously forapproximately 30 seconds, and repeatthe alarm 3 times unless the system isdisarmed. To turn off the system, unlockthe doors with the ignition key or trans-mitter.

D030400AUN-EU

Disarmed stageThe system will be disarmed when thedoors are unlocked by depressing theunlock button on the transmitter orunlocked with the ignition key.After depressing unlock button, the haz-ard warning lights will blink twice to indi-cate that the system is disarmed.After depressing unlock button, if anydoor is not opened within 30 seconds,the system will be rearmed.

✽✽ NOTICE - Non-immobilizersystem

• Avoid trying to start the engine whilethe alarm is activated. The vehiclestarting motor is disabled during thetheft-alarm stage.

• If you lose your keys, consult yourauthorized KIA dealer.

✽✽ NOTICE - Immobilizer system• If the system is not disarmed with the

ignition key or transmitter, insert thekey into the ignition switch and startthe engine. Then the system will bedisarmed.

• If you lose your keys, consult yourauthorized KIA dealer.

4 11


D050100AUN-EU

Operating door locks from out-side the vehicle • Turn the key toward the rear of the

vehicle to unlock and toward the frontof the vehicle to lock.

• If you lock the door with a key, all vehi-cle doors will lock automatically. (ifequipped)

• From the driver’s door, turn the key tothe right once to unlock the driver’sdoor and once more within 4 secondsto unlock all doors.

• From the passenger’s door, turn thekey to the left once to unlock the pas-senger’s door and once more within 4seconds to unlock all doors.

• Doors can also be locked andunlocked with the transmitter key (ifequipped).

• Once the doors are unlocked, they maybe opened by pulling the door handle.

• When closing the door, push the doorby hand. Make sure that doors areclosed securely.

❈ If your vehicle is equipped with theremote keyless entry system, there isno key lock on the front passenger'sdoor.

✽✽ NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, door lock

and door mechanisms may not workproperly due to freezing conditions.

• If the door is locked/unlocked multi-ple times in rapid succession witheither the vehicle key or door lockswitch, the system may stop operatingtemporarily in order to protect thecircuit and prevent damage to systemcomponents.

• To lock a door without the key, push theinside door lock button (1) or centraldoor lock switch (2) to the “Lock” posi-tion and close the door (3).

• If you lock the door with the centraldoor lock switch, all vehicle doors willlock automatically.

✽✽ NOTICEAlways remove the ignition key, engagethe parking brake, close all windowsand lock all doors when leaving yourvehicle unattended.

DOOR LOCKS

OUN026004

LockUnlock

OUN026005


124

Operating door locks from insidethe vehicleD050201AUN-EU

With the door lock button• To unlock a door, push the door lock

button (1) to the “Unlock” position. Thered mark (2) on button will be visible.

• To lock a door, push the door lock but-ton (1) to the “Lock” position. If the dooris locked properly, the red mark (2) onthe door lock button will not be visible.

• To open a door, pull the door handle(3) outward.

• If the inner door handle of driver’s (orfront passenger’s) door is pulled whenthe door lock button is in lock position,the button is unlocked and door opens.(if equipped)

• Front doors cannot be locked if theignition key is in the ignition switch andany front door is open.

D050202AUN

With central door lock switchOperate by depressing the central doorlock switch.

OUN026006

Lock Unlock

WARNING - Door lock mal-function

If a power door lock ever fails tofunction while you are in the vehi-cle, try one or more of the followingtechniques to exit:• Operate the door unlock feature

repeatedly (both electronic andmanual) while simultaneouslypulling on the door handle.

• Operate the other door locks andhandles, front and rear.

• Lower a front window and use thekey to unlock the door from out-side.

• Move to the cargo area and openthe tailgate.

OUN026007

OUN026008

Driver’s door

Passenger’s door

4 13


• When pushing down on the front por-tion (1) of the switch, all vehicle doorswill lock.

• When pushing down on the rear por-tion (2) of the switch, all vehicle doorswill unlock.

• If the key is in the ignition switch andany front door is open, the doors willnot lock when the front portion (1) ofcentral door lock switch is pressed

WARNING - Unlockedvehicles

Leaving your vehicle unlocked caninvite theft or possible harm to youor others from someone hiding inyour vehicle while you are gone.Always remove the ignition key,engage the parking brake, close allwindows and lock all doors whenleaving your vehicle unattended.

WARNING - Unattendedchildren

An enclosed vehicle can becomeextremely hot, causing death orsevere injury to unattended chil-dren or animals who cannot escapethe vehicle. Furthermore, childrenmight operate features of the vehi-cle that could injure them, or theycould encounter other harm, possi-bly from someone gaining entry tothe vehicle. Never leave children oranimals unattended in your vehicle.

WARNING - Doors• The doors should always be fully

closed and locked while the vehi-cle is in motion to prevent acci-dental opening of the door.Locked doors will also discour-age potential intruders when thevehicle stops or slows.

• Be careful when opening doorsand watch for vehicles, motorcy-cles, bicycles or pedestriansapproaching the vehicle in thepath of the door. Opening a doorwhen something is approachingcan cause damage or injury.


144

D050300AUN

Impact sensing door unlock sys-tem (if equipped)All doors will be automatically unlockedwhen the impact is delivered to impactsensors while the ignition switch ON.However, the doors may not be unlockedif mechanical problems occur with thedoor lock system or battery.

D050500AUN

Child-protector rear door lockThe child safety lock is provided to helpprevent children from accidentally open-ing the rear doors from inside the vehicle.The rear door safety locks should beused whenever children are in the vehi-cle.1. Open the rear door.2. Push the child safety lock located on

the rear edge of the door to the lock( ) position. When the child safetylock is in the lock position, the reardoor will not open even though theinner door handle is pulled.

3. Close the rear door.To open the rear door, pull the outsidedoor handle (1).Even though the doors may be unlocked,the rear door will not open by pulling theinner door handle (2) until rear door childsafety lock is unlocked ( ).

WARNING - Rear doorlocks

If children accidentally open therear doors while the vehicle is inmotion, they could fall out and beseverely injured or killed. To pre-vent children from opening the reardoors from the inside, the rear doorsafety locks should be used when-ever children are in the vehicle.

OUN026009

4 15


D070100AUN

Opening the tailgate• The tailgate is locked or unlocked

when all doors are locked or unlockedwith the key, transmitter or central doorlock switch.

• Only the tailgate is unlocked if the tail-gate unlock button on the transmitter ispressed. Once the tailgate is openedand then closed, the tailgate is lockedautomatically.

• If unlocked, the tailgate can be openedby pressing the handle and pulling itup.

✽✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, door lock anddoor mechanisms may not work proper-ly due to freezing conditions.

D070200AUN

Closing the tailgateTo close the tailgate, lower and pushdown the tailgate firmly. Make sure thatthe tailgate is securely latched.

TAILGATE

WARNINGThe tailgate swings upward. Makesure no objects or people are nearthe rear of the vehicle when open-ing the tailgate.

CAUTIONMake certain that you close the tail-gate before driving your vehicle.Possible damage may occur to thetailgate lift cylinders and attachinghardware if the tailgate is notclosed prior to driving.

WARNING - Exhaustfumes

If you drive with the tailgate open,you will draw dangerous exhaustfumes into your vehicle which cancause serious injury or death tovehicle occupants.If you must drive with the tailgateopen, keep the air vents and allwindows open so that additionaloutside air comes into the vehicle.

WARNING - Rear cargoarea

Occupants should never ride in therear cargo area where no restraintsare available. To avoid injury in theevent of an accident or suddenstops, occupants should always beproperly restrained.

OUN027015


164

D070300AUN

Emergency tailgate safety releaseYour vehicle is equipped with emergencytailgate safety release lever located onthe bottom of the tailgate. When some-one is inadvertently locked in the lug-gage compartment, if the lever ispushed, the tailgate latch mechanism isreleased and the tailgate is opened bypushing backward.

WARNING• For emergency, be fully aware of

the location of the emergencytailgate safety release lever inthis vehicle and how to open thetailgate if you are accidentallylocked in the luggage compart-ment.

• No one should be allowed tooccupy the luggage compartmentof the vehicle at any time. Theluggage compartment is a verydangerous location in the eventof a crash.

• Use the release lever for emer-gency only. Use extreme caution,especially while the vehicle is inmotion.

OUN026017

4 17


D080000AUN

(1) Driver’s door power window switch(2) Front passenger’s door power win-

dow switch(3) Rear door (left) power window switch(4) Rear door (right) power window

switch(5) Window opening and closing(6) Automatic power window down

(Driver’s window)(7) Power window lock switch

✽✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, power windowsmay not work properly due to freezingconditions.

WINDOWS

OUN026010


184

D080100AUN

Power windowsThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for power windows to operate.Each door has a power window switchthat controls the door's window. The driv-er has a power window lock switch whichcan block the operation of passengerwindows. The power windows can beoperated for approximately 30 secondsafter the ignition key is removed or turnedto the ACC or LOCK position. However, ifthe front doors are opened, the powerwindows cannot be operated within the30 second period after the ignition keyremoval.

✽✽ NOTICEWhile driving, if you notice buffetingand pulsation (wind shock) with eitherside window open, you should open theopposite window slightly to reduce thecondition.

D080101AUN

Window opening and closingThe driver’s door has a master powerwindow switch that controls all the win-dows in the vehicle.To open or close a window, press downor pull up the front portion of the corre-sponding switch to the first detent posi-tion (5).

D080102AUN

Auto down window (Driver’s window)Depressing the power window switchmomentarily to the second detent posi-tion (6) completely lowers the driver’swindow even when the switch isreleased. To stop the window at thedesired position while the window is inoperation, pull up the switch momentarilyto the opposite direction of the windowmovement.

OUN026012 OUN026011

4 19


D080104AUN

Power window lock button• The driver can disable the power win-

dow switches on the passenger doorsby depressing the power window lockswitch located on the driver’s door toLOCK (pressed).

• When the power window lock switchis ON, the driver’s master controlcannot operate the passenger doorpower windows.

OUN026014

CAUTION• To prevent possible damage to

the power window system, do notopen or close two windows ormore at the same time. This willalso ensure the longevity of thefuse.

• Never try to operate the mainswitch on the driver's door andthe individual door windowswitch in opposing directions atthe same time. If this is done, thewindow will stop and cannot beopened or closed.

WARNING - Windows• NEVER leave the ignition key in

the vehicle.• NEVER leave any child unattend-

ed in the vehicle. Even veryyoung children may inadvertentlycause the vehicle to move, entan-gle themselves in the windows,or otherwise injure themselves orothers.

• Always double check to makesure all arms, hands, head andother obstructions are safely outof the way before closing a win-dow.

• Do not allow children to play withthe power windows. Keep the dri-ver’s door power window lockswitch in the LOCK position(depressed). Serious injury canresult from unintentional windowoperation by the child.

• Do not extend face or arms out-side through the window openingwhile driving.


204

D090100AUN

Opening the hood 1. Pull the release lever to unlatch the

hood. The hood should pop openslightly.

2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise thehood slightly, pull the secondary latch(1) inside of the hood center and liftthe hood (2).

3.Pull the support rod from the hood.4.Hold the hood open with the support

rod.

HOOD

OUN026022

WARNING - Hot partsGrasp the support rod in the areawrapped in rubber. The rubber willhelp prevent you from being burnedby hot metal when the engine ishot.

OUN026023L OUN028024

4 21


D090200AUN

Closing the hood1. Before closing the hood, check the fol-

lowing:• All filler caps in engine compartment

must be correctly installed.• Gloves, rags or any other com-

bustible material must be removedfrom the engine compartment.

2. Return the support rod to its clip toprevent it from rattling.

3. Lower the hood until it is about 30 cm(1 ft.) above the closed position and letit drop. Make sure that it locks intoplace.

WARNING• Before closing the hood, ensure

that all obstructions are removedfrom the hood opening. Closingthe hood with an obstructionpresent in the hood opening mayresult in property damage orsevere personal injury.

• Do not leave gloves, rags or anyother combustible material in theengine compartment. Doing somay cause a heat-induced fire.

WARNING • Always double check to be sure

that the hood is firmly latchedbefore driving away. If it is notlatched, the hood could openwhile the vehicle is being driven,causing a total loss of visibility,which might result in an accident.

• The support rod must be insertedcompletely into the hole providedin the hood whenever you inspectthe engine compartment.This willprevent the hood from falling andpossibly injuring you.

• Do not move the vehicle with thehood in the raised position, asvision is obstructed and the hoodcould fall or be damaged.


224

D100100AUN

Opening the fuel filler lidThe fuel filler lid must be opened frominside the vehicle by pushing the fuelfiller lid opener button located on the dri-ver’s door.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the fuel filler lid will not open becauseice has formed around it, tap lightly orpush on the lid to break the ice andrelease the lid. Do not pry on the lid. Ifnecessary, spray around the lid with anapproved de-icer fluid (do not use radi-ator anti-freeze) or move the vehicle to awarm place and allow the ice to melt.

1. Stop the engine.2. To open the fuel filler lid, push the fuel

filler lid opener button.3. Pull the fuel filler lid (1) out to fully

open.4. To remove the cap (2), turn the fuel

tank cap counterclockwise.5. Refuel as needed.

D100200AUN

Closing the fuel filler lid1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise until

it “clicks”. This indicates that the cap issecurely tightened.

2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it light-ly and make sure that it is securelyclosed.

D100300AUN-EC

FUEL FILLER LID

OUN026019 OUN026020 WARNING - Refueling• If pressurized fuel sprays out, it

can cover your clothes or skinand thus subject you to the riskof fire and burns. Always removethe fuel cap carefully and slowly.If the cap is venting fuel or if youhear a hissing sound, wait untilthe condition stops before com-pletely removing the cap.

• Do not "top off" after the nozzleautomatically shuts off whenrefueling.

• Tighten the cap until it clicks, oth-erwise the Check Engine light will illuminate.

• Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an acci-dent.

4 23


(Continued)Use only approved portable plas-tic fuel containers designed tocarry and store gasoline.

• Do not use cellular phones whilerefueling. Electric current and/orelectronic interference from cel-lular phones can potentiallyignite fuel vapors causing a fire.

• When refueling, always shut theengine off. Sparks produced byelectrical components related tothe engine can ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire. Once refueling iscomplete, check to make sure thefiller cap and filler door aresecurely closed, before startingthe engine.

• DO NOT use matches or a lighterand DO NOT SMOKE or leave a litcigarette in your vehicle while ata gas station especially duringrefueling. Automotive fuel ishighly flammable and can, whenignited, result in fire.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not get back into a vehicle

once you have begun refuelingsince you can generate staticelectricity by touching, rubbingor sliding against any item or fab-ric (polyester, satin, nylon, etc.)capable of producing static elec-tricity. Static electricity dischargecan ignite fuel vapors resulting inrapid burning. If you must re-enter the vehicle, you shouldonce again eliminate potentiallydangerous static electricity dis-charge by touching a metal partof the vehicle, away from the fuelfiller neck, nozzle or other gaso-line source.

• When using an approvedportable fuel container, be sure toplace the container on theground prior to refueling. Staticelectricity discharge from thecontainer can ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire. Once refueling hasbegun, contact with the vehicleshould be maintained until thefilling is complete.

(Continued)

WARNING - Refueling dan-gers

Automotive fuels are flammablematerials. When refueling, pleasenote the following guidelines care-fully. Failure to follow these guide-lines may result in severe personalinjury, severe burns or death by fireor explosion.• Read and follow all warning at the

gas station facility.• Before refueling note the location

of the Emergency Gasoline Shut-Off, if available, at the gas stationfacility.

• Before touching the fuel nozzle,you should eliminate potentiallydangerous static electricity dis-charge by touching another metalpart of the vehicle, a safe dis-tance away from the fuel fillerneck, nozzle, or other gas source.

(Continued)


244

D100500AUN

Emergency fuel filer lid releaseIf the fuel filler lid does not open usingthe remote fuel filler lid release, you canopen it manually. Unsnap and remove thepanel in the cargo area. Pull the handleoutward slightly. (if equipped)

(Continued)• If a fire breaks out during refuel-

ing, leave the vicinity of the vehi-cle, and immediately contact themanager of the gas station andthen contact the local fire depart-ment. Follow any safety instruc-tions they provide.

CAUTION• Make sure to refuel with unleaded

fuel only.• If the fuel filler cap requires

replacement, use only a genuineKIA cap or the equivalent speci-fied for your vehicle. An incorrectfuel filler cap can result in a seri-ous malfunction of the fuel sys-tem or emission control system.

• Do not spill fuel on the exteriorsurfaces of the vehicle. Any typeof fuel spilled on painted surfacesmay damage the paint.

• After refueling, make sure the fuelcap is installed securely to pre-vent fuel spillage in the event ofan accident.

CAUTIONDo not pull the handle excessively,otherwise the luggage area trim orrelease handle may be damaged.

OUN026021

4 25


D110000AUN

If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof,you can slide or tilt your sunroof with thesunroof control buttons located on theoverhead console.(1) Slide button(2) Tilt button(3) Close button

The sunroof can only be opened, closed,or tilted when the ignition switch is in theON position.

✽✽ NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, the sunroof

may not work properly due to freez-ing conditions.

• After washing the car or after there israin, be sure to wipe off any waterthat is on the sunroof before operatingit.

✽✽ NOTICEThe sunroof cannot slide when it is inthe tilt position nor can it be tilted whilein an open or slide position.

SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

OUN026025

CAUTIONDo not continue to press the sun-roof control button(s) after the sun-roof is in the fully open, closed, ortilt position(s). Damage to the motoror system components could occur.

WARNING Never adjust the sunshade whiledriving. This could result in loss ofcontrol and an accident that maycause death, serious injury, orproperty damage.


264

D110100AUN

Sliding the sunroof To open the sunroof (autoslide feature),press the slide button (1) on the over-head console for more than 0.5 second.The sunroof will slide all the way open. Tostop the sunroof sliding at any point,press any sunroof control button.To close the sunroof (autoslide feature),press the close button (3) on the over-head console for more than 0.5 second.The sunroof will slide all the way close.Tostop the sunroof sliding at any point,press any sunroof control button.

D110101AUN

Automatic reversalIf an object or part of the body is detect-ed while the sunroof is closing automati-cally, it will reverse direction, and thenstop.Auto reverse function does not work if atiny obstacle is between the sliding glassand the sunroof sash. You should alwayscheck that all passengers and objectsare away from the sunroof before closingit.

D110200AUN

Tilting the sunroof To open the sunroof (autotilt feature),press the tilt button (2) on the overheadconsole for more than 0.5 second.The sunroof will tilt all the way open. Tostop the sunroof tilting at any point, pressany sunroof control button.To close the sunroof, press the close but-ton (3) on the overhead console and holdit until the sunroof is closed.

OUN026026 OUN026027 OUN027028

4 27


D110300AUN

Sunshade The sunshade will be opened with theglass panel automatically when the glasspanel is slid. Close it manually if you wantit closed.

D110400AUN

In case of an emergency If the sunroof does not open electrically:1. Open the map lamp cover.

WARNING - Sunroof• Be careful that someone’s head,

hands and body are not trappedby a closing sunroof.

• Do not extend face, neck, arms orbody outside through the sunroofopening while driving.

• Make sure hand and face aresafely out of the way before clos-ing a sunroof.

CAUTION• Periodically remove any dirt that

may accumulate on the guide rail.• If you try to open the sunroof

when the temperature is belowfreezing or when the sunroof iscovered with snow or ice, theglass or the motor could be dam-aged.

• The sunroof is made to slidetogether with sunshade. Do notleave the sunshade closed whilethe sunroof is open.

OUN026029OUN026031


284

2. Insert the emergency handle (providedwith the vehicle) and turn the handleclockwise to open or counterclockwiseto close.

D110500AUN

Resetting the sunroofWhenever the vehicle battery is discon-nected or discharged, or you use theemergency handle to operate the sun-roof, you must reset your sunroof systemas follows:

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ONposition.

2. According to the position of the sun-roof, do the following.1) in case the sunroof has closed

completely or been tilted:Press the tilt button until the sun-roof tilts completely upward.

2) in case the sunroof has slide-opened:Press and hold the close button(for more than 5 seconds) until thesunroof closes completely. Pressthe tilt button until the sunroof tiltscompletely upward.

3. Release the tilt button.4. Press and hold the tilt button (for

more than 10 seconds) until the sun-roof has returned to the original posi-tion of tilt after it is raised a little high-er than the maximum tilt position.Then, release the button.

5. Press and hold the tilt button (formore than 5 seconds) until the sun-roof is operated as follows;

TILT DOWN → SLIDE OPEN →SLIDE CLOSE

Then, release the button.

When this is complete, the sunroof sys-tem is reset.

OUN026030

4 29


D130100AUN

Power steeringPower steering uses energy from theengine to assist you in steering the vehi-cle. If the engine is off or if the powersteering system becomes inoperative,the vehicle may still be steered, but it willrequire increased steering effort.Should you notice any change in theeffort required to steer during normalvehicle operation, have the power steer-ing checked by an authorized KIA dealer.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the power steering drive belt breaksor if the power steering pump malfunc-tions, the steering effort will greatlyincrease.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the vehicle is parked for extendedperiods outside in cold weather (below -10°C/14°F), the power steering mayrequire increased effort when the engineis first started. This is caused byincreased fluid viscosity due to the coldweather and does not indicate a mal-function.When this happens, increase the engineRPM by depressing accelerator until theRPM reaches 1,500 rpm then release orlet the engine idle for two or three min-utes to warm up the fluid.

D130300AUN

Tilt steering Tilt steering allows you to adjust thesteering wheel before you drive. You canalso raise it to give your legs more roomwhen you exit and enter the vehicle.

The steering wheel should be positionedso that it is comfortable for you to drive,while permitting you to see the instru-ment panel warning lights and gauges.

STEERING WHEEL

CAUTIONNever hold the steering wheelagainst a stop (extreme right or leftturn) for more than 5 seconds withthe engine running. Holding thesteering wheel for more than 5 sec-onds in either position may causedamage to the power steeringpump.

WARNING• Never adjust the angle of the

steering wheel while driving. Youmay lose steering control andcause severe personal injury,death or accidents.

• After adjusting, push the steeringwheel both up and down to becertain it is locked in position.


304

To change the steering wheel angle, pulldown the lock-release lever (1), adjustthe steering wheel to the desired angle(2), then pull up the lock-release lever tolock the steering wheel in place. Be sureto adjust the steering wheel to thedesired position before driving.

D130500AUN

HornTo sound the horn, press the horn sym-bol on your steering wheel.Check the horn regularly to be sure itoperates properly.

✽✽ NOTICETo sound the horn, press the area indi-cated by the horn symbol on your steer-ing wheel (see illustration). The hornwill operate only when this area ispressed.

OUN026123

CAUTIONDo not strike the horn severely tooperate it, or hit it with your fist. Donot press on the horn with a sharp-pointed object.OUN026124

4 31


D140100AUN

Inside rearview mirrorAdjust the rearview mirror to center onthe view through the rear window. Makethis adjustment before you start driving.

D140101AUN

Day/night rearview mirror Make this adjustment before you startdriving and while the day/night lever is inthe day position.Pull the day/night lever toward you toreduce glare from the headlights of vehi-cles behind you during night driving.Remember that you lose some rearviewclarity in the night position.

D140200AUN-EU

Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust mirror angles beforedriving.Your vehicle is equipped with both left-hand and right-hand outside rearviewmirrors. The mirrors can be adjustedremotely with the remote switch. The mir-ror heads can be folded back to preventdamage during an automatic car wash orwhen passing in a narrow street.

MIRRORS

WARNING - Rear visibilityDo not place objects in the rearseat or cargo area which wouldinterfere with your vision throughthe rear window.

OUN026125

Day

Night


324

D140201AUN

Remote controlThe electric remote control mirror switchallows you to adjust the position of theleft and right outside rearview mirrors. Toadjust the position of either mirror, movethe lever (1) to R or L to select the rightside mirror or the left side mirror, thenpress a corresponding point on the mirroradjustment control to position the select-ed mirror up, down, left or right.After adjustment, put the lever into neu-tral (center) position to prevent the inad-vertent adjustment.

WARNING - Rearview mir-rors

• The right outside rearview mirroris convex. Objects seen in themirror are closer than theyappear.

• Use your interior rearview mirroror direct observation to deter-mine the actual distance of fol-lowing vehicles when changinglanes.

CAUTIONDo not scrape ice off the mirrorface; this may damage the surfaceof the glass. If ice should restrictmovement of the mirror, do notforce the mirror for adjustment. Toremove ice, use a deicer spray, or asponge or soft cloth with very warmwater.

CAUTIONIf the mirror is jammed with ice, donot adjust the mirror by force. Usean approved spray de-icer (not radi-ator antifreeze) to release thefrozen mechanism or move thevehicle to a warm place and allowthe ice to melt.

WARNING Do not adjust or fold the outsiderearview mirrors while the vehicleis moving. This could result in lossof control, and an accident whichcould cause death, serious injuryor property damage.

OUN026128

4 33


D140202AUN-EU

Folding the outside rearview mirrorTo fold outside rearview mirror, grasp thehousing of mirror and then fold it towardthe rear of the vehicle.

CAUTION• The mirrors stop moving when

they reach the maximum adjust-ing angles, but the motor contin-ues to operate while the switch isdepressed. Do not depress theswitch longer than necessary, themotor may be damaged.

• Do not attempt to adjust the out-side rearview mirror by hand.Doing so may damage the parts.

OUN026130


344

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

1. Tachometer

2. Turn signal indicators

3. Speedometer

4. Engine temperature gauge

5. Warning and indicator lights

6. Shift position indicator

7. Odometer/Trip computer*

8. Fuel gauge

* : if equipped

OUN026201CD150000AUN

1

4

5

8

67

2 2

35

4 35


D150100AUN

Instrument panel illuminationWhen the vehicle’s parking lights or head-lights are on, rotate the illumination con-trol knob to adjust the instrument panelillumination intensity.

GaugesD150201AUN-EC

Speedometer The speedometer indicates the forwardspeed of the vehicle.The speedometer is calibrated in kilome-ters and/or miles per hour per hour.

D150202AUN

Tachometer The tachometer indicates the approxi-mate number of engine revolutions perminute (rpm).Use the tachometer to select the correctshift points and to prevent lugging and/orover-revving the engine.When the door is open, or if the engine isnot started within 1 minute, the tachome-ter pointer may move slightly in ON posi-tion with the engine OFF. This movementis normal and will not affect the accuracyof the tachometer once the engine is run-ning.

OUN026203OUN027202GOUN047200L


364

D150203AUN

Engine temperature gauge This gauge shows the temperature of theengine coolant when the ignition switchis ON.Do not continue driving with an overheat-ed engine. If your vehicle overheats, referto “If the engine overheats” in section 6.

OUN026205

CAUTIONIf the gauge pointer moves beyondthe normal range area toward the“H” position, it indicates overheat-ing that may damage the engine.

WARNINGNever remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. The enginecoolant is under pressure andcould cause severe burns. Waituntil the engine is cool beforeadding coolant to the reservoir.

CAUTIONDo not operate the engine withinthe tachometer's RED ZONE.This may cause severe engine dam-age.

4 37


D150204AUN

Fuel gaugeThe fuel gauge indicates the approxi-mate amount of fuel remaining in the fueltank. The fuel tank capacity is given in sec-tion 9. The fuel gauge is supplemented bya low fuel warning light, which will illumi-nate when the fuel tank is near empty.On inclines or curves, the fuel gaugepointer may fluctuate or the low fuelwarning light may come on earlier thanusual due to the movement of fuel in thetank.

D150205AUN

Odometer/Tripmeter (if equipped)OdometerThe odometer indicates the total dis-tance the vehicle has been driven.You will also find the odometer useful todetermine when periodic maintenanceshould be performed.

✽✽ NOTICEIt is forbidden that alteration of theodometer of any vehicle with the intentto change the mileage registered on theodometer. The alteration may void yourwarranty coverage.

OUN026206G

WARNING - Fuel gaugeRunning out of fuel can exposevehicle occupants to danger.You must stop and obtain addition-al fuel as soon as possible after thewarning light comes on or when thegauge indicator comes close to theE level.

OUN026243C


384

TripmeterTRIP A: Tripmeter ATRIP B: Tripmeter BThe tripmeter indicates the distance ofindividual trips selected by the driver.Tripmeter A or B can be reset to 0 bypressing the TRIP button for 1 second ormore, and then releasing.

Tripmeter A or B can be selected bypressing the TRIP button for less than 1second.

D150206AUN-EE

Trip computer (if equipped)The trip computer is a microcomputer-controlled driver information system thatdisplays information related to driving,including odometer, tripmeter, drivingtime, average speed, average fuel con-sumption and distance to empty on thedisplay when the ignition switch is in theON position. All stored driving informa-tion (except odometer) is reset if the bat-tery is disconnected.

OUN026208L OUN026209 OUN026209

4 39


The odometer is always displayed untilthe display is turned off.Push the TRIP button for less than 1 sec-ond to select tripmeter, driving time,average speed, average fuel consump-tion or distance to empty function as fol-lows:

OdometerThe odometer indicates the total dis-tance the vehicle has been driven.You will also find the odometer useful todetermine when periodic maintenanceshould be performed.

TripmeterTRIP A : Tripmeter ATRIP B : Tripmeter BThis mode indicates the distance of indi-vidual trips selected since the last trip-meter reset.The meter's working range is from 0.0 to999.9 km.Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1second, when the tripmeter (TRIP A orTRIP B) is being displayed, clears thetripmeter to zero (0.0).

OUN026207LTripmeter B

Average speed

Average fuel consumption

Distance to empty

Tripmeter A

Driving time

OUN026210L


404

Driving timeThis mode indicates the total time trav-eled since the last driving time reset.Even if the vehicle is not in motion, thedriving time keeps going while the engineis running.The meter’s working range is from0:00~99:59.Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1second, when the driving time is beingdisplayed, clears the driving time to zero(0:00).

Average speedThis mode calculates the average speedof the vehicle since the last averagespeed reset.Even if the vehicle is not in motion, theaverage speed keeps going while theengine is running.Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1second, when the average speed isbeing displayed, clears the averagespeed to zero (----).

Average fuel consumptionThis mode calculates the average fuelconsumption from the total fuel used andthe distance since the last average con-sumption reset. The total fuel used is cal-culated from the fuel consumption input.For an accurate calculation, drive morethan 50 m.Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1second, when the average fuel consump-tion is being displayed, clears the aver-age fuel consumption to zero (----).

OUN026212COUN026211L OUN026214C

4 41


Distance to emptyThis mode indicates the estimated dis-tance to empty based on the current fuelin the fuel tank and the amount of fueldelivered to the engine.When the remaining distance is below 50km, “----” will be displayed and the dis-tance to empty indicator will blink.The meter’s working range is from 50 to999 km.

✽✽ NOTICE• If the vehicle is not on level ground or

the battery power has been interrupt-ed, the “Distance to empty” functionmay not operate correctly.The trip computer may not registeradditional fuel if less than 6 liters (1.6gallons) of fuel are added to the vehi-cle.

• The fuel consumption and distance toempty values may vary significantlybased on driving conditions, drivinghabits, and condition of the vehicle.

• The distance to empty value is an esti-mate of the available driving distance.This value may differ from the actualdriving distance available.

D150300AUN

Warnings and indicatorsAll warning lights are checked by turningthe ignition switch ON (do not start theengine). Any light that does not illuminateshould be checked by an authorized KIAdealer.After starting the engine, check to makesure that all warning lights are off. If anyare still on, this indicates a situation thatneeds attention. When releasing theparking brake, the brake system warninglight should go off. The fuel warning lightwill stay on if the fuel level is low.

OUN026213C


424

D150302AUN

Air bag warning light

This warning light will illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds each time youturn the ignition switch to the ON posi-tion.This light also comes on when theSupplemental Restraint System (SRS) isnot working properly. If the AIR BAGwarning light does not come on, or con-tinuously remains on after operating forabout 6 seconds when you turned theignition switch to the ON position or start-ed the engine, or if it comes on whiledriving, have the SRS inspected by anauthorized KIA dealer.

D150303AUN

Anti-lock brake system(ABS) warning light (if equipped)This light illuminates if the ignition switchis turned to ON and goes off in approxi-mately 3 seconds if the system is operat-ing normally.If the ABS warning light remains on,comes on while driving, or does notcome on when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, this indicatesthat there may be a malfunction with theABS.If this occurs, have your vehicle checkedby an authorized KIA dealer as soon aspossible. The normal braking system willstill be operational, but without the assis-tance of the anti-lock brake system.

Electronic brake force distri-bution (EBD) system warninglightIf two warning lights illumi-nate at the same time whiledriving, your vehicle mayhave a malfunction with ABSand EBD system.In this case, your ABS and regular brakesystem may not work normally. Have thevehicle checked by an authorized KIAdealer as soon as possible.

AIRBAG

WARNINGIf the both ABS and Brake warninglights are on and stay on, your vehi-cle’s brake system will not worknormally. So you may experiencean unexpected and dangerous situ-ation during sudden braking. In thiscase, avoid high speed driving andabrupt braking. Have your vehiclechecked by an authorized KIA deal-er as soon as possible.

4 43


D150304AUN-EU

Seat belt warning

Driver's seat belt warningAs a reminder to the driver, the driver'sseat belt warning light will blink forapproximately 6 seconds each time youturn the ignition switch ON regardless ofbelt fastening. If the driver's seat belt isnot fastened when the ignition switch isturned ON or if it is disconnected afterthe ignition switch is turn ON, the driver'sseat belt warning light will blink forapproximately 6 seconds and the seatbelt warning chime will sound for approx-imately 6 seconds until the belt is fas-tened. If the driver's seat belt is not fas-tened for 36 seconds after starting theengine, the driver's seat belt warninglight and chime will operate at most 11times with a pattern of 6 seconds on and24 seconds off or until the belt is fas-tened.

Front passenger's seat belt warningAs a reminder to the front passenger, thefront passenger's seat belt warning lightwill blink for approximately 6 secondseach time you turn the ignition switch ONregardless of belt fastening. If the pas-senger's seat belt is unfastened whenthe vehicle speed exceeds 5 km/h (3mph), the passenger's seat belt warninglight will blink for at least 6 seconds oruntil the belt is fastened.

✽✽ NOTICE• You can find the front passenger’s

seat belt warning light on the centerfascia panel.

• Although the front passenger seat isnot occupied, the seat belt warninglight will blink for 6 seconds.

• The front passenger's seat belt warn-ing can be operated when luggage isplaced on the front passenger seat.

D150305AUN

Turn signal indicator lights

The blinking green arrows on the instru-ment panel show the direction indicatedby the turn signals. If the arrow comes onbut does not blink, blinks more rapidlythan normal, or does not illuminate at all,a malfunction in the turn signal system isindicated. Your dealer should be consult-ed for repairs.

D150306AUN

High beam indicator

This indicator illuminates when the head-lights are on and in the high beam posi-tion or when the turn signal lever is pulledinto the Flash-to-Pass position.


444

D150307AUN

Engine oil pressure warning

This warning light indicates the engine oilpressure is low.If the warning light illuminates while driv-ing:1. Drive safely to the side of the road and

stop.2. With the engine off, check the engine

oil level. If the level is low, add oil asrequired.

If the warning light remains on afteradding oil or if oil is not available, call anauthorized KIA dealer.

D150308AUN-EU

Parking brake & brake fluidwarning

Parking brake warning This light is illuminated when the parkingbrake is applied with the ignition switch inthe START or ON position. The warninglight should go off when the parkingbrake is released while engine is run-ning.

Low brake fluid level warningIf the warning light remains on, it mayindicate that the brake fluid level in thereservoir is low.If the warning light remains on:1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.2. With the engine stopped, check the

brake fluid level immediately and addfluid as required. Then check all brakecomponents for fluid leaks.

3. Do not drive the vehicle if leaks arefound, the warning light remains on orthe brakes do not operate properly.Have the vehicle towed to any author-ized KIA dealer for a brake systeminspection and necessary repairs.

CAUTIONIf the engine is not stopped imme-diately after the engine oil pressurewarning light is illuminated, severedamage could result.

CAUTIONIf the oil pressure warning lightstays on while the engine is run-ning, serious engine damage mayresult. The oil pressure warninglight comes on whenever there isinsufficient oil pressure. In normaloperation, it should come on whenthe ignition switch is turned on,then go out when the engine isstarted. If the oil pressure warninglight stays on while the engine isrunning, there is a serious malfunc-tion.If this happens, stop the car assoon as it is safe to do so, turn offthe engine and check the oil level. Ifthe oil level is low, fill the engine oilto the proper level and start theengine again. If the light stays onwith the engine running, turn theengine off immediately. In anyinstance where the oil light stays onwhen the engine is running, theengine should be checked by anauthorized KIA dealer before thecar is driven again.

4 45


Your vehicle is equipped with dual-diago-nal braking systems. This means you stillhave braking on two wheels even if oneof the dual systems should fail. With onlyone of the dual systems working, morethan normal pedal travel and greaterpedal pressure are required to stop thecar. Also, the car will not stop in as shorta distance with only a portion of thebrake system working. If the brakes failwhile you are driving, shift to a lower gearfor additional engine braking and stop thecar as soon as it is safe to do so.To check bulb operation, check whetherthe parking brake and brake fluid warninglight illuminates when the ignition switchis in the ON position.

D150309AUN

Front fog light indicator (if equipped)

This light comes on when the front foglights are ON.

D150312AUN

Shift pattern indicator

The indicator displays to show the auto-matic transaxle shift lever selection.

D150313AUN

Charging system warning

This warning light indicates a malfunctionof either the generator or electrical charg-ing system.If the warning light comes on while thevehicle is in motion:1. Drive to the nearest safe location.2. With the engine off, check the generator

drive belt for looseness or breakage.3. If the belt is adjusted properly, a prob-

lem exists somewhere in the electricalcharging system. Have an authorizedKIA dealer correct the problem as soonas possible.

D150315AUN

Tailgate open warning light

This warning light illuminates when thetailgate is not closed securely with theignition switch in any position.

D150316AUN

Door ajar warning light

This warning light illuminates when adoor is not closed securely with the igni-tion switch in any position.

D150317AUN

Immobilizer indicator (if equipped)

This light illuminates when the immobiliz-er key is inserted and turned to the ONposition to start the engine.At this time, you can start the engine.Thelight goes out after the engine is running.If this light blinks when the ignition switchis in the ON position before starting theengine, have the system checked by anauthorized KIA dealer.

WARNING Driving the vehicle with a warninglight on is dangerous. If the brakewarning light remains on, have thebrakes checked and repaired imme-diately by an authorized KIA dealer.


464

D150318AUN

Low fuel level warning

This warning light indicates the fuel tankis nearly empty. When it comes on, youshould add fuel as soon as possible.Driving with the fuel level warning light onor with the fuel level below “E” can causethe engine to misfire and damage thecatalytic converter.

D150319AUN

Low washer fluid levelwarning indicator(if equipped)This warning light indicates the washerfluid reservoir is near empty. Refill thewasher fluid as soon as possible.

D150320AUN-EU

Malfunction indicator lamp(MIL) (check engine light)

This indicator light is part of the EngineControl System which monitors variousemission control system components. Ifthis light illuminates while driving, it indi-cates that a potential malfunction hasbeen detected somewhere in the emis-sion control system.This light will also illuminate when theignition switch is turned to the ON posi-tion, and will go out in a few secondsafter the engine is started. If it illuminateswhile driving, or does not illuminate whenthe ignition switch is turned to the ONposition, take your vehicle to your near-est authorized KIA dealer and have thesystem checked.Generally, your vehicle will continue to bedrivable, but have the system checked byan authorized KIA dealer promptly.

CHECKCHECKCAUTION

• Prolonged driving with theEmission Control SystemMalfunction Indicator Light illuminated may cause damage tothe emission control systemswhich could effect drivabilityand/or fuel economy.

• If the Emission Control SystemMalfunction Indicator Light illumi-nates, potential catalytic convert-er damage is possible whichcould result in loss of enginepower. Have the Engine ControlSystem inspected as soon as pos-sible by an authorized KIA dealer.

4 47


D150323AUN-EU

ESC indicator (ElectronicStability Control) (if equipped)The ESC indicator will illuminate whenthe ignition switch is turned ON, butshould go off after approximately 3 sec-onds. When the ESC is on, it monitorsthe driving conditions and under normaldriving conditions, the ESC light willremain off. When a slippery or low trac-tion condition is encountered, the ESCwill operate, and the ESC indicator willblink to indicate the ESC is operating.

D150324AUN-EU

ESC OFF indicator (if equipped)

The ESC OFF indicator will illuminatewhen the ignition switch is turned ON,but should go off after approximately 3seconds. To switch to ESC OFF mode,press the ESC OFF button. The ESCOFF indicator will illuminate indicatingthe ESC is deactivated. If this indicatorstays on when ESC OFF is not selected,the ESC may have a malfunction. Takeyour car to an authorized KIA dealer andhave the system checked.

D150325AUN

Cruise indicator (if equipped)CRUISE indicator

The indicator light illuminates when thecruise control system is enabled.The cruise indicator light in the instru-ment cluster is illuminated when thecruise control ON-OFF button on thesteering wheel is pulled.The indicator light turns off when thecruise control ON-OFF button is pulledagain. For more information about theuse of cruise control, refer to “Cruisecontrol system” in section 5.

Cruise SET indicator

The indicator light illuminates when thecruise function switch (COAST/SET orRES/ACCEL) is ON.The cruise SET indicator light in theinstrument cluster is illuminated whenthe cruise control switch (COAST/SET orRES/ACCEL) is pushed.

The cruise SET indicator light does notilluminate when the cruise control switch(CANCEL) is pushed or the system isdisengaged.

D150327AUN

Key reminder warning chime (if equipped)If the driver’s door is opened while theignition key is left in the ignition switch(ACC or LOCK position), the keyreminder warning chime will sound. Thisis to prevent you from locking your keysin the vehicle. The chime sounds until thekey is removed from the ignition switch orthe driver’s door is closed.

ESC

ESCOFF

CRUISE

SET


484

D170000AEN

The rear parking assist system assiststhe driver during backward movement ofthe vehicle by chiming if any object issensed within a distance of 120 cm (47in.) behind the vehicle. This system is asupplemental system and it is not intend-ed to nor does it replace the need forextreme care and attention of the driver.The sensing range and objectsdetectable by the back sensors are limit-ed. Whenever backing-up, pay as muchattention to what is behind you as youwould in a vehicle without a rear parkingassist system .

Operation of the rear parkingassist system D170101AEN

Operating condition• This system will activate when backing

up with the ignition switch ON.If the vehicle is moving at a speed over5 km/h (3 mph), the system may not beactivated correctly.

• The sensing distance while the rearparking assist system is in operation isapproximately 120 cm (47 in.).

• When more than two objects aresensed at the same time, the closestone will be recognized first.

D170102AUN

Types of warning sound• When an object is 120 cm to 81 cm (47

in. to 32 in.) from the rear bumper:Buzzer beeps intermittently

• When an object is 80 cm to 41 cm (31in. to 16 in.) from the rear bumper:Buzzer beeps more frequently

• When an object is within 40 cm (15 in.)of the rear bumper:Buzzer sounds continuously.

REAR PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNINGThe rear parking assist system is asupplementary function only. Theoperation of the rear parking assistsystem can be affected by severalfactors (including environmentalconditions). It is the responsibilityof the driver to always check thearea behind the vehicle before andwhile backing up.

OUN027122

Rear parking assist system

4 49


D170200AEN

Non-operational conditions ofrear parking assist system The rear parking assist system maynot operate properly when:1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It will

operate normally when the moisturehas been cleared.)

2. The sensor is covered with foreignmatter, such as snow or water, or thesensor cover is blocked. (It will operatenormally when the material is removedor the sensor is no longer blocked.)

3. Driving on uneven road surfaces(unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, gradi-ent).

4. Objects generating excessive noise(vehicle horns, loud motorcycleengines, or truck air brakes) are withinrange of the sensor.

5. Heavy rain or water spray exists.6. Wireless transmitters or mobile phones

are within range of the sensor.7. The sensor is covered with snow.8. Trailer towing.

The detecting range may decreasewhen:1. The sensor is stained with foreign mat-

ter such as snow or water. (The sens-ing range will return to normal whenremoved.)

2. Outside air temperature is extremelyhot or cold.

The following objects may not be rec-ognized by the sensor:1. Sharp or slim objects such as ropes,

chains or small poles.2. Objects which tend to absorb the sen-

sor frequency such as clothes, spongymaterial or snow.

3. Undetectable objects smaller than 1 m(40 in.) and narrower than 14 cm (6 in.)in diameter.

D170300AEN

Rear parking assist system pre-cautions• The rear parking assist system may

not sound sequentially depending onthe speed and shapes of the objectsdetected.

• The rear parking assist system maymalfunction if the vehicle bumperheight or sensor installation has beenmodified or damaged. Any non-factoryinstalled equipment or accessoriesmay also interfere with the sensor per-formance.

• The sensor may not recognize objectsless than 40 cm (15 in.) from the sen-sor, or it may sense an incorrect dis-tance. Use caution.

• When the sensor is frozen or stainedwith snow, dirt, or water, the sensormay be inoperative until the stains areremoved using a soft cloth.

• Do not push, scratch or strike the sen-sor. Sensor damage could occur.


504

✽✽ NOTICEThis system can only sense objects with-in the range and location of the sensors;It can not detect objects in other areaswhere sensors are not installed. Also,small or slim objects, such as poles orobjects located between sensors may notbe detected by the sensors.Always visually check behind the vehi-cle when backing up.Be sure to inform any drivers of thevehicle that may be unfamiliar with thesystem regarding the systems capabili-ties and limitations.

D170400BUN

Self-diagnosisIf you don’t hear an audible warningsound or if the buzzer sounds intermit-tently when shifting the gear to the R(Reverse) position, this may indicate amalfunction in the rear parking assist sys-tem. If this occurs, have your vehiclechecked by an authorized KIA dealer assoon as possible.

D180000AUN

The hazard warning flasher should beused whenever you find it necessary tostop the car in a hazardous location.When you must make such an emer-gency stop, always pull off the road as faras possible.The hazard warning lights are turned onby pushing in the hazard switch. Thiscauses all turn signal lights to blink. Thehazard warning lights will operate eventhough the key is not in the ignitionswitch.To turn the hazard warning lights off,push the switch a second time.

WARNINGPay close attention when the vehi-cle is driven close to objects on theroad, particularly pedestrians, andespecially children. Be aware thatsome objects may not be detectedby the sensors, due to the object’sdistance, size or material, all ofwhich can limit the effectiveness ofthe sensor. Always perform a visualinspection to make sure the vehicleis clear of all obstructions beforemoving the vehicle in any direction.

WARNINGYour new vehicle warranty does notcover any accidents or damage tothe vehicle or its occupants due toa rear parking assist system mal-function. Always drive safely andcautiously.

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER

OUN027218N

4 51


D190100AUN

Battery saver function • The purpose of this feature is to pre-

vent the battery from being dis-charged. The system automaticallyturns off the exterior lights when thedriver removes the ignition key andopens the driver-side door.

• With this feature, the parking lights willbe turned off automatically if the driverparks on the side of road at night.If necessary, to keep the lights onwhen the ignition key is removed, per-form the following:1) Open the driver-side door.2) Turn the parking lights OFF and ON

again using the light switch on thesteering column.

D190400AUN-EC

Lighting controlThe light switch has a Headlight and aParking light position.To operate the lights, turn the knob at theend of the control lever to one of the fol-lowing positions:(1) OFF position(2) Parking light position(3) Headlight position

D190401AUN

Parking light position ( )When the light switch is in the parkinglight position (1st position), the tail posi-tion, license and instrument panel lightsare ON.

LIGHTING

OUN026220N OUN026221


524

D190402AUN

Headlight position ( )When the light switch is in the headlightposition (2nd position) the head, tail posi-tion, license and instrument panel lightsare ON.

✽✽ NOTICEThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition to turn on the headlights.

D190500AUN

High beam operation To turn on the high beam headlights,push the lever away from you. Pull it backfor low beams.The high beam indicator will light whenthe headlight high beams are switchedon.To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, do not leave the lights on for aprolonged time while the engine is notrunning.

To flash the headlights, pull the levertowards you. It will return to the normal(low beam) position when released. Theheadlight switch does not need to be onto use this flashing feature.

OUN026222 OUN026224OUN026225

4 53


D190600AUN

Turn signals and lane change sig-nalsThe ignition switch must be on for theturn signals to function. To turn on theturn signals, move the lever up or down(A). Green arrow indicators on the instru-ment panel indicate which turn signal isoperating. They will self-cancel after aturn is completed. If the indicator contin-ues to flash after a turn, manually returnthe lever to the OFF position.

To signal a lane change, move the turnsignal lever slightly and hold it in position(B). The lever will return to the OFF posi-tion when released.If an indicator stays on and does notflash or if it flashes abnormally, one of theturn signal bulbs may be burned out andwill require replacement.

✽✽ NOTICEIf an indicator flash is abnormally quickor slow, a bulb may be burned out orhave a poor electrical connection in thecircuit. D190700AUN

Front fog light (if equipped) Fog lights are used to provide improvedvisibility when visibility is poor due to fog,rain or snow, etc. The fog lights will turnon when fog light switch (1) is turned toON after the headlights are turned on.To turn off the fog lights, turn the switchto OFF.

OUN026226 OUN026219

CAUTIONWhen in operation, the fog lightsconsume large amounts of vehicleelectrical power. Only use the foglights when visibility is poor.


544

D190900AUN-EU

Daytime running light (if equipped)Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can makeit easier for others to see the front of yourvehicle during the day. DRL can be help-ful in many different driving conditions,and it is especially helpful after dawn andbefore sunset.The DRL system will make the head-lights turn OFF when:1. The headlight switch is ON.2. The parking brake is applied.3. Engine stops.

4 55


A : Wiper speed control· MIST – Single wipe· OFF – Off· INT – Intermittent wipe · LO – Low wiper speed· HI – High wiper speed

B : Intermittent or Auto control wipetime adjustment

C : Wash with brief wipes

D : Rear wiper/washer control· – Spraying washer fluid· ON – Continuous wipe · INT – Intermittent wipe (if equipped)· OFF – Off· – Wash with brief wipes

WIPERS AND WASHERS

Type A

Type B Type B

Type A

OUN028370N/OUN028371N/OUN028372N/OUN028373N

Windshield wiper/washer Rear window wiper/washer (if equipped)


564

D200100AUN-EU

Windshield wipers Operates as follows when the ignitionswitch is turned ON.

MIST : For a single wiping cycle, pushthe lever upward and release itwith the lever in the OFF position.The wipers will operate continu-ously if the lever is pushedupward and held.

OFF : Wiper is not in operationINT : Wiper operates intermittently at the

same wiping intervals. Use thismode in a light rain or mist. To varythe speed setting, turn the speedcontrol knob (1).

LO : Normal wiper speedHI : Fast wiper speed

✽✽ NOTICEIf there is heavy accumulation of snowor ice on the windshield, defrost thewindshield for about 10 minutes, oruntil the snow and/or ice is removedbefore using the windshield wipers toensure proper operation.

D200200AUN

Windshield washers In the OFF position, pull the lever gentlytoward you to spray washer fluid on thewindshield and to run the wipers 1-3cycles.Use this function when the windshield isdirty.

OUN027227N

OUN028227N-1

Type A

Type B

Fast

Fast

Slow

Slow

OUN026229N

OUN028229N-1

Type A

Type B

4 57


The spray and wiper operation will con-tinue until you release the lever.If the washer does not work, check thewasher fluid level. If the fluid level is notsufficient, you will need to add appropri-ate non-abrasive windshield washer fluidto the washer reservoir.The reservoir filler neck is located in thefront of the engine compartment on thepassenger side.

CAUTIONTo prevent possible damage to thewasher pump, do not operate thewasher when the fluid reservoir isempty.

WARNINGDo not use the washer in freezingtemperatures without first warmingthe windshield with the defrosters;the washer solution could freeze oncontact with the windshield andobscure your vision.

CAUTION• To prevent possible damage to

the wipers or windshield, do notoperate the wipers when thewindshield is dry.

• To prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

• To prevent damage to the wiperarms and other components, donot attempt to move the wipersmanually.


584

D200300BUN-EE

Rear window wiper and washerswitch (if equipped)The rear window wiper and washerswitch is located at the end of the wiperand washer switch lever. Turn the switchto desired position to operate the rearwiper and washer.

- Spraying washer fluid and wipingON - Normal wiper operationINT - Intermittent wiper operation

(if equipped) OFF - Wiper is not in operation

- Wash with brief wipes

OUN026230N

OUN028230N-1

Type A

Type B

4 59


D210000AUN

D210100AUN

Map lamp (if equipped)Push the switch to turn the light on or off.This light produces a spot beam for con-venient use as a map lamp at night or asa personal lamp for the driver and thefront passenger.

D210200AUN

Room lamp• DOOR:In the DOOR position, the light comes onwhen any door is opened regardless ofthe ignition switch position.

INTERIOR LIGHT

OUN026231 OUN026245

CAUTIONDo not use the interior lights forextended periods when engine isnot running.It may cause battery discharge.


604

When doors are unlocked by the trans-mitter, the light comes on for approxi-mately 30 seconds as long as any door isnot open. The light goes out graduallyafter approximately 30 seconds if thedoor is closed. However, if the ignitionswitch is ON or all doors are locked, thelight will turn off immediately.

If a door is opened with the ignitionswitch in the ACC or LOCK position, thelight stays on for about 20 minutes.However, if a door is opened with theignition switch is in the ON position, thelight stays on continuously.

• ON:In the ON position, the light stays on at alltimes.

• OFF:In the OFF position, the light stays off atall times, even when a door is open.

D210600AUN

Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped)Opening the lid of the vanity mirror willautomatically turn on the mirror light.

D220000AUN

✽✽ NOTICEIf you want to defrost and defog thefront windshield, refer to “Windshielddefrosting and defogging” in this sec-tion.

OUN026233

CAUTIONDo not leave the switch in this posi-tion for an extended period of timewhen the vehicle is not running.

DEFROSTER

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the conduc-tors bonded to the inside surface ofthe rear window, never use sharpinstruments or window cleanerscontaining abrasives to clean thewindow.

4 61


D220100AUN

Rear window defrosterThe defroster heats the window toremove frost, fog and thin ice from therear window, while engine is running.

To activate the rear window defroster,press the rear window defroster buttonlocated in the center facia switch panel.The indicator on the rear windowdefroster button illuminates when thedefroster is ON.If there is heavy accumulation of snow onthe rear window, brush it off before oper-ating the rear defroster.The rear window defroster automaticallyturns off after approximately 20 minutesor when the ignition switch is turned off.To turn off the defroster, press the rearwindow defroster button again.

D220101AUN

Outside mirror defroster (if equipped)If your vehicle is equipped with outsidemirror defrosters, they will operate at thesame time when you turn on the rearwindow defroster.

D220200AUN

Front windshield deicer (if equipped)The engine must be running to enablethis feature. To activate the front wind-shield deicer, press the front windshielddeicer button. The indicator on the buttonilluminates when the deicer is ON. Thefront windshield deicer automaticallyturns off after 20 minutes or when theignition switch is turned off. To turn off thedeicer, press the front windshield deicerbutton again.

OUN027240N

OUN028237

OUN026239N

Type A

Type B


624

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OUN028301N

1. Fan speed control knob2. Mode selection knob3. Temperature control knob

4. Rear window defroster button5. Air conditioning button (if equipped)6. Air intake control button

12

3

4 5 6

D230000AUN

4 63


D230100AUN

Heating and air conditioning1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.5. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the

air conditioning system (if equipped)on.

OUN026302


644

D230101AUN-EU

Mode selectionThe mode selection knob controls thedirection of the air flow through the venti-lation system.Air can be directed to the floor, dash-board outlets, or windshield. Six symbolsare used to represent MAX A/C, Face,Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost and Defrostair position.The MAX A/C mode is used to cool theinside of the vehicle faster.The steps (•) between the air flow posi-tions adjust the direction of the air flow tothe middle position.

MAX A/C-Mode (B, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face.In this mode, the air conditioning and therecirculated air position will be selectedautomatically.

Face-Level (B, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face. Additionally, each outlet can becontrolled to direct the air dischargedfrom the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, D, C, E)

Air flow is directed towards the face andthe floor.

Off-Mode

The fan is turned off.

Floor-Level (C, E, A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the air beingdirected to the windshield and side win-dow defrosters.

OUN028358N

4 65


Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, E, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floorand the windshield with a small amountdirected to the side window defrosters.

Defrost-Level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side window defrosters.

Instrument panel ventsThe outlet vents can be opened or closedseparately using the horizontal thumb-wheel. To close the vent, rotate it left tothe maximum position. To open the vent,rotate it right to the desired position.Also, you can adjust the direction of airdelivery from these vents using the ventcontrol lever as shown.

D230102AUN

Temperature controlThe temperature control knob allows youto control the temperature of the air flow-ing from the ventilation system. Tochange the air temperature in the pas-senger compartment, turn the knob tothe right position for warm and hot air orleft position for cooler air.

OUN026306OUN026303


664

D230103AUN

Air intake control This is used to select outside (fresh) airposition or recirculated air position.To change the air intake control position,push the control button.

Recirculated air position The indicator light on thebutton illuminates when therecirculated air position isselected.With the recirculated airposition selected, air fromthe passenger compart-ment will be drawn throughthe heating system andheated or cooled accordingto the function selected.

Outside (fresh) air position The indicator light on thebutton does not illuminatewhen the outside (fresh) airposition is selected.With the outside (fresh) airposition selected, air entersthe vehicle from outside andis heated or cooled accord-ing to the function selected.

✽✽ NOTICEProlonged operation of the heater in therecirculated air position (without airconditioning selected) may cause fog-ging of the windshield and side windowsand the air within the passenger com-partment may become stale.In addition, prolonged use of the airconditioning with the recirculated airposition selected will result in excessive-ly dry air in the passenger compart-ment.

OUN028307

4 67


D230104AUN-EU

Fan speed controlThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for fan operation.The fan speed control knob allows you tocontrol the fan speed of the air flowingfrom the ventilation system. To changethe fan speed, turn the knob to the rightfor higher speed or left for lower speed.Setting the mode selection knob to theOFF position turns off the fan.

D230105AUN

Air conditioning (if equipped) Push the A/C button to turn the air condi-tioning system on (indicator light will illu-minate). Push the button again to turn theair conditioning system off.

WARNING• Continued climate control system

operation in the recirculated airposition may allow humidity toincrease inside the vehicle whichmay fog the glass and obscurevisibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle with airconditioning or heating systemon. It may cause serious harm ordeath due to a drop in the oxygenlevel and/or body temperature.

• Continued climate control systemoperation in the recirculated airposition can cause drowsiness orsleepiness, and loss of vehiclecontrol. Set the air intake controlto the outside (fresh) air positionas much as possible while driv-ing.

OUN026308N OUN028307A


684

System operationD230501AUN

Ventilation1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

D230502AUN

Heating1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn

the air conditioning system (ifequipped) on.

• If the windshield fogs up, set the modeto the , position.

Operation Tips• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from

entering the car through the ventilationsystem, temporarily set the air intakecontrol to the recirculated air position.Be sure to return the control to thefresh air position when the irritationhas passed to keep fresh air in thevehicle. This will help keep the driveralert and comfortable.

• Air for the heating/cooling system isdrawn in through the grilles just aheadof the windshield. Care should betaken that these are not blocked byleaves, snow, ice or other obstructions.

• To prevent interior fog on the wind-shield, set the air intake control to thefresh air position and fan speed to thedesired position, turn on the air condi-tioning system, and adjust temperaturecontrol to desired temperature.

D230503AUN

Air conditioning (if equipped) All KIA Air Conditioning Systems arefilled with environmentally friendly R-134a refrigerant which does not dam-age the ozone layer.1. Start the engine. Push the air condi-

tioning button.2. Set the mode to the position.3. Set the air intake control to the outside

air or recirculated air position.4. Adjust the fan speed control and tem-

perature control to maintain maximumcomfort.

• When maximum cooling is desired, setthe temperature control to the extremeleft position, set the mode control tothe MAX A/C position, then set the fanspeed control to the highest speed.

4 69


✽✽ NOTICE• When using the air conditioning sys-

tem, monitor the temperature gaugeclosely while driving up hills or inheavy traffic when outside tempera-tures are high. Air conditioning sys-tem operation may cause engine over-heating. Continue to use the blowerfan but turn the air conditioning sys-tem off if the temperature gauge indi-cates engine overheating.

• When opening the windows in humidweather air conditioning may createwater droplets inside the vehicle.Since excessive water droplets maycause damage to electrical equipment,air conditioning should only be runwith the windows closed.

Air conditioning system operation tips • If the vehicle has been parked in direct

sunlight during hot weather, open thewindows for a short time to let the hotair inside the vehicle escape.

• To help reduce moisture inside of thewindows on rainy or humid days,decrease the humidity inside the vehi-cle by operating the air conditioningsystem.

• During air conditioning system opera-tion, you may occasionally notice aslight change in engine speed as theair conditioning compressor cycles.This is a normal system operationcharacteristic.

• Use the air conditioning system everymonth only for a few minutes to ensuremaximum system performance.

• When using the air conditioning sys-tem, you may notice clear water drip-ping (or even puddling) on the groundunder the passenger side of the vehi-cle. This is a normal system operationcharacteristic.

• Operating the air conditioning systemin the recirculated air position providesmaximum cooling, however, continualoperation in this mode may cause theair inside the vehicle to become stale.

D230300AUN

Climate control air filter (if equipped)The climate control air filter installedbehind the glove box filters the dust orother pollutants that come into the vehi-cle from the outside through the heatingand air conditioning system. If dust orother pollutants accumulate in the filterover a period of time, the air flow from theair vents may decrease, resulting inmoisture accumulation on the inside ofthe windshield even when the outside(fresh) air position is selected. If this hap-pens, have the climate control air filterreplaced by an authorized KIA dealer.

1LDA5047

Outside air

Recirculatedair

Climate controlair filter

Blower

Evaporatorcore

Heater core


704

✽✽ NOTICE• Replace the filter every 15,000 km

(10,000 miles) or once a year.If the car is being driven in severeconditions such as dusty, rough roads,more frequent air conditioner filterinspections and changes are required.

• When the air flow rate suddenlydecreases, the system should bechecked at an authorized KIA dealer.

D230400AUN

Checking the amount of air con-ditioner refrigerant and compres-sor lubricantWhen the amount of refrigerant is low,the performance of the air conditioning isreduced. Overfilling also has a negativeimpact on the air conditioning system.Therefore, if abnormal operation isfound, have the system inspected by anauthorized KIA dealer.

✽✽ NOTICEIt is important when servicing the airconditioning system that the correcttype and amount of oil and refrigerant isused. Otherwise, damage to the com-pressor and abnormal system operationmay occur.

WARNINGThe air conditioning system shouldbe serviced by an authorized KIAdealer. Improper service may causeserious injury to the person per-forming the service.

4 71


AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

1. AUTO (automatic control) button

2. Temperature control knob

3. A/C display

4. Fan speed control knob

5. OFF button

6. Mode selection button

7. Front windshield defrost button

8. Recirculated air position button

9. Air conditioning button

10. Rear window defrost button

11. Outside air position button

OUN026310N

32 4

1

6 7 8

9 10 11

5

D240000AUN-EU


724

D240100BUN

Automatic heating and air condi-tioningThe automatic climate control system iscontrolled by simply setting the desiredtemperature.The Full Automatic Temperature Control(FATC) system automatically controls theheating and cooling system as follows;

1. Push the AUTO button. It is indicatedby AUTO on the display. The modes,fan speeds, air intake and air-condi-tioning will be controlled automaticallyby temperature setting.

2. Turn the TEMP knob to set the desiredtemperature.If the temperature is set to the lowestsetting (Lo), the air conditioning sys-tem will operate continuously.

3. To turn the automatic operation off,press any button or turn any knobexcept the temperature control knob. Ifyou press the mode selection button,air conditioning button, defrost buttonor air intake control button, or turn thefan speed knob, the selected functionwill be controlled manually while otherfunctions operate automatically. ✽✽ NOTICE

Never place anything over the sensorlocated on the instrument panel toensure better control of the heating andcooling system.

OUN026312OUN026311

4 73


D240200AUN

Manual heating and air condition-ingThe heating and cooling system can becontrolled manually by pushing buttonsother than the AUTO button. In this case,the system works sequentially accordingto the order of buttons selected.When pressing any button (or turningany knob) except AUTO button whileautomatic operation, the functions notselected will be controlled automatically.1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.5. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the

air conditioning system on.Press the AUTO button in order to con-vert to full automatic control of the sys-tem.

D240201AUN

Mode selectionThe mode selection button controls thedirection of the air flow through the venti-lation system.The air flow outlet port is converted asfollows:

Refer to the illustration in the “Manual cli-mate control system”.

Face-Level (B, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face. Additionally, each outlet can becontrolled to direct the air dischargedfrom the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, D, C, E)

Air flow is directed towards the face andthe floor.

Floor-Level (C, E, A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the air beingdirected to the windshield and side win-dow defrosters.

Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, E, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floorand the windshield with a small amountdirected to the side window defrosters.

OUN026313N


744

Defrost-Level (A, D)Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side window defrosters.

Instrument panel ventsThe outlet vents can be opened or closedseparately using the horizontal thumb-wheel. To close the vent, rotate it left tothe maximum position. To open the vent,rotate it right to the desired position.Also, you can adjust the direction of airdelivery from these vents using the ventcontrol lever as shown.

D240202AUN-EU

Temperature controlThe temperature will increase to themaximum (HI) by turning the knob to theright extremely.The temperature will decrease to theminimum (Lo) by turning the knob to theleft extremely.When turning the knob, the temperaturewill increase or decrease by 0.5°C/1°F.When set to the lowest temperature set-ting, the air conditioning will operate con-tinuously.

OUN026314N OUN026303 OUN026315

4 75


Temperature conversionIf the battery has been discharged ordisconnected, the temperature mode dis-play will reset to Fahrenheit.This is a normal condition.You can switchthe temperature mode betweenFahrenheit to Centigrade as follows;While depressing the AUTO button,depress the OFF button for 3 seconds ormore. The display will change fromFahrenheit to Centigrade, or fromCentigrade to Fahrenheit.

D240203AUN-EU

Air intake controlThis is used to select outside (fresh) airposition or recirculated air position.To change the air intake control position,push the control button.

Recirculated air positionThe indicator light on thebutton illuminates when therecirculated air position isselected.With the recirculated airposition selected, air fromthe passenger compart-ment will be drawn throughthe heating system andheated or cooled accordingto the function selected.

Outside (fresh) air positionThe indicator light on thebutton illuminates when theoutside (fresh) air position isselected.With the outside (fresh) airposition selected, air entersthe vehicle from outside andis heated or cooled accord-ing to the function selected.

OUN026316L


764

✽✽ NOTICEProlonged operation of the heater in therecirculated air position (without airconditioning selected) may cause fog-ging of the windshield and side windowsand the air within the passenger com-partment may become stale.In addition, prolonged use of the airconditioning with the recirculated airposition selected will result in excessive-ly dry air in the passenger compart-ment.

D240205AUN

Fan speed controlThe fan speed can be set to the desiredspeed by turning the fan speed controlknob.The higher the fan speed is, the more airis delivered.Pressing the OFF button turns off thefan.

WARNING• Continued climate control system

operation in the recirculated airposition may allow humidity toincrease inside the vehicle whichmay fog the glass and obscure vis-ibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle with airconditioning or heating system on.It may cause serious harm or deathdue to a drop in the oxygen leveland/or body temperature.

• Continued climate control systemoperation in the reciruclated airposition can cause drowsiness orsleepiness, and loss of vehiclecontrol. Set the air intake control tothe outside (fresh) air position asmuch as possible while driving.

OUN026319

4 77


D240206AUN

Air conditioningPush the A/C button to turn the air condi-tioning system on (indicator light will illu-minate).Push the button again to turn the air con-ditioning system off.

D240207AUN

Outside tempmeter The current outside temperature is dis-played in 1°C (1°F) increments. The tem-perature range is between -40°C ~ 60°C(-40°F~140°F).

D240208AUN

OFF modePush the OFF button to turn off the air cli-mate control system. However, you canstill operate the mode and air intake but-tons as long as the ignition switch is inthe ON position.

OUN026321N OUN026359 OUN026320


784

D250000AUN • For maximum defrosting, set the tem-perature control to the extremeright/hot position and the fan speedcontrol to the highest speed.

• If warm air to the floor is desired whiledefrosting or defogging, set the modeto the floor-defrost position.

• Before driving, clear all snow and icefrom the windshield, rear window, out-side rear view mirrors, and all side win-dows.

• Clear all snow and ice from the hoodand air inlet in the cowl grill to improveheater and defroster efficiency and toreduce the probability of fogging upinside of the windshield.

Manual climate control systemD250101AUN-EU

To defog inside windshield 1. Select desired fan speed.2. Select desired temperature.3. Set the mode to the or posi-

tion.4. The outside (fresh) air will be selected

automatically.If the outside (fresh) air position is notselected automatically, press the corre-sponding button manually.If the position is selected, lower fanspeed is controlled to higher fan speed.

WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING

OUN028323N

WARNING - Windshieldheating

Do not use the or positionduring cooling operation inextremely humid weather. The dif-ference between the temperature ofthe outside air and that of the wind-shield could cause the outer sur-face of the windshield to fog up,causing loss of visibility. In thiscase, set the mode selection knobor button to the position andfan speed control knob or button tothe lower speed.

4 79


D250102AUN-EU

To defrost outside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the highest

(extreme right) position.2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot

position.3. Set the mode to the position.4. The outside (fresh) air will be selected

automatically.If the position is selected, lower fanspeed is controlled to higher fan speed.

Automatic climate control systemD250201AUN-EU

To defog inside windshield 1. Select desired fan speed.2. Select desired temperature.3. Press the defrost button ( ).4. The outside (fresh) air position will be

selected automatically.If the outside (fresh) air position are notselected automatically, adjust the corre-sponding button manually.If the position is selected, lower fanspeed is automatically controlled to high-er fan speed.

D250202AUN-EU

To defrost outside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the highest

(extreme right) position.2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot

(HI) position.3. Press the defrost button ( ).4. The outside (fresh) air position will be

selected automatically.If the position is selected, lower fanspeed is controlled to higher fan speed.

OUN026325N OUN026326NOUN028324N


804

D250300AUN-EU

Defogging logicTo reduce the probability of fogging upthe inside of the windshield, the air intakeis controlled automatically according tocertain conditions such as or position. To cancel or return the defog-ging logic, do the following.

D250301AUN

Manual climate control system1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion.2. Turn the mode selection knob to the

defrost position ( ).3. Push the air intake control button

( ) at least 5 times within 3 sec-onds.

The indicator light in the air intake controlbutton will blink 3 times with 0.5 secondof interval. It indicates that the defogginglogic is canceled or returned to the pro-grammed status.

If the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, it resets to the defog logicstatus.

D250302AUN

Automatic climate control system1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion.2. Select the defrost position pressing

defrost button ( ).3. While holding the air conditioning but-

ton (A/C) pressed, press the air intakecontrol button ( ) at least 5 timeswithin 3 seconds.

The A/C display blinks 3 times with 0.5second of interval. It indicates that thedefogging logic is canceled or returned tothe programmed status.

If the battery has been discharged ordisconnected, it resets to the defog logicstatus.

OUN028327N OUN026328

4 81


D270000AUN

These compartments can be used tostore small items required by the driveror passengers.

D270100AUN

Center console storage These compartments can be used tostore small items required by the driveror front passenger.To open the center console storage pullup the lever (1) or (2).

D270200AUN

Glove boxTo open the glove box, pull the handleand the glove box will automaticallyopen. Close the glove box after use.

STORAGE COMPARTMENT

WARNING - Flammablematerials

Do not store cigarette lighters,propane cylinders, or other flamma-ble/explosive materials in the vehi-cle. These items may catch fireand/or explode if the vehicle isexposed to hot temperatures forextended periods.

CAUTION• To avoid possible theft, do not

leave valuables in the storagecompartment.

• Always keep the storage com-partment covers closed whiledriving. Do not attempt to placeso many items in the storagecompartment that the storagecompartment cover cannot closesecurely.

OUN026336OUN026363

WARNING To reduce the risk of injury in anaccident or sudden stop, alwayskeep the glove box door closedwhile driving.


824

D270300AUN

Sunglass holder To open the sunglass holder, press thecover and the holder will slowly open.Place your sunglasses in the compart-ment door with the lenses facing out.Push to close.

D270400AUN

Multi box (for rear passenger,if equipped)To open the cover, pull up the lever andlift the cover. It can be used for storingsmall items.

OUN026339

WARNING• Do not keep objects except sun-

glasses inside the sunglass hold-er. Such objects can be thrownfrom the holder in the event of asudden stop or an accident, pos-sibly injuring the passengers inthe vehicle.

• Do not open the sunglass holderwhile the vehicle is moving. Therear view mirror of the vehiclecan be blocked by an open sun-glass holder.

OUN026340

4 83


D270500AUN

Luggage boxYou can place a first aid kit, a reflectortriangle, tools, etc. in the box for easyaccess.1. Grasp the handle (1, if equipped) on

the edge of the cover and lift it.

2. Fold the cover forward. D270501AUN

Luggage side trayTo open the cover, pull up the lever (1)and lift the cover (if equipped). It can beused for storing small items.

OUN026364

OUN026343

Type A (if equipped)

Type BOUN026341L

OUN028341

5-seater

7-seaterOUN027342L

OUN028342

5-seater

7-seater


844

D280100AUN

Cigarette lighterFor the cigarette lighter to work, the igni-tion switch must be in the ACC positionor the ON position.To use the cigarette lighter, push it all theway into its socket. When the elementhas heated, the lighter will pop out to the“ready” position.If it is necessary to replace the cigarettelighter, use only a genuine KIA replace-ment or its approved equivalent.

D280200AUN

Ashtray

INTERIOR FEATURES

CAUTIONOnly a genuine KIA lighter shouldbe used in the cigarette lightersocket. The use of plug-in acces-sories (shavers, hand-held vacu-ums, and coffee pots, etc.) maydamage the socket or cause electri-cal failure.

WARNING• Do not hold the lighter in after it

is already heated because it willoverheat.

• If the lighter does not pop outwithin 30 seconds, remove it toprevent overheating.

OUN027331

WARNING - Ashtray use• Do not use the vehicle’s ashtrays

as waste receptacles.• Putting lit cigarettes or matches

in an ashtray with other com-bustible materials may cause afire.

4 85


D280202AUN

Rear (if equipped)You can open the rear ashtray by pullingit out by its top edge. To remove the ash-tray to empty or clean it, push the tabinside and pull it all the way out.

D280300AUN

Cup holder

D280301AUN

Front/Rear (if equipped)Cups or small beverage cans may beplaced in the cup holders.

OUN026333

WARNING - Hot liquids• Do not place uncovered cups of

hot liquid in the cup holder whilethe vehicle is in motion. If the hotliquid spills, you burn yourself.Such a burn to the driver couldlead to loss of control of the vehi-cle.

• To reduce the risk of personalinjury in the event of sudden stopor collision, do not place uncov-ered or unsecured bottles, glass-es, cans, etc., in the cup holderwhile the vehicle is in motion.

OUN026344

OUN026346

Front

Rear


864

D280302AUN

Center (if equipped)To use the cup holders in rear seat, pullthe rear cup holder cover. Place a cup orsmall beverage can after pulling out theblade (1).Push the cover to close after use.

D280400AUN

SunvisorUse the sunvisor to shield direct lightthrough the front or side windows.To use a sunvisor, pull it downward.To use a sunvisor for a side window, pullit downward, unsnap it from the bracket(1) and swing it to the side (2).To use the vanity mirror, pull down thevisor and pull up the mirror cover (3).Adjust the sunvisor forward or backward(4).The ticket holder (5) is provided for hold-ing a tollgate ticket. (if equipped)

OUN026330OUN026345

CAUTION - Vanity mirrorlamp

Close the vanity mirror coversecurely and return the sunvisor toits original position after use. If thevanity mirror is not closed securely,the lamp will stay on and couldresult in battery discharge and pos-sible sunvisor damage.

4 87


D280500AUN

Power outletThe power outlet is designed to providepower for mobile telephones or otherdevices designed to operate with vehicleelectrical systems. The devices shoulddraw less than 10 amps with the enginerunning.

D280600AUN

Digital clock

OUN028334

OUN026335

Front

Rear

CAUTION• Use the power outlet only when

the engine is running and removethe accessory plug after use.Using the accessory plug for pro-longed periods of time with theengine off could cause the bat-tery to discharge.

• Only use 12V electric accessorieswhich are less than 10A in elec-tric capacity.

• Adjust the air-conditioner orheater to the lowest operatinglevel when using the power outlet.

• Close the cover when not in use.• Some electronic devices can

cause electronic interferencewhen plugged into a vehicle’spower outlet. These devices maycause excessive audio static andmalfunctions in other electronicsystems or devices used in yourvehicle.

WARNINGDo not adjust the clock while driv-ing. You may lose your steeringcontrol and cause severe personalinjury or accidents.

OUN027329N


884

Whenever the battery terminals or relat-ed fuses are disconnected, you mustreset the time.When the ignition switch is in the ACC orON position, the clock buttons operate asfollows:

D280601AUN

Hour (2)Pressing the H button with your finger, apencil or similar object will advance thetime displayed by one hour.

D280602AUN

Minute (3)Pressing the M button with your finger, apencil or similar object will advance thetime displayed by one minute.

D280603AUN

Reset (1)To clear away minutes, press the R but-ton with your finger, a pencil or similarobject. Then the clock will be set precise-ly on the hour.For example, if the R button is pressedwhile the time is between 9:01 and 9:29,the display will be reset to 9:00.9:01 ~ 9:29 display changed to 9:009:30 ~ 9:59 display changed to 10:00

D280604AUN

Display conversionTo change the 12 hour format to the 24hour format, press the R button for morethan 4 seconds.For example, if the R button is pressedfor more than 4 seconds while the time is10:15 p.m., the display will change to22:15.

D280700AUN

Shopping bag holder (if equipped)To use the holder, push the lower portion.

CAUTIONDo not hang a bag weighing morethan 3 kg (7 lbs.). It may cause dam-age to the shopping bag holder.

OUN026347

4 89


CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the goods orthe vehicle, care should be takenwhen carrying fragile or bulkyobjects in the luggage compart-ment.

WARNINGAvoid eye injury. DO NOT over-stretch the luggage net, ALWAYSkeep your face and body out of theluggage net’s recoil path. DO NOTuse when the strap has visiblesigns of wear or damage.

D280800AUN

Clothes hanger (if equipped)To use the hanger, pull down the upperportion of the hanger.

D281000AUN

Luggage net (holder) (if equipped)To keep items from shifting in the cargoarea, you can use the 4 (or 6) holderslocated in the cargo area to attach theluggage net.

If necessary, contact your authorized KIAdealer to obtain a luggage net.

OUN026348

CAUTIONDo not hang heavy clothes, sincethose may damage the hook.

OUN027349

OUN026349L

Type A

Type B


904

D281100AUN

Cargo security screen (if equipped) Use the cargo security screen to hideitems stored in the cargo area.

• To use the front shade of the cargosecurity screen, pull the hook forwardand hang the hook on the headrestpole.

• To use the rear shade of the cargosecurity screen, pull the handle back-ward and insert the edges into theslots.

When not in use, place the cargo securi-ty screen on the lower portion of thecargo area.

CAUTIONWhen folding the rear seatback for-ward, remove the hook from theheadrest pole. Otherwise, the frontshade of the cargo security screenmay be damaged or malformed.

OUN048180L OUN048181L OUN048182L

4 91


D290100AUN

Roof rack (if equipped)If the vehicle has a roof rack, you canload cargo on top of your vehicle.The two crossbars (if equipped) on theroof rack can be repositioned forward orrearward for conveniently loading cargoor roof carrier. To move the crossbar, pullthe lever and move the crossbar to thedesired position. Release the lever andlock the crossbar by moving the crossbarslightly forward or rearward.

OUN026355

EXTERIOR FEATURE

WARNING• Do not place objects on the cargo

security screen. Such objectsmay be thrown about inside thevehicle and possibly injure vehi-cle occupants during an accidentor when braking.

• Never allow anyone to ride in theluggage compartment. It isdesigned for luggage only.

• Maintain the balance of the vehi-cle and locate the weight as farforward as possible.

CAUTIONSince the cargo security screenmay be damaged or malformed, donot put the luggage on it when it isused.


924

✽✽ NOTICE• The crossbars should be placed in the

proper load carrying positions priorto placing items onto the roof rack.

• If the vehicle is equipped with a sun-roof, be sure not to position cargo ontothe roof rack in such a way that itcould interfere with sunroof opera-tion.

CAUTION• When carrying cargo on the roof

rack, take the necessary precau-tions to make sure the cargo doesnot damage the roof of the vehicle.

• When carrying large objects onthe roof rack, make sure they donot exceed the overall roof lengthor width.

WARNING • The following specification is the

maximum weight that can beloaded onto the roof rack.Distribute the load as evenly aspossible across the crossbarsand roof rack and secure the loadfirmly.

Loading cargo or luggage abovespecification on the roof rackmay damage your vehicle.

• The vehicle center of gravity willbe higher when items are loadedonto the roof rack. Avoid suddenstarts, braking, sharp turns,abrupt maneuvers or high speedsthat may result in loss of vehiclecontrol or rollover causing anaccident.

(Continued)

ROOF 75 kg (165 lbs.)RACK EVENLY DISTRIBUTED

(Continued)• Always drive slowly and turn cor-

ners carefully when carryingitems on the roof rack. Severewind updrafts, caused by passingvehicles or natural causes, cancause sudden upward pressureon items loaded on the roof rack.This is especially true when car-rying large, flat items such aswood panels or mattresses. Thiscould cause the items to fall offthe roof rack and cause damageto your vehicle or others aroundyou.

• To prevent damage or loss ofcargo while driving, check fre-quently before or while driving tomake sure the items on the roofrack are securely fastened.

4 93


AntennaD300102AUN

Roof antenna Your car uses a roof antenna to receiveboth AM and FM broadcast signals. Thisantenna is a removable type. To removethe antenna, turn it counterclockwise. Toinstall the antenna, turn it clockwise.

D300200AUN

Audio remote control (if equipped) The steering wheel audio remote controlbutton is installed to promote safe driv-ing.

AUDIO SYSTEM

OUN027353

CAUTION• Before entering a place with a low

height clearance, be sure that theantenna is fully folded down orremoved.

• Be sure to remove the antennabefore washing the car in an auto-matic car wash or it may be dam-aged.

• When reinstalling your antenna, itis important that it is fully tight-ened and adjusted to the uprightposition to ensure proper recep-tion.

But it could be folded or removedwhen parking the vehicle or whenloading cargo on the roof rack.

• When cargo is loaded on the roofrack, do not place the cargo nearthe antenna pole to ensure properreception.

OUN026356L

CAUTIONDo not operate audio remote con-trol buttons simultaneously.

Type A Type B


944

MODE (1)Press the button to select Radio, Tape (ifequipped) or CD (compact disc).

VOLUME (VOL▲/▼) (3)• Press the up button (▲) to increase

volume.• Press the down button (▼) to decrease

volume.

SEEK/PRESET (▲/▼) (2)If the SEEK/PRESET button is pressedfor 0.8 second or more, it will work as fol-lows in each mode.

RADIO modeIt will function as the AUTO SEEK selectbutton.

TAPE modeIt will function as the FF/REW button.

CDP modeIt will function as the FF/REW button.

CDC modeIt will function as the DISC UP/DOWNbutton.

If the SEEK/PRESET button is pressedfor less than 0.8 second, it will work asfollows in each mode.

RADIO modeIt will function as the PRESET STATIONselect buttons.

TAPE modeIt will function as the AUTO MUSICSearch(AMS) button.

CDP modeIt will function as the TRACK UP/DOWNbutton.

CDC modeIt will function as the TRACK UP/DOWNbutton.

Detailed information for audio controlbuttons is described in the followingpages in this section.

D300800AUN-EU

How car audio worksAM and FM radio signals are broadcastfrom transmitter towers located aroundyour city. They are intercepted by theradio antenna on your car. This signal isthen received by the radio and sent toyour car speakers.When a strong radio signal has reachedyour vehicle, the precise engineering ofyour audio system ensures the best pos-sible quality reproduction. However, insome cases the signal coming to yourvehicle may not be strong and clear. Thiscan be due to factors such as the dis-tance from the radio station, closeness ofother strong radio stations or the pres-ence of buildings, bridges or other largeobstructions in the area.

¢ ¢ ¢

JBM001

FM reception

4 95


AM broadcasts can be received atgreater distances than FM broadcasts.This is because AM radio waves aretransmitted at low frequencies. Theselong, low frequency radio waves can fol-low the curvature of the earth rather thantravelling straight out into the atmos-phere. In addition, they curve aroundobstructions so that they can provide bet-ter signal coverage.

FM broadcasts are transmitted at highfrequencies and do not bend to follow theearth's surface. Because of this, FMbroadcasts generally begin to fade atshort distances from the station. Also,FM signals are easily affected by build-ings, mountains, or other obstructions.These can result in certain listening con-ditions which might lead you to believe aproblem exists with your radio. The fol-lowing conditions are normal and do notindicate radio trouble:

• Fading - As your car moves away fromthe radio station, the signal will weakenand sound will begin to fade. When thisoccurs, we suggest that you selectanother stronger station.

• Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals orlarge obstructions between the trans-mitter and your radio can disturb thesignal causing static or fluttering nois-es to occur. Reducing the treble levelmay lessen this effect until the distur-bance clears.

¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢

JBM002 JBM003

AM reception FM radio station

¢ ¢ ¢

JBM004


964

• Station Swapping - As a FM signalweakens, another more powerful sig-nal near the same frequency maybegin to play. This is because yourradio is designed to lock onto theclearest signal. If this occurs, selectanother station with a stronger signal.

• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signalsbeing received from several directionscan cause distortion or fluttering. Thiscan be caused by a direct and reflect-ed signal from the same station, or bysignals from two stations with closefrequencies. If this occurs, selectanother station until the condition haspassed.

Using a cellular phone or a two-wayradio When a cellular phone is used inside thevehicle, noise may be produced from theaudio equipment. This does not meanthat something is wrong with the audioequipment. In such a case, use the cellu-lar phone at a place as far as possiblefrom the audio equipment.

Care of cassette tapes (if equipped)• Because the thickness of a cassette

tape with the total playback time ofover 60 minutes (C-60) are too thin, wesuggest that you do not use any ofthem to avoid having tapes being tan-gled.

• To achieve better sound quality, period-ically clean the tape head using a cot-ton stick with colorless alcohol (onceper month).

• If a tape is too loose, fasten it to reel bywinding with objects like a pencil.

• Because dust or foreign objects on acassette tape may damage the play-back head, always store tapes in theircases when not in use.

• Make sure cassette tapes are keptaway from magnetic devices (TV,stereo system, etc) in order to achievebetter sound quality.

• Be certain that no objects or sub-stances other than cassette tapes areinserted into the cassette tape player.

• Because tape media can be distortedwhen exposed to direct sunlight, Donot leave cassette tapes on the seats,dashboard or near the back wind-shield.

JBM005

CAUTIONWhen using a communication sys-tem such a cellular phone or a radioset inside the vehicle, a separateexternal antenna must be fitted.When a cellular phone or a radio setis used with an internal antennaalone, it may interfere with the vehi-cle's electrical system and adverse-ly affect safe operation of the vehi-cle.

WARNINGDon't use a cellular phone whenyou are driving. You should stop ata safe place to use a cellular phone.

4 97


Care of disc (if equipped)• If the temperature inside the car is too

high, open the car windows for ventila-tion before using your car audio.

• It is illegal to copy and useMP3/WMA/WAVE files without permis-sion (If equipped with M466, use onlyMP3/WMA, If equipped with M446, useonly CD-DA). Use CDs that are creat-ed only by lawful means.

• Do not apply volatile agents such asbenzene and thinner, normal cl eanersand magnetic sprays made for ana-logue disc onto CDs.

• To prevent the disc surface from get-ting damaged. Hold and carry CDs bythe edges or the edges of the centerhole only.

• Clean the disc surface with a piece ofsoft cloth before playback (wipe it fromthe center to the outside edge).

• Do not damage the disc surface orattach pieces of sticky tape or paperonto it.

• Make sure on undesirable matter otherthan CDs are inserted into the CDplayer (Do not insert more than oneCD at a time).

• Keep CDs in their cases after use toprotect them from scratches or dirt.

• Depending on the type of CD-R/CD-RW CDs, certain CDs may not operatenormally according to manufacturingcompanies or making and recordingmethods. In such circumstances, if youstill continue to use those CDs, theymay cause the malfunction of your caraudio system.

✽✽ NOTICE - Playing anIncompatible CopyProtected Audio CD

Some copy protected CDs, which do notcomply with the international audio CDstandards (Red Book), may not play onyour car audio. Please note that if youtry to play copy protected CDs and theCD player does not perform correctlythe CDs maybe defective, not the CDplayer.


984

1. POWER ON-OFF, VOLUME Control Knob

2. BAND (AM/FM) Select Buttons

3. TUNE Select/AUDIO Control Knob

4. AUTO SEEK Select Button

5. RADIO SCAN Button

6. EQ Button

7. PRESET STATION Select Buttons

UN-M446USA

STEREO RADIO OPERATION (M446) (IF EQUIPPED)

4 99


1. POWER ON-OFF Control Knob• The radio unit may be operated when

the ignition key is in the “ACC”or “ON”position. Press the knob to switch thepower on. The LCD shows the radiofrequency in radio mode, and displaysthe CD track in CD mode. To switch thepower off, press the knob again.

• Push the FM/AM or CD to turn on thatfunction without pushing the PowerON-OFF control knob.

VOLUME ControlRotate the knob clockwise to increasethe volume and turn the knob counter-clockwise to reduce the volume.

2. BAND SelectorFM Selection Button Pressing the FM button changes theFM1 and FM2 bands.

AM(MW, LW) Selection Button Pressing the AM button selects the AMband. AM mode is displayed on the LCD.

3. TUNE Select/AUDIO Control KnobRotate the knob clockwise to increasethe frequency and turn the knob counter-clockwise to reduce the frequency.

Mode Select KnobPressing the MODE knob changes theBASS, MID-RANGE, TREBLE, FADERand BALANCE mode.The mode selected is shown on the dis-play.After selecting the each mode, rotate themode select knob clockwise or counter-clockwise.

BASS ControlTo increase the BASS, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the BASS,rotate the knob counterclockwise.

MID-RANGE ControlTo increase the MID-RANGE, rotate theknob clockwise, while to decrease theMID-RANGE, rotate the knob counter-clockwise.

TREBLE ControlTo increase the TREBLE, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the TRE-BLE, rotate the knob counterclockwise.

FADER ControlRotate the control knob clockwise toemphasize rear speaker sound (frontspeaker sound will be attenuated). Whenthe control knob is turned counterclock-wise, front speaker sound will be empha-sized (rear speaker sound will be attenu-ated).

BALANCE ControlRotate the knob clockwise to emphasizeright speaker sound (left speaker soundwill be attenuated). When the controlknob is turned counterclockwise, leftspeaker sound will be emphasized (rightspeaker sound will be attenuated).

4. AUTO SEEK Select Button(Automatic Channel Selection)

Press the AUTO SEEK select button.When the side is pressed, the unitwill automatically tune to the next higherfrequency and when the side ispressed, it will automatically tune to thenext lower frequency.


1004

5. RADIO SCAN ButtonWhen you Press the button, frequency ischanged and the next channel isreceived automatically.To stay on a station, press the SCANbutton again.

6. EQ ButtonPress the EQ button to select the CLAS-SIC, POP, ROCK, JAZZ and OFF MODEfor the desired tone quality. Each press ofthe button changes the display as fol-lows;

7. PRESET STATION Select ButtonsSix stations for AM, FM1 and FM2respectively can be preset in the elec-tronic memory circuit.

HOW TO PRESET STATIONSSix AM and twelve FM stations may beprogrammed into the memory of theradio. Then, by simply pressing the AM/FM band select buttons and/or one of thesix station select buttons, you may recallany of these stations instantly.To program the stations, follow thesesteps:

• Press AM/FM selector to set the bandfor AM, FM1 and FM2.

• Select the desired station to be storedby seek or manual tuning.

• Determine the preset station selectbutton you wish to use to access thatstation.

• Press and hold the station select but-ton for more than 0.8 seconds. A selectbutton indicator will show in the displayindicating which select button you havedepressed. The frequency display willflash after it has been stored into thememory. You should then release thebutton, and proceed to program thenext desired station. A total of 18 sta-tions can be programmed by selectingone AM and two FM station per button.

• When completed, any preset stationmay be recalled by selecting AM, FM1or FM2 band and the appropriate sta-tion button.

✽✽ NOTICE• Do not place beverages close to the

audio system. The audio system mech-anism may be damaged if you spillthem.

• Do not strike or allow anything toimpact the audio system, damage tothe system mechanisms could occur.

CLASSIC➟POP➟ROCK➟JAZZ➟OFF

4 101


1. CD/AUX Select Button

2. TRACK UP/DOWN Button

3. FF/REW Button

4. REPEAT (RPT) Button

5. CD SCAN Button

6. CD EJECT Button

7. RANDOM (RDM) Button

UN-M446USA

COMPACT DISC PLAYER OPERATION (M446) (IF EQUIPPED)


1024

1. CD/AUX Select ButtonCD Select• Insert the CD with the label facing

upward.• Insert the CD to start CD playback,

during radio operation.• When a disc is in the CD deck, if you

press the CD/AUX button the CD play-er will begin playing even if the radioplayer is being used.

• The CD/AUX player can be used whenthe ignition switch is in either the “ON”or “ACC” position.

• Push the CD/AUX button to turn onthat function without pushing thePower ON-OFF control knob.

✽✽ NOTICE• Do not stick paper or tape etc., on the

label side or the recording side of anydiscs, as it may cause a malfunction.

• The unit cannot play a CD-R(Recordable CD) and CD-RW(Rewritable CD) that is not finalized. Please refer to the manual of CD-R/CD-RW recoder or CD-R/CD-RWsoftware for more information onfinalization process.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Depending on the recording status,

some CD-Rs/CD-RWs may not beplayed on this unit.

AUX-IN Select• When the AUX device (such as

portable MP3 players) is connected tovehicle's AUX-IN terminal, you canswitch to AUX-IN mode by pressingCD/AUX button.

• With a CD loaded and AUX deviceconnected at the same time, this but-ton switches between AUX-IN modeand CD mode.

✽✽ NOTICE• If the AUX device is not connected,

you cannot switch to AUX-IN mode.• When the AUX device is disconnected

while in AUX-IN mode, the unit auto-matically switches its mode to lastselected mode (CD mode or RADIOmode).

• The quality of sound may be defectedor distorted when the unit's EQ(BASS/MID/TREBLE) control andAUX device's EQ control are bothenabled (not flat). When you want touse the unit's EQ control feature, dis-able the AUX device's EQ control fea-ture, and vice versa.

AUX 3.5mm STEREO MINI PLUG

4 103


2. TRACK UP/DOWN Button• The desired track on the disc currently

being played can be selected using thetrack number.

• Press button once to skip forwardto the beginning of the next track.Press within a second after play-back begins to quickly move backwardthrough a CD.If you press after more than a sec-ond, it will take you to the beginning ofthe track you are now listening to.

3. FF/REW Button If you want to fast forward or reversethrough the compact disc track, push andhold the or button.When you release the button, the com-pact disc player will resume playing.

4. REPEAT (RPT) Button• To repeat the track you are currently

listening to, press the RPT button. Tocancel, press it again.

• If you do not release RPT operationwhen the track ends, it will automati-cally be replayed.This process will be continued until youpush the button again or turn thePower OFF then ON.

5. CD SCAN Button• To playback the first 10 seconds of

each track, press the CD SCAN button.• Press the CD SCAN button again with-

in 10 sec. when you have reached thedesired track.

6. CD EJECT ButtonWhen the button is pressed with a CDloaded, the CD will eject.Forcing to eject : To force to eject a CD,press this button for more than 3 sec-onds.(Do this only when a CD is jammed andyou can not eject it in the normal way -e.g.) in case that you have inserted 2CDs by mistake)

7. RANDOM (RDM) ButtonWith random, you can listen to the tracksin random, rather than sequential order.To use random, do the following:Press the RDM button to listen to record-ed tracks in random sequence. PressRDM again to cancel or turn the powerOFF then ON.The unit defaults to playingtracks in sequential order.

✽✽ NOTICE• To assure proper operation of the unit,

keep the vehicle interior temperaturewithin a normal range by using thevehicle's air conditioning or heatingsystem.

• When replacing the fuse, replace itwith a fuse having the correct capaci-ty.

• All stored bookmarks are all erasedwhen the car battery is disconnectedor power to the vehicle is lost. If thisoccurs, the bookmarks will have to bereset.

• This equipment is designed to be usedonly in a 12 volt DC battery systemwith negative ground.

• This unit is made of precision parts.Do not attempt to disassemble oradjust any parts.

• Do not expose this equipment (includ-ing the speakers and CD) to water orexcessive moisture.


1044

✽✽ NOTICE• Do not insert warped or poor quality

discs into the CD player as damage tothe unit may occur.

• Do not insert anything like coins intothe player slot as damage to the unitmay occur.

• Do not place beverages close to theaudio system. The playback mecha-nism may be damaged if you spillthem.


• Off-road or rough surface drivingmay cause the compact disc to skip.Do not use the compact disc whendriving in such conditions as damageto the compact disc face could occur.

• Do not attempt to grab or pull thecompact disc out while the disc isbeing pulled into the audio unit by theself-loading mechanism. Damage tothe audio unit and compact disc couldoccur.

• Avoid using recorded compact discs inyour audio unit. Original compactdiscs are recommended for bestresults.

WARNINGWhen driving your vehicle, be sureto keep the volume of the unit setlow enough to allow you to hearsounds coming from the outside.

4 105



2. BAND Select Button


4. EQ Button


6. PRESET STATION Select Buttons

7. AUDIO CONTROL / TUNE Select Knob

UN-M456USA



1064


the ignition switch is in the "ACC" or"ON" position. Press the button toswitch the power on. The LCD showsthe radio frequency in the radio mode,CD/ MP3 track in the CD/MP3 mode.To switch the power off, press the but-ton again.

• Push the FM/AM or CD/MP3 to turn onthat function without pushing PowerON-OFF control knob.

VOLUME Control Rotate the knob clockwise to increasethe volume and turn the knob counter-clockwise to reduce the volume.

2. BAND Select ButtonPressing the FM/AM button changes theAM, FM1 and FM2 bands. The modeselected is shown on the display.

3. RADIO SCAN ButtonWhen you press the button, frequency ischanged and the next channel isreceived automatically.To stay on a station, press the SCAN but-ton again.





HOW TO PRESET STATIONSSix AM and twelve FM stations may beprogrammed into the memory of theradio.

Then, by simply pressing the AM/FMband select button and/or one of the sixstation select buttons, you may recall anyof these stations instantly.To program thestations, follow these steps:

• Press AM/FM selector to set the bandfor AM, FM1 and FM2.

• Select the desired station to be storedby seek or manual tuning.

• Determine the preset station selectbutton you wish to use to access thatstation.

• Press and hold the station select buttonfor more than 0.8 seconds. A select but-ton indicator will show in the display indi-cating which select button you havedepressed. The frequency display willflash after it has been stored in to thememory.You should then release the but-ton, and proceed to program the nextdesired station. A total of 18 stations canbe programmed by selecting one AM andtwo FM station per button.



4 107


7. AUDIO CONTROL / TUNE SelectButton

7-1. AUDIOPressing the AUDIO button changes theBASS, MID-RANGE, TREBLE, FADERand BALANCE mode.The mode selected is shown on the dis-play.After selecting each mode, rotate theAudio control knob clockwise or counter-clockwise.




FADER ControlTurn the control knob clockwise toemphasize rear speaker sound (frontspeaker sound will be attenuated). Whenthe control knob is turned counterclock-wise, front speaker sound will be empha-sized (rear speaker sound will be attenu-ated).

BALANCE ControlRotate the knob clockwise to emphasizeright speaker sound (left speaker soundwill be attenuated). When the controlknob is turned counter clockwise, leftspeaker sound will be emphasized (rightspeaker sound will be attenuated).

7-2. TUNE Select KnobRotate the knob clockwise to increasethe frequency and turn the knob counter-clockwise to reduce the frequency.


audio system. The playback mecha-nism may be damaged if you spillthem.



1084

1. AUDIO/MP3 CD/AUX Select Button


3. FF/REW Button



6. BOOKMARK (MARK) Button

7. SCROLL Button

8. EQ Button

9. CD EJECT Button

10. CD SCAN Button

11. FILE SEARCH Knob

(TUNE Select Knob)

12. FOLDER SEARCH (FLDR) Button

13. INFO Button

UN-M456USA

COMPACT DISC PLAYER (M456) (IF EQUIPPED) - COMPATIABLE WITH MP3/WMA/WAVE

4 109


1. AUDIO/MP3 CD/AUX Select ButtonAUDIO/MP3 CD Select• Insert the CD with the label facing


during radio operation.• If you press the CD/AUX button while a

disc is in the CD deck, the CD playerwill begin playing even if the radio isbeing used.





• The unit can play a multi-session CD-R (recordable CD) and CD-RW(rewritable CD) that consists of morethan two sessions.Please refer to the manual of CD-R/CD-RW recoder or CD-R/CD-RWsoftware for more information onfinalization process.

• Depending on the recording status,some CD-Rs/CD-RWs may not beplayed on this unit.

✽✽ NOTICEPlayback of MP3 and WMA file formatsare supported. Load to play time forthese formats may be longer due to thecompressed nature of these discs.




✽✽ NOTICE• If the AUX device is not connected, you

cannot switch to AUX-IN mode.• When the AUX device is disconnected





• Press button once to skip forwardto the beginning of the next track.Press within a second after play-back begins to quickly move backwardthrough a CD.If you press after more than a sec-ond, it will take you to the beginning ofthe file you are now listening to.



1104

3. FF/REW Button If you want to fast forward or reversethrough the compact disc track, push andhold the FF or REW button.When you release the button, the compactdisc player will resume playing.


listening to, press the RPT button. Tocancel, press it again.

• To repeat the music within selectedfolder, press the RPT button for morethan 0.8 seconds. To cancel, press itagain. (MP3 CD only)

• If you do not release RPT operationwhen the track ends, it will automati-cally be replayed.This process will be continued until youpush the button again or turn the powerOFF then ON.

5. RANDOM (RDM) ButtonWith random, you can listen to the tracksin random, rather than sequential order.To use random, do the following:• Press the RDM button to listen to

recorded tracks in random sequence.Press RDM again to cancel or turn thepower OFF then ON.The unit defaults to playing tracks insequential order.

• To listen to the music within the select-ed folder in random order, press theRDM button within a second. To can-cel, press it again or turn the powerOFF then ON . (MP3 CD only)

6. BOOKMARK (MARK) ButtonWhen the CD player unit is operating, thedesired track on the disc can be book-marked by using the MARK button.(MP3CD only)

• Press the MARK button for more than0.8 seconds to bookmark the desiredtrack.“M” will be displayed on the LCD and“MEMORY(1~50)” will display forapproximately five seconds with beepsound.To play a bookmarked track, press theMARK button within 0.8 seconds andselect the bookmarked track to play.

• To erase a bookmarked track, pressthe MARK button for more than 0.8seconds. The unit will beep once whenthe bookmark is erased.

✽✽ NOTICETracks stored using the Bookmark func-tion will be automatically erased afteryou eject CDs that contain those tracks.

7. SCROLL ButtonPress the button, and you can check thefile names with more than 16 characterson MP3 CD(max 34 characters.).The button doesn’t work on file nameswith less than 16 characters.



4 111


9. CD EJECT ButtonWhen the button is pressed with a CDloaded, the CD will eject.Forcing to eject : To force to eject a CD,press this button for more than 3 sec-onds. (Do this only when a CD is jammedand you can not eject it in the normal way- e.g.) in case that you have inserted 2CDs by mistake)


each track, press the CD SCAN buttonmore than 0.8 seconds.

• To playback the first 10 seconds ofeach track in the selected folder, pressthe CD SCAN button within 0.8 sec-onds. (MP3 CD only)

• Press the CD SCAN button again with-in 10 sec. when you have reached thedesired track.

11. FILE SEARCH Knob (TUNE Select Knob)

• You can skip the track (file) by turningthe FILE SEARCH knob clockwise orcounterclockwise.After selecting the desired track (file),press the FILE SEARCH knob to play-back the track (file).If you do not press the FILE SEARCHknob within five seconds, the searchwill stop.

12. FOLDER SEARCH (FLDR) Button• You can move through the folder by

pushing the FLDR button to up ( )and down( ).

• After moving the desired folder, pressthe FILE SEARCH knob to play back inthe selected folder. If you do not pressthe FILE SEARCH knob within 5 sec-onds, the folder searching function willbe released. It can not be operated in asingle folder.

13. INFO ButtonWhile playing CD(MP3), If this button ispressed repeatedly, the played file infor-mation will be displayed in the followingorder.FILE NAME ➟ SONG TITLE ➟ ARTISTNAME ➟ ALBUM TITLE ➟ FOLDERNAME ➟ TOTAL FILE ➟ MARKADDRESS ➟ FILE NAME“NO DATA” wil be displayed in case thatthere is no information on the selecteditem.


1124




• All stored bookmarks are all erasedwhen the car battery is disconnectedor power to the vehicle is lost. If thisoccurs, the bookmarks will have to bereset.



• Do not expose this equipment (includ-ing the speakers and tape) to water orexcessive moisture.








• Avoid using recorded compact discs inyour audio unit. Original compactdiscs are recommended.


4 113



2. BAND Select Button



5. EQ Select Button

6. PRESET Station Select Buttons

7. AUDIO CONTROL / TUNE Select Knob

UN-M466USA



1144


the ignition key is in the "ACC" or “ON”position. Press the knob to switch thepower on. The LCD shows the radiofrequency in the radio mode orCD/MP3 track in the CD/MP3 mode orCD AUTO CHANGER mode. To switchthe power off, press the knob again.

• Push the FM/AM or CD/MP3 to turn onthat function without pushing PowerON-OFF control knob.

VOLUME ControlRotate the knob clockwise to increasethe volume and turn the knob counter-clockwise to reduce the volume.

2. BAND Select ButtonPressing the FM, AM button changes theAM, FM1 and FM2 bands. The modeselected is shown on the display.



4. RADIO SCAN ButtonWhen you press the button, frequency ischanged and the next channel isreceived automatically.To stay on a station, press the SCAN but-ton again.



HOW TO PRESET STATIONSSix AM and twelve FM stations may beprogrammed into the memory of theradio. Then, by simply pressing the AM/FM band select button and/or one of thesix station select buttons, you may recallany of these stations instantly. To pro-gram the stations, follow these steps:• Press AM/FM selector to set the band

for AM, FM1 and FM2.• Select the desired station to be stored

by seek or manual tuning.• Determine the preset station select

button you wish to use to access thatstation.

• Press and hold the station select but-ton for more than 0.8 seconds. A selectbutton indicator will show in the displayindicating which select button you havedepressed. The frequency display willflash after it has been stored into thememory. You should then release thebutton, and proceed to program thenext desired station. A total of 18 sta-tions can be programmed by selectingone AM and two FM station per button.



4 115


7. AUDIO CONTROL / TUNE SelectButton

7-1. AUDIOPressing the AUDIO button changes theBASS, MID-RANGE, TREBLE, FADERand BALANCE TUNE mode.The mode selected is shown on the dis-play.After selecting each mode, rotate theAudio control knob clockwise or counter-clockwise.




FADER ControlTurn the control knob clockwise toemphasize rear speaker sound (frontspeaker sound will be attenuated). Whenthe control knob is turned counterclock-wise, front speaker sound will be empha-sized (rear speaker sound will be attenu-ated).

BALANCE ControlRotate the knob clockwise to emphasizeright speaker sound (left speaker soundwill be attenuated). When the controlknob is turned counter clockwise, leftspeaker sound will be emphasized (rightspeaker sound will be attenuated).

7-2. TUNE Select KnobRotate the knob clockwise to increasethe frequency and turn the knob counter-clockwise to reduce the frequency.


audio system. The audio system mech-anism may be damaged if you spillthem.



1164

COMPACT DISC PLAYER/CD AUTO CHANGER OPERATION (M466) (IF EQUIPPED)- COMPATIABLE WITH MP3/WMA

UN-M466USA

1. LOAD Select Button

2. AUDIO/MP3 CD/AUX Select Button

3. CD EJECT Button


5. SCROLL Button

6. FF/REW Button

7. EQ Button

8. CD SCAN Button

9. BOOKMARK (MARK) Button



12. DISC UP/DOWN Button

13. FILE SEARCH Knob

(TUNE Select Knob)

14. FOLDER SEARCH (FLDR) Button

15. INFO Button

4 117


1. LOAD ButtonThis compact disc player will accommo-date up to six compact discs.To insert multiple discs into the player,perform the following:

1.Press and release the LOAD Button.2.Green light on the slot will be illuminat-

ed and the lowest number of emptyslot will blink on the display.After “WAIT” is displayed on the LCD,the slot will open with “INSERT” dis-played on the LCD.

3. Insert a disc partway into the slot, labelside up. The player will pull the disc in.

When the disc is inserted, the disc willbegin to play automatically.

✽✽ NOTICE• The disc can be only inserted while the

green light is blinking on the slot.• This CD player is suitable only for 12

cm discs, do not use irregular shapedCDs.

To insert multiple discs:

1.Press and hold the LOAD button forone second or more.You will then hear a beep sound andthe green light on the slot will be illumi-nated, and the numbers of empty discwill blink on the display.

2.After “WAIT” is displayed on the LCDwith the lowest number of empty slotblinking, the slot will open with “INSERT”displayed on the LCD.

3. Insert a disc partway into the slot, labelside up. The player will pull the disc in.Once the disc is loaded, the numbersof the empty disc will blink on the dis-play continuously.If the next “DISC NO.” is displayed whenthe slot is illuminated, you can then loadanother disc.

4.Load the remaining disc by followingprocedures 1 and 2. When you finishedloading 6 discs, the CD player willbegin to play the last CD loaded.

5.To load more than one disc but lessthan six, complete Steps 1 and 2.

When you have finished loading discs,press LOAD button to cancel the loadingfunction or wait for 10 seconds. The CDplayer will begin to play the last CDloaded. As each CD starts to play, theDISC number will appear on the display.

✽✽ NOTICEThe disc player takes up to six discs. Donot try to load more than six.

2. AUDIO/MP3 CD/AUX Select ButtonAUDIO/MP3 CD Select• Insert the CD with the label facing


during radio operation.• If you press the CD/AUX button while a

disc is in the CD deck, the CD playerwill begin playing even if the radio isbeing used.




1184

✽✽ NOTICEPlayback of MP3 and WMA file formatsare supported. Load to play time forthese formats may be longer due to thecompressed nature of these discs.



• The unit can play a multi-session CD-R (recordable CD) and CD-RW(rewritable CD) that consists of morethan two sessions.Please refer to the manual of CD-R/CD-RW recorder or CD-R/CD-RWsoftware for more information onfinalization process.

• Depending on the recording status,some CD-Rs/CD-RWs may not playon this unit.




✽✽ NOTICE• If the AUX device is not connected, you

cannot switch to AUX-IN mode.• When the AUX device is disconnected



3. CD EJECT Button• When the button is pressed with a

CD loaded, the CD will eject.• To eject all of the discs, press this but-

ton for one second or more.



• Press once to skip forward to thebeginning of the next track.

• Press once to skip back to thebeginning of the track.

• Press before playback begins toquickly move backward through a CD.


4 119


5. SCROLL ButtonPress the button, and you can check the filenames with more than 16 characters onMP3 CD(max 34 characters).The button doesn’t work on file namesless than 16 characters.

6. FF/REW ButtonIf you want to fast forward or reversethrough the compact disc track, push andhold the FF or REW button.When you release the button, the compactdisc player will resume playing.



each track, press the CD SCAN buttonmore than 0.8 seconds.

• To playback the first 10 seconds ofeach track in the selected folder, pressthe CD SCAN button within 0.8 sec-onds. (MP3 CD only)

• Press the CD SCAN button again with-in 10 sec. when you have reached thedesired track.

9. BOOKMARK (MARK) ButtonWhen the CD player unit is operating, thedesired track on the disc can be book-marked by using the MARK button.

• Press the MARK button for more than0.8 seconds to bookmark the desiredtrack.“M” will be displayed on the LCD and“MEMORY(1~50)” will display forapproximately five seconds with beepsound.To play the bookmarked tracks, pressthe MARK button within 0.8 secondsand select the bookmarked track toplay.

• To erase a bookmarked track, pressthe MARK button for more than 0.8seconds. The unit will beep once whenthe bookmark is erased.

If you want to delete all tracks stored usingthe Bookmark function, press FILESEARCH Knob in the Mark Play mode formore than 0.8 seconds.You will hear a beepsound and all tracks will be deleted fromMark Memory with “MARK DELETE ALL”displayed on the LCD.

✽✽ NOTICETracks stored on Mark Memory will beautomatically erased after you eject CDsthat contain those tracks.


listening to, press the RPT button.To cancel, press it again.

• To repeat the music within selectedCD, press the RPT button for morethan 0.8 seconds.To cancel, press it again for more than0.8 seconds.

• To repeat the music within the current-ly played folder, press the RPT buttonfor more than 0.8 seconds.To cancel, press it again(MP3 CD only).



1204

• If you do not release RPT operationafter all the tracks are played back, theunit will play back again from the firsttrack.This process will be continued until youpush the button again or turn the powerOFF then ON.

11. RANDOM (RDM) ButtonWith random, you can listen to the tracksin random, rather than sequential orderon one disc.

To use random, do the following:

• Press the RDM button to listen torecorded tracks in random sequence.Press RDM again to cancel or turn thepower OFF then ON. The unit defaultsto playing tracks in sequential order.

• To listen to the music within the select-ed folder in random order, press theRDM button within a second. To can-cel, press it again or turn the powerOFF then ON. (MP3 CD only)

12. DISC UP/DOWN Button• By pressing "DISC "/"DISC "

while CD changer is playing you canmove backward or forward to the nextdisc and playback automaticallybegins.

• If any of the slots do not contain a CD,your car audio will skip the empty slotand play only those that contain a CD.When switching CD’s, the LCD dis-plays the selected CD’s number.

13. FILE SEARCH Knob (TUNE Select Knob)

• You can skip the track (file) by turningthe FILE SEARCH knob clockwise orcounterclockwise.After selecting the desired track (file),press the FILE SEARCH knob to play-back the track (file).If you do not press the FILE SEARCHknob within five seconds, the searchwill stop.

14. FOLDER SEARCH (FLDR) Button• You can move through the folder by

pushing the FLDR button to up ( )and down( ).

• After moving the desired folder, pressthe FILE SEARCH knob to play back inthe selected folder. If you do not pressthe FILE SEARCH knob within 5 sec-onds, the folder searching function willbe released. It can not be operated in asingle folder.

15. INFO ButtonWhile playing CD(MP3), If this button ispressed repeatedly, the played file infor-mation will be displayed in the followingorder.FILE NAME ➟ SONG TITLE ➟ ARTISTNAME ➟ ALBUM TITLE ➟ FOLDERNAME ➟ TOTAL FILE ➟ MARKADDRESS ➟ FILE NAME“NO DATA” wil be displayed in case thatthere is no information on the selecteditem.

4 121





• Stored bookmarks are all erased whenthe car battery is disconnected orpower to the vehicle is lost. If thisoccurs, the bookmarks will have to bereset.



• Do not expose this equipment (includ-ing the speakers and tape) to water orexcessive moisture.








• Avoid using recorded compact discs inyour audio unit. Original compactdiscs are recommended.


5

Before driving / 5-3Key positions / 5-4Starting the engine / 5-6Automatic transaxle / 5-7Brake system / 5-14Cruise control system / 5-24Economical operation / 5-28Special driving conditions / 5-30Winter driving / 5-34Trailer towing / 5-37Vehicle load limit / 5-44

Vehicle weight / 5-49



25

E010000AUN

WARNING - ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle, open the win-dows immediately.

• Do not inhale exhaust fumes.Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxia-tion.

• Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you heara change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the car, have theexhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized KIA dealer.

• Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run the engine in yourgarage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the car out.

• Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the car, be sure to do so only in an open areawith the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior.

If you must drive with the tailgate open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary:1. Close all windows.2. Open side vents.3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at one of the higher speeds.

To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshield arekept clear of snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions.

5 3


E020100AUN

Before entering vehicle• Be sure that all windows, outside mir-

ror(s), and outside lights are clean.• Check the condition of the tires.• Check under the vehicle for any sign of

leaks.• Be sure there are no obstacles behind

you if you intend to back up.

E020200AUN

Necessary inspections Fluid levels, such as engine oil, enginecoolant, brake fluid, and washer fluidshould be checked on a regular basis,with the exact interval depending on thefluid. Further details are provided in sec-tion 7, “Maintenance”.

E020300AUN

Before starting • Close and lock all doors.• Position the seat so that all controls are

easily reached.• Adjust the inside and outside rearview

mirrors.• Be sure that all lights work.• Check all gauges.• Check the operation of warning lights

when the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position.

• Release the parking brake and makesure the brake warning light goes out.

For safe operation, be sure you are famil-iar with your vehicle and its equipment.

BEFORE DRIVING

WARNINGAll passengers must be properlybelted whenever the vehicle is mov-ing. Refer to “Seat belts” in section3 for more information on theirproper use.

WARNINGAlways check the surroundingareas near your vehicle for people,especially children, before putting acar into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).


45

E030100AUN

Illuminated ignition switch (if equipped) Whenever a front door is opened, theignition switch will be illuminated for yourconvenience, provided the ignition switchis not in the ON position. The light will gooff immediately when the ignition switchis turned on or go off after about 10 sec-onds when the door is closed.

Ignition switch positionE030201AUN

LOCKThe steering wheel locks to protectagainst theft. The ignition key can beremoved only in the LOCK position.When turning the ignition switch to theLOCK position, push the key inward atthe ACC position and turn the key towardthe LOCK position.

WARNING - Driving underthe influence of alcohol ordrugs

Drinking and driving is dangerous.Drunk driving is the number onecontributor to the highway deathtoll each year. Even a small amountof alcohol will affect your reflexes,perceptions and judgment. Drivingwhile under the influence of drugsis as dangerous or more dangerousthan driving drunk.You are much more likely to have aserious accident if you drink ortake drugs and drive.If you are drinking or taking drugs,don’t drive. Do not ride with a driv-er who has been drinking or takingdrugs. Choose a designated driveror call a cab.

OUN036001 1VQA3018

KEY POSITIONS

5 5


E030202AUN

ACC (Accessory)The steering wheel is unlocked and elec-trical accessories are operative.

✽✽ NOTICEIf difficulty is experienced in turning theignition switch to the ACC position, turnthe steering wheel right and left torelease the tension and then turn thekey.

E030203AUN

ONThe warning lights can be checkedbefore the engine is started. This is thenormal running position after the engineis started.Do not leave the ignition switch ON if theengine is not running to prevent batterydischarge.

E030204AUN

STARTTurn the ignition switch to the STARTposition to start the engine. The enginewill crank until you release the key; thenit returns to the ON position. The brakewarning lamp can be checked in thisposition.

WARNING - Ignitionswitch

• Never turn the ignition switch toLOCK or ACC while the vehicle ismoving. This would result in lossof directional control and brakingfunction, which could cause anaccident.

• The anti-theft steering column lockis not a substitute for the parkingbrake. Before leaving the driver’sseat, always make sure the shiftlever is engaged in P (Park) for theautomatic transaxle and set theparking brake fully and shut theengine off. Unexpected and sud-den vehicle movement may occurif these precautions are not taken.

• Never reach for the ignition switch,or any other controls through thesteering wheel while the vehicle isin motion. The presence of yourhand or arm in this area couldcause a loss of vehicle control, anaccident and serious bodily injuryor death.

• Do not place any movable objectsaround the driver’s seat as theymay move while driving, interferewith the driver and lead to an acci-dent.


65

E040000AUN-EU E040100AUN-EU

1. Make sure the parking brake isapplied.

2. Place the transaxle shift lever in P(Park). Depress the brake pedal fully.You can also start the engine when theshift lever is in the N (Neutral) position.

3. Turn the ignition switch to START andhold it there until the engine starts (amaximum of 10 seconds), thenrelease the key.

4. In extremely cold weather (below -18°C / 0°F) or after the vehicle hasnot been operated for several days, letthe engine warm up without depress-ing the accelerator.

Whether the engine is cold or warm, itshould be started without depressingthe accelerator.

STARTING THE ENGINE

WARNINGAlways wear appropriate shoeswhen operating your vehicle.Unsuitable shoes (high heels, skiboots,etc.) may interfere with yourability to use the brake and acceler-ator pedal.

CAUTIONIf the engine stalls while you are inmotion, do not attempt to move theshift lever to the P (Park) position. Iftraffic and road conditions permit,you may put the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position while the vehicleis still moving and turn the ignitionswitch to the START position in anattempt to restart the engine.

CAUTIONDo not engage the starter for morethan 10 seconds. If the engine stallsor fails to start, wait 5 to 10 secondsbefore re-engaging the starter.Improper use of the starter maydamage it.

5 7


E060000AUN-EU

E060100AUN-EU

Automatic transaxle operationThe automatic transaxle has 4 (or 5) for-ward speeds and one reverse speed.Theindividual speeds are selected automati-cally, depending on the position of theshift lever.All normal forward driving is done withthe shift lever in the D (Drive) position.To move the shift lever from the P (Park)position, the brake pedal must bedepressed with the ignition switch ON.

✽✽ NOTICEThe first few shifts on a new vehicle, ifthe battery has been disconnected, maybe somewhat abrupt. This is a normalcondition, and the shifting sequence willadjust after shifts are cycled a few timesby the TCM (Transaxle ControlModule) or PCM (Powertrain ControlModule).

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE

OUN036006

+ (UP)

- (DOWN)

Depress the brake pedal when shifting.

The shift lever can be shifted freely.


85

For smooth operation, depress the brakepedal when shifting from N (Neutral) to aforward or reverse gear.

E060101AUN-EU

Transaxle rangesThe indicator in the instrument clusterdisplays the shift lever position when theignition switch is in the ON position.

P (Park)Always come to a complete stop beforeshifting into P (Park). This position locksthe transaxle and prevents the frontwheels from rotating.

WARNING - Automatictransaxle

• Always check the surroundingareas near your vehicle for peo-ple, especially children, beforeshifting a car into D (Drive) or R(Reverse).

• Before leaving the driver’s seat,always make sure the shift leveris in the P (Park) position; thenset the parking brake fully andshut the engine off. Unexpectedand sudden vehicle movementcan occur if these precautionsare not followed in the order iden-tified.

CAUTION• To avoid damage to your

transaxle, do not accelerate theengine in R (Reverse) or any for-ward gear position with thebrakes on.

• When stopped on an incline, donot hold the vehicle stationarywith engine power. Use the serv-ice brake or the parking brake.

• Do not shift from N (Neutral) or P(Park) into D (Drive), or R(Reverse) when the engine isabove idle speed.

WARNING• Shifting into P (Park) while the

vehicle is in motion will cause thedrive wheels to lock which willcause you to lose control of thevehicle.

• Do not use the P (Park) positionin place of the parking brake.Always make sure the shift leveris latched in the P (Park) positionand set the parking brake fully.

(Continued)

5 9


R (Reverse)Use this position to drive the vehiclebackward.

N (Neutral)The wheels and transaxle are not locked.The vehicle will roll freely even on theslightest incline unless the parking brakeor service brakes are applied.

D (Drive)This is the normal forward driving posi-tion. The transaxle will automatically shiftthrough a 4 (or 5)-gear sequence, pro-viding the best fuel economy and power.

For extra power when passing anothervehicle or climbing grades, depress theaccelerator fully, at which time thetransaxle will automatically downshift tothe next lower gear.

✽✽ NOTICEAlways come to a complete stop beforeshifting into D (Driving).

(Continued)• Before leaving the driver’s seat,

always make sure the shift leveris in the P (Park) position. Set theparking brake fully, shut theengine off and take the key withyou. Unexpected and suddenvehicle movement can occur ifyou do not follow these precau-tions in the order specified.

• Never leave a child unattended ina vehicle.

CAUTIONThe transaxle may be damaged ifyou shift into P (Park) while thevehicle is in motion.

CAUTIONAlways come to a complete stopbefore shifting into or out of R(Reverse); you may damage thetransaxle if you shift into R whilethe vehicle is in motion, except asexplained in “Rocking the vehicle”in this section.


105

Sports modeWhether the vehicle is stationary or inmotion, sports mode is selected by push-ing the shift lever from the D (Drive) posi-tion into the manual gate. To return to D(Drive) range operation, push the shiftlever back into the main gate.

In sports mode, moving the shift leverbackwards and forwards will allow you tomake gearshifts rapidly. In contrast to amanual transaxle, the sports modeallows gearshifts with the acceleratorpedal depressed.

Up (+) : Push the lever forward once toshift up one gear.

Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards onceto shift down one gear.

✽✽ NOTICE• In sports mode, the driver must exe-

cute upshifts in accordance with roadconditions, taking care to keep theengine speed below the red zone.

• In sports mode, only the 4 (or 5) for-ward gears can be selected. To reverseor park the vehicle, move the shiftlever to the R (Reverse) or P (Park)position as required.

• In sports mode, downshifts are madeautomatically when the vehicle slowsdown. When the vehicle stops, 1st gearis automatically selected.

(Continued)

(Continued)• In sports mode, when the engine rpm

approaches the red zone shift pointsare varied to upshift automatically.

• To maintain the required levels ofvehicle performance and safety, thesystem may not execute certaingearshifts when the shift lever is oper-ated.

• When driving on a slippery road,push the shift lever forward into the+(up) position. This causes thetransaxle to shift into the 2nd gearwhich is better for smooth driving ona slippery road. Push the shift lever tothe -(down) side to shift back to the 1stgear.

OUN036008

+ (UP)

- (DOWN)

Sports mode

5 11


E060102AUN

Shift lock systemFor your safety, the automatic transaxlehas a shift lock system which preventsshifting the transaxle from P (Park) or N(Neutral) into R (Reverse) unless thebrake pedal is depressed.To shift the transaxle from P (Park) or N(Neutral) into R (Reverse):1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.2. Start the engine or turn the ignition

switch to the ON position.3. Move the shift lever.If the brake pedal is repeatedlydepressed and released with the shiftlever in the P (Park) position, a chatteringnoise near the shift lever may be heard.This is a normal condition.

Shift-lock overrideIf the shift lever cannot be moved fromthe P (Park) or N (Neutral) position into R(Reverse) position with the brake pedaldepressed, continue depressing thebrake, then do the following:1. Carefully remove the cap covering the

shift-lock override access hole.

2. Insert a screwdriver (or key) into theaccess hole and press down on thescrewdriver (or key).

3. Move the shift lever.4. Have your vehicle inspected by an

authorized KIA dealer immediately.

E060103AUN

Ignition key interlock system The ignition key cannot be removedunless the shift lever is in the P (Park)position. If the ignition switch is in anyother position, the key cannot beremoved.

WARNINGAlways fully depress the brakepedal before and while shifting outof the P (Park) position into anoth-er position to avoid inadvertentmotion of the vehicle which couldinjure persons in or around the car.

OUN036007


125

E060200AUN

Good driving practices• Never move the gear selector lever

from P (Park) or N (Neutral) to anyother position with the acceleratorpedal depressed.

• Never move the gear selector lever intoP (Park) when the vehicle is in motion.

• Be sure the car is completely stoppedbefore you attempt to shift into R(Reverse) or D (Drive).

• Never take the car out of gear andcoast down a hill. This may beextremely hazardous. Always leave thecar in gear when moving.

• Do not "ride" the brakes. This cancause them to overheat and malfunc-tion. Instead, when you are drivingdown a long hill, slow down and shift toa lower gear. When you do this, enginebraking will help slow the car.

• Slow down before shifting to a lowergear. Otherwise, the lower gear maynot be engaged.

• Always use the parking brake. Do notdepend on placing the transaxle in P(Park) to keep the car from moving.

• Exercise extreme caution when drivingon a slippery surface. Be especiallycareful when braking, accelerating orshifting gears. On a slippery surface,an abrupt change in vehicle speed cancause the drive wheels to lose tractionand the vehicle to go out of control.

• Optimum vehicle performance andeconomy is obtained by smoothlydepressing and releasing the accelera-tor pedal.

WARNING• Always buckle-up! In a collision,

an unbelted occupant is signifi-cantly more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed than a properlybelted occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when corner-ing or turning.

• Do not make quick steeringwheel movements, such as sharplane changes or fast, sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose control ofyour vehicle at highway speeds.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop off theroadway and the driver over-steers to reenter the roadway.

• In the event your vehicle leavesthe roadway, do not steer sharply.Instead, slow down before pullingback into the travel lanes.

• Never exceed posted speed lim-its.

5 13


E060203AUN

Moving up a steep grade from a stand-ing startTo move up a steep grade from a stand-ing start, depress the brake pedal, shiftthe shift lever to D (Drive). Select theappropriate gear depending on loadweight and steepness of the grade, andrelease the parking brake. Depress theaccelerator gradually while releasing theservice brakes.When accelerating from a stop on asteep hill, the vehicle may have a ten-dency to roll backwards. Shifting theshift lever into 2 (Second Gear) willhelp prevent the vehicle from rollingbackwards.

WARNINGIf your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then youmay attempt to rock the vehicle freeby moving it forward and backward.Do not attempt this procedure ifpeople or objects are anywherenear the vehicle. During the rockingoperation the vehicle may suddenlymove forward of backward as itbecomes unstuck, causing injuryor damage to nearby people orobjects.


145

E070100AUN

Power brakes Your vehicle has power-assisted brakesthat adjust automatically through normalusage.In the event that the power-assistedbrakes lose power because of a stalledengine or some other reason, you canstill stop your vehicle by applying greaterforce to the brake pedal than you nor-mally would. The stopping distance, how-ever, will be longer.When the engine is not running, thereserve brake power is partially depletedeach time the brake pedal is applied. Donot pump the brake pedal when thepower assist has been interrupted.Pump the brake pedal only when neces-sary to maintain steering control on slip-pery surfaces.

E070101AUN

In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate while thevehicle is in motion, you can make anemergency stop with the parking brake.The stopping distance, however, will bemuch greater than normal.

BRAKE SYSTEM

WARNING - Brakes• Do not drive with your foot rest-

ing on the brake pedal. This willcreate abnormal high brake tem-peratures, excessive brake liningand pad wear, and increasedstopping distances.

• When descending a long or steephill, shift to a lower gear andavoid continuous application ofthe brakes. Continuous brakeapplication will cause the brakesto overheat and could result in atemporary loss of braking per-formance.

• Wet brakes may impair the vehi-cle’s ability to sefely slow down;the vehicle may also pull to oneside when the brakes are applied.Applying the brakes lightly willindicate whether they have beenaffected in this way. Always testyour brakes in this fashion afterdriving through deep water. Todry the brakes, apply them lightlywhile maintaining a safe forwardspeed until brake performancereturns to normal.

WARNING - Parking brakeApplying the parking brake whilethe vehicle is moving at normalspeeds can cause a sudden loss ofcontrol of the vehicle. If you mustuse the parking brake to stop thevehicle, use great caution in apply-ing the brake.

5 15


E070102AUN

Disc brakes wear indicator Your vehicle has disc brakes.When your brake pads are worn and newpads are required, you will hear a high-pitched warning sound from your frontbrakes or rear brakes. You may hear thissound come and go or it may occurwhenever you depress the brake pedal.Please remember that some driving con-ditions or climates may cause a brakesqueal when you first apply (or lightlyapply) the brakes. This is normal anddoes not indicate a problem with yourbrakes.

Parking brake E070201AUN-EU

Applying the parking brakeTo engage the parking brake, first applythe foot brake and then depress the park-ing brake pedal down as far as possible.In addition it is recommended that whenparking the vehicle on an incline, the shiftlever should be in the P (Park) position.

WARNING - Brake wearThis brake wear warning soundmeans your vehicle needs service.If you ignore this audible warning,you will eventually lose brakingperformance, which could lead to aserious accident.

CAUTION• To avoid costly brake repairs, do

not continue to drive with wornbrake pads.

• Always replace brake pads ascomplete front or rear axle sets.

CAUTIONDriving with the parking brakeapplied will cause excessive brakepad and brake rotor wear.

OUN036009


165

E070202AUN-EU

Releasing the parking brakeTo release the parking brake, depressthe parking brake pedal a second timewhile applying the foot brake. The pedalwill automatically extend to the fullyreleased position. If the parking brakepedal does not release or does notrelease all the way, have the systemchecked by an authorized KIA dealer.

Check the brake warning light by turningthe ignition switch ON (do not start theengine). This light will be illuminated whenthe parking brake is applied with the igni-tion switch in the START or ON position.Before driving, be sure the parking brakeis fully released and the brake warninglight is off.If the brake warning light remains on afterthe parking brake is released while engineis running, there may be a malfunction inthe brake system. Immediate attention isnecessary.If at all possible, cease driving the vehi-cle immediately. If that is not possible,use extreme caution while operating thevehicle and only continue to drive thevehicle until you can reach a safe loca-tion or repair shop.

WARNING• To prevent unintentional move-

ment when stopped and leavingthe vehicle, do not use thegearshift lever in place of theparking brake. Set the parkingbrake AND make sure thegearshift lever is securely posi-tioned in P (Park) for automatictransaxle equipped vehicles.

• Never allow anyone who is unfa-miliar with the vehicle to touchthe parking brake. If the parkingbrake is released unintentionally,serious injury may occur.

• All vehicles should always havethe parking brake fully engagedwhen parking to avoid inadver-tent movement of the car whichcan injure occupants or pedestri-ans.

OUN037010 W-75

5 17


E070300AUN-EC

Anti-lock brake system (ABS)The ABS continuously senses the speedof the wheels. If the wheels are going tolock, the ABS system repeatedly modu-lates the hydraulic brake pressure to thewheels.When you apply your brakes under con-ditions which may lock the wheels, youmay hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from thebrakes, or feel a corresponding sensationin the brake pedal. This is normal and itmeans your ABS is active.In order to obtain the maximum benefitfrom your ABS in an emergency situa-tion, do not attempt to modulate yourbrake pressure and do not try to pumpyour brakes. Press your brake pedal ashard as possible or as hard as the situa-tion warrants and allow the ABS to con-trol the force being delivered to thebrakes.

WARNINGABS (or ESC) will not prevent acci-dents due to improper or danger-ous driving maneuvers. Eventhough vehicle control is improvedduring emergency braking, alwaysmaintain a safe distance betweenyou and objects ahead. Vehiclespeeds should always be reducedduring extreme road conditions.The braking distance for carsequipped with an anti-lock brakingsystem (or Electronic StabilityControl System) may be longerthan for those without it in the fol-lowing road conditions.During these conditions the vehicleshould be driven at reducedspeeds:• Rough, gravel or snow-covered

roads.(Continued)

(Continued)• On roads where the road surface

is pitted or has different surfaceheight.

The safety features of an ABS (orESC) equipped vehicle should notbe tested by high speed driving orcornering. This could endanger thesafety of yourself or others.


185

✽✽ NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehiclebegins to move after the engine is start-ed. These conditions are normal andindicate that the anti-lock brake systemis functioning properly.

• Even with the anti-lock brake system,your vehicle still requires sufficientstopping distance. Always maintain asafe distance from the vehicle in frontof you.

• Always slow down when cornering.The anti-lock brake system cannot pre-vent accidents resulting from exces-sive speeds.

• On loose or uneven road surfaces,operation of the anti-lock brake systemmay result in a longer stopping dis-tance than for vehicles equipped with aconventional brake system.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen you jump start your vehiclebecause of a drained battery, the enginemay not run as smoothly and the ABSwarning light may turn on at the sametime. This happens because of the lowbattery voltage. It does not mean yourABS is malfunctioning.• Do not pump your brakes!• Have the battery recharged before

driving the vehicle.

W-78

CAUTION• If the ABS warning light is on and

stays on, you may have a problemwith the ABS. In this case, howev-er, your regular brakes will worknormally.

• The ABS warning light will stayon for approximately 3 secondsafter the ignition switch is ON.During that time, the ABS will gothrough self-diagnosis and thelight will go off if everything isnormal. If the light stays on, youmay have a problem with yourABS. Contact an authorized KIAdealer as soon as possible.

CAUTION• When you drive on a road having

poor traction, such as an icy road,and operate your brakes continu-ously, the ABS will be active con-tinuously and the ABS warninglight may illuminate. Pull your carover to a safe place and stop theengine.

• Restart the engine. If the ABSwarning light is off, then yourABS system is normal.Otherwise, you may have a prob-lem with the ABS. Contact anauthorized KIA dealer as soon aspossible.

5 19


E070500AUN-EU

Electronic stability control (ESC)(If equipped)The Electronic Stability control (ESC)system is designed to stabilize the vehicleduring cornering maneuvers. ESC checkswhere you are steering and where thevehicle is actually going. ESC applies thebrakes at individual wheels andintervenes in the engine managementsystem to stabilize the vehicle.

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC)system is an electronic system designedto help the driver maintain vehicle controlunder adverse conditions. It is not asubstitute for safe driving practices.Factors including speed, road conditionsand driver steering input can all affectwhether ESC will be effective inpreventing a loss of control. It is still yourresponsibility to drive and corner atreasonable speeds and to leave asufficient margin of safety.When you apply your brakes under con-ditions which may lock the wheels, youmay hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from thebrakes, or feel a corresponding sensationin the brake pedal. This is normal and itmeans your ESC is active.

✽✽ NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehiclebegins to move after the engine is start-ed. These conditions are normal andindicate that the Electronic StabilityControl System is functioning properly.

WARNINGNever drive too fast for the roadconditions or too quickly when cor-nering. Electronic stability control(ESC) will not prevent accidents.Excessive speed in turns, abruptmaneuvers and hydroplaning onwet surfaces can still result in seri-ous accidents. Only a safe andattentive driver can prevent acci-dents by avoiding maneuvers thatcause the vehicle to lose traction.Even with ESC installed, always fol-low all the normal precautions fordriving - including driving at safespeeds for the conditions.

OUN037011N


205

E070501AUN-EU

ESC operationESC ON condition

• When the ignition is turnedON, ESC and ESC OFF indi-cator lights illuminate forapproximately 3 seconds,then ESC is turned on.

• Press the ESC OFF buttonfor at least half a second afterturning the ignition ON to turnESC off. (ESC OFF indicatorwill illuminate). To turn theESC on, press the ESC OFFbutton (ESC OFF indicatorlight will go off).

• When starting the engine,you may hear a slight tickingsound. This is the ESC per-forming an automatic systemself-check and does not indi-cate a problem.

When operatingWhen the ESC is in operation,ESC indicator light blinks.• When the Electronic Stability

Control is operating properly,you can feel a slight pulsationin the vehicle. This is only theeffect of brake control andindicates nothing unusual.

• When moving out of the mudor slippery road, pressing theaccelerator pedal may notcause the engine rpm (revo-lutions per minute) toincrease.

E070502AUN-EU

ESC operation offESC OFF state

• To cancel ESC operation,press the ESC OFF button(ESC OFF indicator light illu-minates).

• If the ignition switch is turnedto LOCK position when ESCis off, ESC remains off. Uponrestarting the engine, theESC will automatically turnon again.

-

ESCESCOFF

5 21


E070503AUN-EU

Indicator lightWhen ignition switch is turned to ON, theindicator light illuminates, then goes off ifESC system is operating normally.The ESC indicator light blinks wheneverESC is operating.ESC OFF indicator light comes on wheneither the ESC is turned off with the but-ton, or ESC fails to operate when turnedon.

E070504AUN-EU

ESC OFF usageWhen driving• It’s a good idea to keep the ESC turned

on for daily driving whenever possible.• To turn ESC off while driving, press the

ESC OFF button while driving on a flatroad surface.

Never press ESC OFF button while ESCis operating (ESC indicator light blinks).If ESC is turned off while ESC is operat-ing, the vehicle may slip out of control.

✽✽ NOTICE• When operating the vehicle on a

dynamometer, ensure that the ESC isturned off (ESC OFF light illuminat-ed). If the ESC is left on, it may pre-vent the vehicle speed from increas-ing, and result in false diagnosis.

• Turning the ESC off does not affectABS or brake system operation.

ESC

ESCOFF

■ ESC indicator light (blinks)

■ ESC OFF indicator light (comes on)

CAUTIONDriving with varying tire or wheelsizes may cause the ESC system tomalfunction. When replacing tires,make sure they are the same size asyour original tires.

WARNINGThe Electronic Stability Control sys-tem is only a driving aid; use pre-cautions for safe driving by slowingdown on curved, snowy, or icyroads. Drive slowly and don’tattempt to accelerate whenever theESC indicator light is blinking, orwhen the road surface is slippery.


225

E070600AUN-EU

Good braking practices• After parking the vehicle, check to be

sure the parking brake is not engagedand that the parking brake indicatorlight is out before driving away.

• Driving through water may get thebrakes wet. They can also get wetwhen the car is washed. Wet brakescan be dangerous! Your car will notstop as quickly if the brakes are wet.Wet brakes may cause the car to pullto one side.To dry the brakes, apply the brakeslightly until the braking action returns tonormal, taking care to keep the carunder control at all times. If the brakingaction does not return to normal, stopas soon as it is safe to do so and callan authorized KIA dealer for assis-tance.

• Don't coast down hills with the car outof gear. This is extremely hazardous.Keep the car in gear at all times, usethe brakes to slow down, then shift to alower gear so that engine braking willhelp you maintain a safe speed.

• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Restingyour foot on the brake pedal while driv-ing can be dangerous because it canresult in the brakes overheating andlosing their effectiveness. It alsoincreases the wear of the brake com-ponents.

• If a tire goes flat while you are driving,apply the brakes gently and keep thecar pointed straight ahead while youslow down. When you are movingslowly enough for it to be safe to do so,pull off the road and stop in a safeplace.

WARNINGNever press the ESC OFF buttonwhile ESC is operating.If the ESC is turned off while ESC isoperating, the vehicle may go out ofcontrol.To turn ESC off while driving, pressthe ESC OFF button while drivingon a flat road surface.

5 23


• If your car is equipped with an auto-matic transaxle, don't let your carcreep forward. To avoid creeping for-ward, keep your foot firmly on thebrake pedal when the car is stopped.

• Use caution when parking on a hill.Firmly engage the parking brake andplace the gear selector lever in P. Ifyour car is facing downhill, turn thefront wheels into the curb to help keepthe car from rolling. If your car is facinguphill, turn the front wheels away fromthe curb to help keep the car fromrolling. If there is no curb or if it isrequired by other conditions to keepthe car from rolling, block the wheels.

• Under some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engaged posi-tion. This is most likely to happen whenthere is an accumulation of snow or icearound or near the rear brakes or if thebrakes are wet. If there is a risk that theparking brake may freeze, apply it onlytemporarily while you put the gearselector lever in P and block the rearwheels so the car cannot roll. Thenrelease the parking brake.

• Do not hold the vehicle on the upgradewith the accelerator pedal. This cancause the transaxle to overheat.Always use the brake pedal or parkingbrake.


245

E090000AUN-EU

The cruise control system allows you toprogram the vehicle to maintain a con-stant speed without pressing the acceler-ator pedal.This system is designed to functionabove approximately 40 km/h (25 mph).

✽✽ NOTICEDuring normal cruise control operation,when the SET switch is activated orreactivated after applying the brakes,the cruise control will energize afterapproximately 3 seconds. This delay isnormal.

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING• If the cruise control is left on,

(CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster illuminated)the cruise control can beswitched on accidentally. Keepthe cruise control system off(CRUISE indicator light OFF)when the cruise control is not inuse, to avoid inadvertently set-ting a speed.

• Use the cruise control systemonly when traveling on openhighways in good weather.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not use the cruise control

when it may not be safe to keepthe car at a constant speed, forinstance, driving in heavy orvarying traffic, or on slippery(rainy, icy or snow-covered) orwinding roads or over 6% up-hillor down-hill roads.

• Pay particular attention to thedriving conditions wheneverusing the cruise control system.

5 25


E090100AUN

To set cruise control speed:1. Pull the CRUISE ON-OFF button on

the steering wheel to turn the systemon. The CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster will illuminate.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed, whichmust be more than 40 km/h (25 mph).

3. Push the COAST/SET switch, andrelease it at the desired speed.The SETindicator light in the instrument clusterwill illuminate. Release the acceleratorat the same time.The desired speed willautomatically be maintained.

On a steep grade, the vehicle may slowdown or speed up slightly while goingdownhill.

E090200AUN-EU

To increase cruise control setspeed:Follow either of these procedures:• Push the RES/ACCEL switch and hold

it. Your vehicle will accelerate. Releasethe switch at the speed you want.

• Push the RES/ACCEL switch andrelease it immediately. The cruisingspeed will increase by 1.6 km/h (1 mph)each time the RES/ACCEL switch isoperated in this manner.

OUN056101L OUN056102LOUN056100L


265

E090300AUN-EU

To decrease the cruising speed:Follow either of these procedures:• Push the COAST/SET switch and hold

it. Your vehicle will gradually slowdown. Release the switch at the speedyou want to maintain.

• Push the COAST/SET switch andrelease it immediately. The cruisingspeed will decrease by 1.6 km/h (1mph) each time the COAST/SET switchis operated in this manner.

E090400AUN

To temporarily accelerate with thecruise control on:If you want to speed up temporarily whenthe cruise control is on, depress theaccelerator pedal. Increased speed willnot interfere with cruise control operationor change the set speed.To return to the set speed, take your footoff the accelerator.

E090500AUN-EU

To cancel cruise control, do oneof the following:• Press the brake pedal.• Shift into N (Neutral) with an automatic

transaxle.• Press the CANCEL switch located on

the steering wheel.• Decrease the vehicle speed lower than

the memory speed by 20 km/h (12mph).

• Decrease the vehicle speed to lessthan approximately 40 km/h (25 mph).

OUN056103LOUN056101L

5 27


Each of these actions will cancel cruisecontrol operation (the SET indicator lightin the instrument cluster will go off), but itwill not turn the system off. If you wish toresume cruise control operation, pushthe RES/ACCEL switch located on yoursteering wheel. You will return to yourpreviously preset speed.

E090600AUN

To resume cruising speed atmore than approximately 40 km/h(25 mph):If any method other than the CRUISEON-OFF switch was used to cancelcruising speed and the system is stillactivated, the most recent set speed willautomatically resume when theRES/ACCEL switch is pushed.It will not resume, however, if the vehiclespeed has dropped below approximately40 km/h (25 mph).

E090700AUN

To turn cruise control off, do oneof the following:• Pull the CRUISE ON-OFF button (the

CRUISE indicator light in the instru-ment cluster will go off).

• Turn the ignition off.Both of these actions cancel cruise con-trol operation. If you want to resumecruise control operation, repeat the stepsprovided in “To set cruise control speed”on the previous page.

OUN056102L


285

E100000AUN-EC

Your vehicle's fuel economy dependsmainly on your style of driving, where youdrive and when you drive.Each of these factors affects how manykilometers (miles) you can get from aliter (gallon) of fuel. To operate your vehi-cle as economically as possible, use thefollowing driving suggestions to helpsave money in both fuel and repairs:• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a moder-

ate rate. Don't make "jack-rabbit" startsor full-throttle shifts and maintain asteady cruising speed. Don't racebetween stoplights. Try to adjust yourspeed to that of the other traffic so youdon't have to change speeds unneces-sarily. Avoid heavy traffic wheneverpossible. Always maintain a safe dis-tance from other vehicles so you canavoid unnecessary braking. This alsoreduces brake wear.

• Drive at a moderate speed. The fasteryou drive, the more fuel your car uses.Driving at a moderate speed, especial-ly on the highway, is one of the mosteffective ways to reduce fuel consump-tion.

• Don't "ride" the brake. This canincrease fuel consumption and alsoincrease wear on these components.In addition, driving with your foot rest-ing on the brake pedal may cause thebrakes to overheat, which reducestheir effectiveness and may lead tomore serious consequences.

• Take care of your tires. Keep theminflated to the recommended pressure.Incorrect inflation, either too much ortoo little, results in unnecessary tirewear. Check the tire pressures at leastonce a month.

• Be sure that the wheels are alignedcorrectly. Improper alignment canresult from hitting curbs or driving toofast over irregular surfaces. Poor align-ment causes faster tire wear and mayalso result in other problems as well asgreater fuel consumption.

• Keep your car in good condition. Forbetter fuel economy and reducedmaintenance costs, maintain your carin accordance with the maintenanceschedule in section 7. If you drive yourcar in severe conditions, more frequentmaintenance is required (see section 7for details).

• Keep your car clean. For maximumservice, your vehicle should be keptclean and free of corrosive materials. Itis especially important that mud, dirt,ice, etc. not be allowed to accumulateon the underside of the car. This extraweight can result in increased fuel con-sumption and also contribute to corro-sion.

• Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessaryweight in your car. Weight reduces fueleconomy.

• Don't let the engine idle longer thannecessary. If you are waiting (and notin traffic), turn off your engine andrestart only when you're ready to go.

ECONOMICAL OPERATION

5 29


• Remember, your vehicle does notrequire extended warm-up. After theengine has started, allow the engine torun for 10 to 20 seconds prior to plac-ing the vehicle in gear. In very coldweather, however, give your engine aslightly longer warm-up period.

• Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine.Lugging is driving too slowly in too higha gear resulting in the engine bucking.If this happens, shift to a lower gear.Over-revving is racing the enginebeyond its safe limit. This can be avoid-ed by shifting at the recommendedspeeds.

• Use your air conditioning sparingly.The air conditioning system is operat-ed by engine power so your fuel econ-omy is reduced when you use it.

• Open windows at high speeds canreduce fuel economy.

• Fuel economy is less in crosswindsand headwinds. To help offset some ofthis loss, slow down when driving inthese conditions.

Keeping a vehicle in good operating con-dition is important both for economy andsafety. Therefore, have an authorized KIAdealer perform scheduled inspectionsand maintenance.

WARNING - Engine off dur-ing motion

Never turn the engine off to coastdown hills or anytime the vehicle isin motion. The power steering andpower brakes will not functionproperly without the engine run-ning. Instead, keep the engine onand downshift to an appropriategear for engine braking effect. Inaddition, turning off the ignitionwhile driving could engage thesteering wheel lock resulting inloss of vehicle steering whichcould cause serious injury ordeath.


305

E110100AUN-EC

Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditions areencountered such as water, snow, ice,mud, sand, or similar hazards, followthese suggestions:• Drive cautiously and allow extra dis-

tance for braking.• Avoid sudden movements in braking or

steering.

• When braking with non-ABS brakespump the brake pedal with a light up-and-down motion until the vehicle isstopped.

• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, usesecond gear. Accelerate slowly toavoid spinning the drive wheels.

• Use sand, rock salt, or other non-slipmaterial under the drive wheels to pro-vide traction when stalled in ice, snow,or mud.

E110200AUN-EU

Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to freeit from snow, sand, or mud, first turn thesteering wheel right and left to clear thearea around your front wheels. Then, shiftback and forth between R (Reverse) andany forward gear in vehicles equippedwith an automatic transaxle. Do not racethe engine, and spin the wheels as littleas possible. If you are still stuck after afew tries, have the vehicle pulled out by atow vehicle to avoid engine overheatingand possible damage to the transaxle.

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

1VQA3002

WARNING - ABSDo not pump the brake pedal on avehicle equipped with ABS.

WARNING - DownshiftingDownshifting with an automatictransaxle, while driving on slipperysurfaces can cause an accident.The sudden change in tire speedcould cause the tires to skid. Becareful when downshifting on slip-pery surfaces.

CAUTIONProlonged rocking may causeengine over-heating, transaxle dam-age or failure, and tire damage.

5 31


✽✽ NOTICEThe ESC system (if equipped) should beturned OFF prior to rocking the vehicle. E110300AUN

Smooth corneringAvoid braking or gear changing in cor-ners, especially when roads are wet.Ideally, corners should always be takenunder gentle acceleration. If you followthese suggestions, tire wear will be heldto a minimum.

E110400AUN

Driving at night Because night driving presents morehazards than driving in the daylight, hereare some important tips to remember:• Slow down and keep more distance

between you and other vehicles, as itmay be more difficult to see at night,especially in areas where there maynot be any street lights.

WARNING - Spinning tiresDo not spin the wheels, especiallyat speeds more than 56 km/h (35mph). Spinning the wheels at highspeeds when the vehicle is station-ary could cause a tire to overheatwhich could result in tire damagethat may injure bystanders.

OUN056051 OCM053010

WARNINGIf your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then youmay attempt to rock the vehicle freeby moving it forward and backward.Do not attempt this procedure ifpeople or objects are anywherenear the vehicle. During the rockingoperation the vehicle may suddenlymove forward or backward as itbecomes unstuck, causing injuryor damage to nearby people orobjects.


325

• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glarefrom other driver's headlights.

• Keep your headlights clean and prop-erly aimed on vehicles not equippedwith the automatic headlight aimingfeature. Dirty or improperly aimedheadlights will make it much more diffi-cult to see at night.

• Avoid staring directly at the headlightsof oncoming vehicles. You could betemporarily blinded, and it will takeseveral seconds for your eyes to read-just to the darkness.

E110500AUN

Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads can make drivingdangerous, especially if you’re not pre-pared for the slick pavement. Here are afew things to consider when driving in therain:• A heavy rainfall will make it harder to

see and will increase the distanceneeded to stop your vehicle, so slowdown.

• Keep your windshield wiping equip-ment in good shape. Replace yourwindshield wiper blades when theyshow signs of streaking or missingareas on the windshield.

• If your tires are not in good condition,making a quick stop on wet pavementcan cause a skid and possibly lead toan accident. Be sure your tires are ingood shape.

• Turn on your headlights to make it eas-ier for others to see you.

• Driving too fast through large puddlescan affect your brakes. If you must gothrough puddles, try to drive throughthem slowly.

• If you believe you may have gottenyour brakes wet, apply them lightlywhile driving until normal braking oper-ation returns.

E110600AUN

Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areasunless you are sure the water is no high-er than the bottom of the wheel hub.Drive through any water slowly. Allowadequate stopping distance becausebrake performance may be affected.After driving through water, dry thebrakes by gently applying them severaltimes while the vehicle is moving slowly.

1VQA3003

5 33


E110700AUN

Highway drivingTiresAdjust the tire inflation pressures tospecification. Low tire inflation pressureswill result in overheating and possiblefailure of the tires.Avoid using worn or damaged tires whichmay result in reduced traction or tire fail-ure.

✽✽ NOTICENever exceed the maximum tire inflationpressure shown on the tires.

Fuel, engine coolant and engine oilHigh speed travel consumes more fuelthan urban motoring. Do not forget tocheck both engine coolant and engineoil.

Drive beltA loose or damaged drive belt may resultin overheating of the engine.

WARNING• Underinflated or overinflated

tires can cause poor handling,loss of vehicle control, and sud-den tire failure leading to acci-dents, injuries, and even death.Always check tires for properinflation before driving. For prop-er tire pressures, refer to “Tiresand wheels” in section 9.

• Driving on tires with no or insuffi-cient tread is dangerous. Worn-out tires can result in loss ofvehicle control, collisions, injury,and even death. Worn-out tiresshould be replaced as soon aspossible and should never beused for driving. Always checkthe tire tread before driving yourcar. For further information andtread limits, refer to “Tires andwheels” in section 7.

1VQA1004


345

E120000AUN

The more severe weather conditions ofwinter result in greater wear and otherproblems. To minimize the problems ofwinter driving, you should follow thesesuggestions:

E120100AUN-EC

Snowy or icy conditionsTo drive your vehicle in deep snow, it maybe necessary to use snow tires. If snowtires are needed, it is necessary to selecttires equivalent in size and type of theoriginal equipment tires. Failure to do somay adversely affect the safety and han-dling of your car. Furthermore, speeding,rapid acceleration, sudden brake appli-cations, and sharp turns are potentiallyvery hazardous practices.During deceleration, use engine brakingto the fullest extent. Sudden brake appli-cations on snowy or icy roads may causeskids to occur. You need to keep suffi-cient distance between the vehicle inoperation in front and your vehicle. Also,apply the brake gently.

E120101AUN

Snow tires If you mount snow tires on your vehicle,make sure they are radial tires of thesame size and load range as the originaltires. Mount snow tires on all four wheelsto balance your vehicle’s handling in allweather conditions. Keep in mind that thetraction provided by snow tires on dryroads may not be as high as your vehi-cle's original equipment tires. You shoulddrive cautiously even when the roads areclear. Check with the tire dealer for max-imum speed recommendations.

Do not install studded tires without firstchecking local, state and municipal regu-lations for possible restrictions againsttheir use.

WINTER DRIVING

WARNING - Snow tire sizeSnow tires should be equivalent insize and type to the vehicle's stan-dard tires. Otherwise, the safetyand handling of your vehicle maybe adversely affected.

1VQA3005

5 35


E120200AUN

Use high quality ethylene glycolcoolantYour vehicle is delivered with high qualityethylene glycol coolant in the coolingsystem. It is the only type of coolant thatshould be used because it helps preventcorrosion in the cooling system, lubri-cates the water pump and preventsfreezing. Be sure to replace or replenishyour coolant in accordance with themaintenance schedule in section 7.Before winter, have your coolant tested toassure that its freezing point is sufficientfor the temperatures anticipated duringthe winter.

E120300AUN

Check battery and cablesWinter puts additional burdens on thebattery system. Visually inspect the bat-tery and cables as described in section7. The level of charge in your battery canbe checked by an authorized KIA dealeror a service station.

E120400AUN

Change to "winter weight" oil ifnecessaryIn some climates it is recommended thata lower viscosity "winter weight" oil beused during cold weather. See section 9for recommendations. If you aren't surewhat weight oil you should use, consultan authorized KIA dealer.

E120500AUN

Check spark plugs and ignitionsystemInspect your spark plugs as described insection 7 and replace them if necessary.Also check all ignition wiring and compo-nents to be sure they are not cracked,worn or damaged in any way.

E120600AUN

To keep locks from freezingTo keep the locks from freezing, squirt anapproved de-icer fluid or glycerine intothe key opening. If a lock is covered withice, squirt it with an approved de-icingfluid to remove the ice. If the lock isfrozen internally, you may be able to thawit out by using a heated key. Handle theheated key with care to avoid injury.

E120700AUN

Use approved window washeranti-freeze in systemTo keep the water in the window washersystem from freezing, add an approvedwindow washer anti-freeze solution inaccordance with instructions on the con-tainer. Window washer anti-freeze isavailable from an authorized KIA dealerand most auto parts outlets. Do not useengine coolant or other types of anti-freeze as these may damage the paintfinish.


365

E120800AUN-EU

Don't let your parking brakefreezeUnder some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engaged position.This is most likely to happen when thereis an accumulation of snow or ice aroundor near the rear brakes or if the brakesare wet. If there is a risk the parkingbrake may freeze, apply it only temporar-ily while you put the gear selector lever inP and block the rear wheels so the carcannot roll. Then release the parkingbrake.

E120900AUN

Don't let ice and snow accumu-late underneathUnder some conditions, snow and icecan build up under the fenders and inter-fere with the steering. When driving insevere winter conditions where this mayhappen, you should periodically checkunderneath the car to be sure the move-ment of the front wheels and the steeringcomponents is not obstructed.

E121000AUN-EC

Carry emergency equipmentDepending on the severity of the weath-er where you drive your car, you shouldcarry appropriate emergency equipment.Some of the items you may want to carryinclude tow straps or chains, flashlight,emergency flares, sand, a shovel, jumpercables, a window scraper, gloves, groundcloth, coveralls, a blanket, etc.

5 37


E140000AUN-EC

If you are considering towing with withyour car, you should first check with yourcontries. Department of Motor Vehicles todetermine their legal requirements.Since laws vary from province to provincethe requirements for towing trailers, cars,or other types of vehicles or apparatusmay differ. Ask an authorized KIA dealerfor further details before towing.

Your vehicle can tow a trailer. To identifywhat the vehicle trailering capacity is foryour vehicle, you should read the infor-mation in “Weight of the trailer” thatappears later in this section.

Remember that trailering is different thanjust driving your vehicle by itself.Trailering means changes in handling,durability, and fuel economy. Successful,safe trailering requires correct equip-ment, and it has to be used properly.

This section contains many time-tested,important trailering tips and safety rules.Many of these are important for yoursafety and that of your passengers.Please read this section carefully beforeyou pull a trailer.

Load-pulling components such as theengine, transaxle, wheel assemblies, andtires are forced to work harder againstthe load of the added weight. The engineis required to operate at relatively higherspeeds and under greater loads. Thisadditional burden generates extra heat.The trailer also adds considerably towind resistance, increasing the pullingrequirements.

TRAILER TOWING

WARNING - Towing a trail-er

If you don't use the correct equip-ment and drive improperly, you canlose control when you pull a trailer.For example, if the trailer is tooheavy, the brakes may not workwell - or even at all. You and yourpassengers could be seriously orfatally injured. Pull a trailer only ifyou have followed all the steps inthis section.

WARNING - Weight limitsBefore towing, make sure the totaltrailer weight, gross combinationweight, gross vehicle weight, grossaxle weight and trailer tongue loadare all within the limits.

CAUTIONPulling a trailer improperly candamage your vehicle and result incostly repairs not covered by yourwarranty. To pull a trailer correctly,follow the advice in this section.


385

E140100AUN

Hitches It's important to have the correct hitchequipment. Crosswinds, large trucksgoing by, and rough roads are a few rea-sons why you’ll need the right hitch. Hereare some rules to follow:• Will you have to make any holes in the

body of your vehicle when you install atrailer hitch? If you do, then be sure toseal the holes later when you removethe hitch.If you don’t seal them, deadly carbonmonoxide (CO) from your exhaust canget into your vehicle, as well as dirt andwater.

• The bumpers on your vehicle are notintended for hitches. Do not attachrental hitches or other bumper-typehitches to them. Use only a frame-mounted hitch that does not attach tothe bumper.

E140200AUN

Safety chains You should always attach chainsbetween your vehicle and your trailer.Cross the safety chains under the tongueof the trailer so that the tongue will notdrop to the road if it becomes separatedfrom the hitch.Instructions about safety chains may beprovided by the hitch manufacturer or bythe trailer manufacturer. Follow the man-ufacturer’s recommendation for attachingsafety chains. Always leave just enoughslack so you can turn with your trailer.And, never allow safety chains to drag onthe ground.

E140300AUN-EU

Trailer brakes If your trailer is equipped with a brakingsystem, make sure it conforms to federaland/or local regulations and that it isproperly installed and operating correctly.If your trailer weighs more than the max-imum trailer weight without trailer brakesloaded, then it needs its own brakes andthey must be adequate. Be sure to readand follow the instructions for the trailerbrakes so you’ll be able to install, adjustand maintain them properly.• Don’t tap into your vehicle's brake sys-

tem.

WARNING - Trailer brakesDo not use a trailer with its ownbrakes unless you are absolutelycertain that you have properly setup the brake system. This is not atask for amateurs. Use an experi-enced, competent trailer shop forthis work.

5 39


E140400AUN

Driving with a trailer Towing a trailer requires a certainamount of experience. Before setting outfor the open road, you must get to knowyour trailer. Acquaint yourself with thefeel of handling and braking with theadded weight of the trailer. And alwayskeep in mind that the vehicle you aredriving is now a good deal longer and notnearly so responsive as your vehicle isby itself.Before you start, check the trailer hitchand platform, safety chains, electricalconnector(s), lights, tires and mirroradjustment. If the trailer has electricbrakes, start your vehicle and trailer mov-ing and then apply the trailer brake con-troller by hand to be sure the brakes areworking. This lets you check your electri-cal connection at the same time.During your trip, check occasionally to besure that the load is secure, and that thelights and any trailer brakes are still work-ing.

E140401AUN

Following distance Stay at least twice as far behind the vehi-cle ahead as you would when drivingyour vehicle without a trailer. This canhelp you avoid situations that requireheavy braking and sudden turns.

E140402AUN

Passing You’ll need more passing distance upahead when you’re towing a trailer. And,because of the increased vehicle length,you’ll need to go much farther beyond thepassed vehicle before you can return toyour lane.

E140403AUN

Backing up Hold the bottom of the steering wheelwith one hand. Then, to move the trailerto the left, just move your hand to the left.To move the trailer to the right, move yourhand to the right. Always back up slowlyand, if possible, have someone guideyou.

E140404AUN

Making turns When you’re turning with a trailer, makewider turns than normal. Do this so yourtrailer won’t strike soft shoulders, curbs,road signs, trees, or other objects. Avoidjerky or sudden maneuvers. Signal wellin advance.

E140405AUN

Turn signals when towing a trailer When you tow a trailer, your vehicle hasto have a different turn signal flasher andextra wiring. The green arrows on yourinstrument panel will flash whenever yousignal a turn or lane change. Properlyconnected, the trailer lights will also flashto alert other drivers you’re about to turn,change lanes, or stop.When towing a trailer, the green arrowson your instrument panel will flash forturns even if the bulbs on the trailer areburned out. Thus, you may think driversbehind you are seeing your signalswhen, in fact, they are not. It’s importantto check occasionally to be sure the trail-er bulbs are still working. You must alsocheck the lights every time you discon-nect and then reconnect the wires.Do not connect a trailer lighting systemdirectly to your vehicle’s lighting system.Use only an approved trailer wiring har-ness.


405

An authorized KIA dealer can assist youin installing the wiring harness.

E140406AUN

Driving on grades Reduce speed and shift to a lower gearbefore you start down a long or steepdowngrade. If you don’t shift down, youmight have to use your brakes so muchthat they would get hot and no longeroperate efficiently.On a long uphill grade, shift down andreduce your speed to around 70 km/h (45mph) to reduce the possibility of engineand transaxle overheating.If your trailer weighs more than the max-imum trailer weight without trailer brakesand you have an automatic transaxle,you should drive in D (Drive) when tow-ing a trailer.Operating your vehicle in D (Drive) whentowing a trailer will minimize heat build upand extend the life of your transaxle.

E140407AUN-EU

Parking on hills Generally, you should not park your vehi-cle with a trailer attached on a hill. Peoplecan be seriously or fatally injured, andboth your vehicle and the trailer can bedamaged if they begin a downhill trajec-tory.

However, if you ever have to park yourtrailer on a hill, here’s how to do it:1. Apply your brakes, but don’t shift into

gear.2. Have someone place chocks under

the trailer wheels.3. When the wheel chocks are in place,

release the brakes until the chocksabsorb the load.

4. Reapply the brakes. Apply your park-ing brake, and then shift to P (Park) foran automatic transaxle.

5. Release the brakes.

CAUTION• When towing a trailer on steep

grades (in excess of 6%) payclose attention to the enginecoolant temperature gauge toensure the engine does not over-heat. If the needle of the coolanttemperature gauge moves acrossthe dial towards “H” (HOT), pullover and stop as soon as it is safeto do so, and allow the engine toidle until it cools down. You mayproceed once the engine hascooled sufficiently.

• You must decide driving speeddepending on trailer weight anduphill grade to reduce the possi-bility of engine and transaxleoverheating.

WARNING Failure to use an approved trailerwiring harness could result in dam-age to the vehicle electrical systemand/or personal injury.

WARNING - Parking on ahill

Parking your vehicle on a hill with atrailer attached could cause seri-ous injury or death should the trail-er break lose.

5 41


When you are ready to leave after park-ing on a hill 1. With the automatic transaxle in P

(Park), apply your brakes and hold thebrake pedal down while you:• Start your engine;• Shift into gear; and• Release the parking brake.

2. Slowly remove your foot from thebrake pedal.

3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear ofthe chocks.

4. Stop and have someone pick up andstore the chocks.

E140500AUN

Maintenance when trailer towing Your vehicle will need service more oftenwhen you regularly pull a trailer.Important items to pay particular atten-tion to include engine oil, automatictransaxle fluid, axle lubricant and coolingsystem fluid. Brake condition is anotherimportant item to frequently check. Eachitem is covered in this manual, and theIndex will help you find them quickly. Ifyou’re trailering, it’s a good idea to reviewthese sections before you start your trip.Don’t forget to also maintain your trailerand hitch. Follow the maintenanceschedule that accompanied your trailerand check it periodically. Preferably, con-duct the check at the start of each day’sdriving. Most importantly, all hitch nutsand bolts should be tight.

WARNING - Parking brakeIt can be dangerous to get out ofyour vehicle if the parking brake isnot firmly set.If you have left the engine running,the vehicle can move suddenly.Youor others could be seriously orfatally injured.

CAUTION• Due to higher load during trailer

usage, overheating might occurin hot days or during uphill driv-ing. If the coolant gauge indicatesover-heating, switch off the A/Cand stop the vehicle in a safe areato cool down the engine.

• When towing check transaxlefluid more frequently.

• If your vehicle is not equippedwith the air conditioner, youshould install a condenser fan toimprove engine performancewhen towing a trailer.


425

E140600AUN-EU

If you do decide to pull a trailerHere are some important points if youdecide to pull a trailer:• Consider using a sway control.You can

ask a hitch dealer about sway control.• Do not do any towing with your car dur-

ing its first 2,000 km (1,200 miles) inorder to allow the engine to properlybreak in. Failure to heed this cautionmay result in serious engine ortransaxle damage.

• When towing a trailer, be sure to con-sult an authorized KIA dealer for fur-ther information on additional require-ments such as a towing kit, etc.

• Always drive your vehicle at a moder-ate speed (less than 100 km/h / 60mph).

• On a long uphill grade, do not exceed70 km/h (45 mph) or the posted towingspeed limit, whichever is lower.

• The chart contains important consider-ations that have to do with weight:

Item 2.4L 2.7L

454 (1000) 454 (1000)

680 (1500) 907 (2000)

68 (150) 91 (200)

Maximum trailer

weight

Maximum permissible static vertical load

on the coupling device

Without brake System

With brake System

kg (lbs.)

5 43


E140601AUN

Weight of the trailerHow heavy can a trailer safely be? Itshould never weigh more than the maxi-mum trailer weight with trailer brakes. Buteven that can be too heavy.It depends on how you plan to use yourtrailer. For example, speed, altitude, roadgrades, outside temperature and howoften your vehicle is used to pull a trailerare all important. The ideal trailer weightcan also depend on any special equip-ment that you have on your vehicle.

E140602AEN

Weight of the trailer tongueThe tongue load of any trailer is animportant weight to measure because itaffects the total gross vehicle weight(GVW) of your vehicle. This weightincludes the curb weight of the vehicle,any cargo you may carry in it, and thepeople who will be riding in the vehicle.And if you will tow a trailer, you must addthe tongue load to the GVW becauseyour vehicle will also be carrying thatweight.

The trailer tongue should weigh a maxi-mum of 10% of the total loaded trailerweight, within the limits of the maximumtrailer tongue load permissible. Afteryou've loaded your trailer, weigh the trail-er and then the tongue, separately, tosee if the weights are proper. If theyaren’t, you may be able to correct themsimply by moving some items around inthe trailer.

C190E01JM

Tongue Load Total Trailer Weight

WARNING - Trailer• Never load a trailer with more

weight in the rear than in thefront. The front should be loadedwith approximately 60% of thetotal trailer load; the rear shouldbe loaded with approximately 40%of the total trailer load.

• Never exceed the maximumweight limits of the trailer or trail-er towing equipment. Improperloading can result in damage toyour vehicle and/or personalinjury. Check weights and loadingat a commercial scale or highwaypatrol office equipped with scales.

• An improperly loaded trailer cancause loss of vehicle control.

C190E02JM

Gross Axle Weight Gross Vehicle Weight


445

E150100AUN

Tire and loading information labelThe label located on the driver's doorsill gives the original tire size, coldtire pressures recommended for yourvehicle, the number of people thatcan be in your vehicle and vehiclecapacity weight.

E150101AUN

Vehicle capacity weight:■ 5-seater:

375 kg (827 lbs.)■ 7-seater:

525 kg (1157 lbs.)Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi-mum combined weight of occupantsand cargo. If your vehicle is equippedwith a trailer, the combined weightincludes the tongue load.

VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT

OUN086203N

OUN086204N

■ 5-seater

OUN086200N

OUN086201N

■ 7-seater

5 45


E150102AUN

Seating capacity:■ 5-seater:

Total : 5 persons (Front seat : 2 persons, Rear seat : 3 persons)

■ 7-seater:Total : 7 persons

(Front seat : 2 persons, Rear seat : 5 persons)

Seating capacity is the maximumnumber of occupants including adriver, your vehicle may carry.However, the seating capacity maybe reduced based upon the weight ofall of the occupants, and the weightof the cargo being carried or towed.Do not overload the vehicle as thereis a limit to the total weight, or loadlimit including occupants and cargo,the vehicle can carry.

E150103AUN

Towing capacity:■ 2.4L engine:

Without trailer brakes:454 kg (1000 lbs)With trailer brakes:680 kg (1500 lbs)

■ 2.7L engine:Without trailer brakes:454 kg (1000 lbs)With trailer brakes:907 kg (2000 lbs)

Towing capacity is the maximumtrailer weight including its cargoweight, your vehicle can tow.

E150104AUN

Cargo capacity:The cargo capacity of your vehiclewill increase or decrease dependingon the weight and the number ofoccupants and the tongue load, ifyour vehicle is equipped with a trail-er.

E150105AUN

Steps for determining correct loadlimit1. Locate the statement "The com-

bined weight of occupants andcargo should never exceed XXXkg or XXX lbs.'' on your vehicle'splacard.

2. Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that willbe riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers fromXXX kg or XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo and lug-gage load capacity. For example, ifthe "XXX" amount equals 635 kg(1400 lbs.), and there will be five68 kg (150 lbs.) passengers inyour vehicle, the amount of avail-able cargo and luggage loadcapacity is 295 kg (650 lbs.).(635-340 (5 x 68) = 295 kg or1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)


465

5. Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loadedon the vehicle. That weight maynot safely exceed the availablecargo and luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing atrailer, load from your trailer will betransferred to your vehicle. Consultthis manual to determine how thisreduces the available cargo andluggage load capacity of yourvehicle.

Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific informa-tion about your vehicle's capacity weight and seating positions. The com-bined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed yourvehicle's capacity weight.

C190F01JM

Item Description Total

AVehicle Capacity 635 kg

Weight (1400 lbs)Subtract Occupant

B Weight 136 kg

68 kg (150 lbs) × 2(300 lbs)

CAvailable Cargo and 499 kg

Luggage weight (1100 lbs)

Example 1

A B C

C190F02JM




B Weight 340 kg

68 kg (150 lbs) × 5(750 lbs)



A B C

Example 2

5 47


E150200AUN

Certification labelThe certification label is located onthe driver's door sill at the center pil-lar.This label shows the maximumallowable weight of the fully loadedvehicle. This is called the GVWR(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). TheGVWR includes the weight of thevehicle, all occupants, fuel andcargo.This label also tells you the maxi-mum weight that can be supportedby the front and rear axles, calledGross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).

To find out the actual loads on yourfront and rear axles, you need to goto a weigh station and weigh yourvehicle.Your dealer can help you withthis. Be sure to spread out your loadequally on both sides of the center-line.

WARNING - Over loading• Never exceed the GVWR for

your vehicle, the GAWR foreither the front or rear axleand vehicle capacity weight.Exceeding these ratings cancause an accident or vehicledamage.You can calculate theweight of your load by weigh-ing the items (or people)before putting them in thevehicle. Be careful not to over-load your vehicle.

(Continued)

C190F03JM




B Weight 390 kg

78 kg (172 lbs) × 5(860 lbs)



A B C

Example 3


485

The label will help you decide howmuch cargo and installed equipmentyour vehicle can carry.

If you carry items inside your vehicle- like suitcases, tools, packages, oranything else - they are moving asfast as the vehicle. If you have to stopor turn quickly, or if there is a crash,the items will keep going and cancause an injury if they strike the driv-er or a passenger.

(Continued)• Do not load your vehicle any

heavier than the GVWR, eitherthe maximum front or rearGAWR and vehicle capacityweight. If you do, parts,including tires on your vehiclecan break, and it can changethe way your vehicle handlesand braking ability. This couldcause you to lose control andcrash. Also, overloading canshorten the life of your vehi-cle.

WARNING• Overloading your vehicle can

cause heat buildup in yourvehicle's tires and possibletire failure that could lead to acrash.

• Overloading your vehicle cancause increased stopping dis-tances that could lead to acrash.

• A crash resulting from poorhandling vehicle damage, tirefailure, or increased stoppingdistances could result in seri-ous injury or death.

WARNING - Loose cargoItems you carry inside yourvehicle can strike and injureoccupants in a sudden stop orturn, or in a crash.• Put items in the cargo area of

your vehicle. Try to spread theweight evenly.

• Never stack items, like suit-cases, inside the vehicleabove the tops of the seats.

• Do not leave an unsecuredchild restraint in your vehicle.

• When you carry somethinginside the vehicle, secure it.

• Do not drive with a seat foldeddown unless necessary.CAUTION

• Overloading your vehicle maycause damage. Repairs wouldnot be covered by your warran-ty. Do not overload your vehicle.

• Using heavier suspension com-ponents to get added durabilitymight not change your weightratings. Ask your dealer to helpyou load your vehicle the rightway.

5 49


E160000AUN

This section will guide you in the properloading of your vehicle and/or trailer, tokeep your loaded vehicle weight within itsdesign rating capability, with or without atrailer. Properly loading your vehicle willprovide maximum return of the vehicledesign performance. Before loading yourvehicle, familiarize yourself with the fol-lowing terms for determining your vehi-cle's weight ratings, with or without atrailer, from the vehicle's specificationsand the certification label:

E160100AUN

Base curb weight This is the weight of the vehicle includinga full tank of fuel and all standard equip-ment. It does not include passengers,cargo, or optional equipment.

E160200AUN

Vehicle curb weightThis is the weight of your new vehiclewhen you picked it up from your dealerplus any aftermarket equipment.

E160300AUN

Cargo weightThis figure includes all weight added tothe Base Curb Weight, including cargoand optional equipment.

E160400AUN

GAW (Gross axle weight)This is the total weight placed on eachaxle (front and rear) - including vehiclecurb weight and all payload.

E160500AUN

GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)This is the maximum allowable weightthat can be carried by a single axle (frontor rear). These numbers are shown onthe certification label.The total load on each axle must neverexceed its GAWR.

E160600AUN

GVW (Gross vehicle weight)This is the Base Curb Weight plus actualCargo Weight plus passengers.

E160700AUN-EU

GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)This is the maximum allowable weight ofthe fully loaded vehicle (including alloptions, equipment, passengers andcargo). The GVWR is shown on the cer-tification label located on the driver’sdoor sill.

VEHICLE WEIGHT

6

Road warning / 6-2In case of an emergency while driving / 6-2If the engine will not start / 6-3Emergency starting / 6-4If the engine overheats / 6-6If you have a flat tire / 6-7Towing / 6-18



26

ROAD WARNING

F010100AUN

Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher serves as awarning to other drivers to exerciseextreme caution when approaching,overtaking, or passing your vehicle.

It should be used whenever emergencyrepairs are being made or when the vehi-cle is stopped near the edge of a road-way.Depress the flasher switch with the igni-tion switch in any position. The flasherswitch is located in the center consoleswitch panel. All turn signal lights willflash simultaneously.

• The hazard warning flasher operateswhether your vehicle is running or not.

• The turn signals do not work when thehazard flasher is on.

• Care must be taken when using thehazard warning flasher while the vehi-cle is being towed.

F020100AUN-EU

If the engine stalls at a crossroador crossingIf the engine stalls at a crossroad orcrossing, set the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position and then push the vehi-cle to a safe place.

F020200AUN-EU

If you have a flat tire while drivingIf a tire goes flat while you are driving:1.Take your foot off the accelerator pedal

and let the car slow down while drivingstraight ahead. Do not apply the brakesimmediately or attempt to pull off theroad as this may cause a loss of con-trol. When the car has slowed to sucha speed that it is safe to do so, brakecarefully and pull off the road. Drive offthe road as far as possible and park onfirm, level ground. If you are on a divid-ed highway, do not park in the medianarea between the two traffic lanes.

2.When the car is stopped, turn on youremergency hazard flashers, set theparking brake and put the transaxle inP.

3.Have all passengers get out of the car.Be sure they all get out on the side ofthe car that is away from traffic.

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCYWHILE DRIVING

OUN027218N

6 3


4.When changing a flat tire, follow theinstruction provided later in this sec-tion.

F020300AUN

If engine stalls while driving1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping

a straight line. Move cautiously off theroad to a safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.3. Try to start the engine again. If your

vehicle will not start, contact anauthorized KIA dealer or seek otherqualified assistance.

F030100AUN

If engine doesn't turn over orturns over slowly1. If your car has an automatic transaxle,

be sure the gear selector lever is in N(Neutral) or P (Park) and the emer-gency brake is set.

2. Check the battery connections to besure they are clean and tight.

3. Turn on the interior light. If the lightdims or goes out when you operate thestarter, the battery is discharged.

4. Check the starter connections to besure they are securely tightened.

5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to startit. See instructions for "Jump starting".

F030200AUN

If engine turns over normally butdoes not start1. Check fuel level.2. With the ignition switch in the LOCK

position, check all connectors at igni-tion, coil and spark plugs. Reconnectany that may be disconnected orloose.

3. Check the fuel line in the engine com-partment.

4. If the engine still does not start, call anauthorized KIA dealer or seek otherqualified assistance.

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START

WARNINGIf the engine will not start, do notpush or pull the car to start it. Thiscould result in a collision or causeother damage. In addition, push orpull starting may cause the catalyt-ic converter to be overloaded andcreate a fire hazard.


46

EMERGENCY STARTING

F040000AUN

F040100AUN

Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous if doneincorrectly. Therefore, to avoid harm toyourself or damage to your vehicle orbattery, follow the jump starting proce-dures. If in doubt, we strongly recom-mend that you have a competent techni-cian or towing service jump start yourvehicle.

CAUTIONUse only a 12-volt jumper system.You can damage a 12-volt startingmotor, ignition system, and otherelectrical parts beyond repair byuse of a 24-volt power supply (eithertwo 12-volt batteries in series or a24-volt motor generator set).

WARNING - BatteryNever attempt to check the elec-trolyte level of the battery as thismay cause the battery to rupture orexplode causing serious injury.

1VQA4001

Connect cables in numerical order anddisconnect in reverse order.

Discharged battery

Jumper Cables

Booster battery

(-)

(+)

(+)(-)

6 5


F040101AUN

Jump starting procedure 1. Make sure the booster battery is 12-

volt and that its negative terminal isgrounded.

2. If the booster battery is in anothervehicle, do not allow the vehicles totouch.

3. Turn off all unnecessary electricalloads.

4. Connect the jumper cables in the exactsequence shown in the illustration.First connect one end of a jumpercable to the positive terminal of thedischarged battery (1), then connectthe other end to the positive terminalon the booster battery (2).Proceed to connect one end of theother jumper cable to the negative ter-minal of the booster battery (3), thenthe other end to a solid, stationary,metallic point (for example, the enginelifting bracket) away from the battery(4). Do not connect it to or near anypart that moves when the engine iscranked.Do not allow the jumper cables to con-tact anything except the correct batteryterminals or the correct ground. Do notlean over the battery when makingconnections.

5. Start the engine of the vehicle with thebooster battery and let it run at 2,000rpm, then start the engine of the vehi-cle with the discharged battery.

If the cause of your battery discharging isnot apparent, you should have your vehi-cle checked by an authorized KIA dealer.

F040200AUN-EU

Push-starting Vehicles equipped with automatictransaxle cannot be push-started.Follow the directions in this section forjump-starting.

WARNING - Battery• Keep all flames or sparks away

from the battery. The battery pro-duces hydrogen gas which mayexplode if exposed to flame orsparks.

• Do not attempt to jump start thevehicle if the discharged batteryis frozen or if the electrolyte levelis low; the battery may rupture orexplode.

CAUTION - Battery cablesDo not connect the jumper cablefrom the negative terminal of thebooster battery to the negative ter-minal of the discharged battery.This can cause the discharged bat-tery to overheat and crack, releas-ing battery acid.

WARNINGNever tow a vehicle to start itbecause the sudden surge forwardwhen the engine starts could causea collision with the tow vehicle.


66

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATSF050000AUN-EU

If your temperature gauge indicates over-heating, you experience a loss of power,or hear loud pinging or knocking, theengine is probably too hot. If this hap-pens, you should:

1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as itis safe to do so.

2. Place the gear selector lever in P andset the parking brake. If the air condi-tioning is on, turn it off.

3. If engine coolant is running out underthe car or steam is coming out fromthe hood, stop the engine. Do not openthe hood until the coolant has stoppedrunning or the steaming has stopped.If there is no visible loss of enginecoolant and no steam, leave theengine running and check to be surethe engine cooling fan is operating. Ifthe fan is not running, turn the engineoff.

4. Check to see if the water pump drivebelt is missing. If it is not missing,check to see that it is tight. If the drivebelt seems to be satisfactory, check forcoolant leaking from the radiator,hoses or under the car. (If the air con-ditioning had been in use, it is normalfor cold water to be draining from itwhen you stop).

5. If the water pump drive belt is brokenor engine coolant is leaking out, stopthe engine immediately and call thenearest authorized KIA dealer forassistance.

6. If you cannot find the cause of theoverheating, wait until the engine tem-perature has returned to normal. Then,if coolant has been lost, carefully addcoolant to the reservoir to bring thefluid level in the reservoir up to thehalfway mark.

7.Proceed with caution, keeping alert forfurther signs of overheating. If over-heating happens again, call an author-ized KIA dealer for assistance.WARNING

While the engine is running, keephair, hands and clothing away frommoving parts such as the fan anddrive belts to prevent injury.

WARNINGDo not remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. This canallow coolant to be blown out of theopening and cause serious burns.

CAUTIONSerious loss of coolant indicatesthere is a leak in the cooling systemand this should be checked as soonas possible by an authorized KIAdealer.

6 7


IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE

F070100BUN-EU

Jack and toolsThe jack, jack handle, wheel lug nutwrench are stored in the luggagecompartment. Pull up the luggagebox cover to reach this equipment.

(1) Jack handle(2) Jack(3) Wheel lug nut wrench(4) Fixing straps

F070101AUN

Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergencytire changing only.To prevent the jack from “rattling”while the vehicle is in motion, store itproperly.Follow jacking instructions to reducethe possibility of personal injury.

WARNING - Changing tires• Never attempt vehicle repairs

in the traffic lanes of a publicroad or highway.

• Always move the vehicle com-pletely off the road and ontothe shoulder before trying tochange a tire. The jack shouldbe used on level firm ground.If you cannot find a firm, levelplace off the road, call a tow-ing service company forassistance.

(Continued)

OUN048011-1

OUN047011L-1

7-seater

5-seater


86

F070200AUN

Removing and storing the sparetire Your spare tire is stored underneathyour vehicle, directly below the cargoarea.To remove the spare tire:1. Open the tailgate and luggage

under tray cover.2. Find the plastic hex bolt cover (1)

and remove the cover.

3. Use the wheel lug nut wrench toloosen the bolt enough to lowerthe spare tire.Turn the wrench counterclockwiseuntil the spare tire reaches theground.

(Continued)• Be sure to use the correct

front and rear jacking posi-tions on the vehicle; neveruse the bumpers or any otherpart of the vehicle for jacksupport.

• The vehicle can easily roll offthe jack causing seriousinjury or death. No personshould place any portion oftheir body under a vehicle thatis supported only by a jack;use vehicle support stands.

• Do not start or run the enginewhile the vehicle is on thejack.

• Do not allow anyone to remainin the vehicle while it is on thejack.

• Make sure any children pres-ent are in a secure place awayfrom the road and from thevehicle to be raised with thejack.

OUN048012 OUN047013-1

6 9


4. After the spare tire reaches theground, continue to turn thewrench counterclockwise, anddraw the spare tire outside. Neverrotate the wrench excessively, oth-erwise the spare tire carrier maybe damaged.

5. Remove the retainer (1) from thecenter of the spare tire.

To store the spare tire:1. Lay the tire on the ground with the

valve stem facing up.2. Place the wheel under the vehicle

and install the retainer (1) throughthe wheel center.

3. Turn the wrench clockwise until itclicks.

F070300AUN-EU

Changing tires 1. Park on a level surface and apply

the parking brake firmly.2. Shift the shift lever into (Park) with

automatic transaxle.3. Activate the hazard warning flash-

er.

WARNINGEnsure the spare tire retainer isproperly aligned with the centerof the spare tire to prevent thespare tire “rattling”. Otherwise,it may cause the spare tire to falloff the carrier and lead to anaccident.

1VQA4022OUN048014 OUN048015


106

4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,jack, jack handle, and spare tirefrom the vehicle.

5. Block both the front and rear of thewheel that is diagonally oppositethe jack position.

6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun-terclockwise one turn each, but donot remove any nut until the tirehas been raised off the ground.

1VQA4023

WARNING - Changing a tire• To prevent vehicle movement

while changing a tire, alwaysset the parking brake fully,and always block the wheeldiagonally opposite the wheelbeing changed.

• We recommend that thewheels of the vehicle beblocked, and that no personremain in a vehicle that isbeing jacked.

OUN047016

6 11


7. Place the jack at the front or rearjacking position closest to the tireyou are changing. Place the jackat the designated locations underthe frame. The jacking positionsare plates welded to the framewith two tabs and a raised dot toindex with the jack.

8. Insert the jack handle into the jackand turn it clockwise, raising thevehicle until the tire just clears theground. This measurement isapproximately 30 mm (1.2 in).Before removing the wheel lugnuts, make sure the vehicle is sta-ble and that there is no chance formovement or slippage.

9. Loosen the wheel nuts andremove them with your fingers.Slide the wheel off the studs andlay it flat so it cannot roll away. Toput the wheel on the hub, pick upthe spare tire, line up the holeswith the studs and slide the wheelonto them. If this is difficult, tip thewheel slightly and get the top holein the wheel lined up with the topstud. Then jiggle the wheel backand forth until the wheel can beslid over the other studs.

WARNING - Jack locationTo reduce the possibility ofinjury, be sure to use only thejack provided with the vehicleand in the correct jack position;never use any other part of thevehicle for jack support.

OUN046017 OUN047018


126

10. To reinstall the wheel, hold it onthe studs, put the wheel nuts onthe studs and tighten them fingertight.The nuts should be installedwith their tapered small diameterends directed inward. Jiggle thetire to be sure it is completelyseated, then tighten the nuts asmuch as possible with your fin-gers again.

11. Lower the car to the ground byturning the wheel nut wrenchcounterclockwise. Then position the wrench as shown

in the drawing and tighten the wheelnuts. Be sure the socket is seatedcompletely over the nut (Type A). Donot stand on the wrench handle oruse an extension pipe over thewrench handle. Go around the wheeltightening every other nut until theyare all tight. Then double-check eachnut for tightness. After changingwheels, have an authorized KIAdealer tighten the wheel nuts to theirproper torque as soon as possible.

Wheel nut tightening torque:Steel wheel & aluminum alloy wheel:9~11 kg.m (65~79 lb.ft)

WARNINGWheels and wheel covers mayhave sharp edges. Handle themcarefully to avoid possiblesevere injury. Before putting thewheel into place, be sure thatthere is nothing on the hub orwheel (such as mud, tar, gravel,etc.) that interferes with thewheel from fitting solidlyagainst the hub.If there is, remove it. If there isnot good contact on the mount-ing surface between the wheeland hub, the wheel nuts couldcome loose and cause the lossof a wheel. Loss of a wheel mayresult in loss of control of thevehicle. This may cause seriousinjury or death.

OUN047019

6 13


If you have a tire gauge, remove thevalve cap and check the air pressure.If the pressure is lower than recom-mended, drive slowly to the nearestservice station and inflate to the cor-rect pressure. If it is too high, adjustit until it is correct. Always reinstallthe valve cap after checking oradjusting tire pressure. If the cap isnot replaced, air may leak from thetire. If you lose a valve cap, buyanother and install it as soon as pos-sible.After you have changed wheels,always secure the flat tire in its placeand return the jack and tools to theirproper storage locations.

To prevent the jack, jack handle,wheel lug nut wrench and spare tirefrom rattling while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

CAUTIONYour vehicle has metric threadson the wheel studs and nuts.Make certain during wheelremoval that the same nuts thatwere removed are reinstalled -or, if replaced, that nuts withmetric threads and the samechamfer configuration are used.Installation of a non-metricthread nut on a metric stud orvice-versa will not secure thewheel to the hub properly andwill damage the stud so that itmust be replaced.Note that most lug nuts do nothave metric threads. Be sure touse extreme care in checkingfor thread style before installingaftermarket lug nuts or wheels.If in doubt, consult an author-ized KIA dealer.

WARNING - Wheel studsIf the studs are damaged, theymay lose their ability to retainthe wheel.This could lead to theloss of the wheel and a collisionresulting in serious injuries.

WARNING - Inadequatespare tire pressure

Check the inflation pressures assoon as possible after installingthe spare tire. Adjust it to thespecified pressure, if necessary.Refer to “Tires and wheels” sec-tion 9.


146

F070301AUN-EC

Important - use of compact spare tireYour vehicle is equipped with a com-pact spare tire. This compact sparetire takes up less space than a regu-lar-size tire. This tire is smaller than aconventional tire and is designed fortemporary use only.

The compact spare should be inflat-ed to 420 kPa (60 psi).

✽✽ NOTICECheck the inflation pressure afterinstalling the spare tire. Adjust it tothe specified pressure, as necessary.

CAUTION• You should drive carefully

when the compact spare is inuse. The compact spareshould be replaced by theproper conventional tire andrim at the first opportunity.

• The operation of this vehicleis not recommended withmore than one compact sparetire in use at the same time.

WARNINGThe compact spare tire is foremergency use only. Do notoperate your vehicle on thiscompact spare at speeds over80 km/h (50 mph). The originaltire should be repaired orreplaced as soon as is possibleto avoid failure of the sparepossibly leading to personalinjury or death.

6 15


When using a compact spare tire,observe the following precautions:• Under no circumstances should

you exceed 80 km/h (50 mph); ahigher speed could damage thetire.

• Ensure that you drive slowlyenough for the road conditions toavoid all hazards. Any road hazard,such as a pothole or debris, couldseriously damage the compactspare.

• Any continuous road use of this tirecould result in tire failure, loss ofvehicle control, and possible per-sonal injury.

• Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi-mum load rating or the load-carry-ing capacity shown on the sidewallof the compact spare tire.

• Avoid driving over obstacles. Thecompact spare tire diameter issmaller than the diameter of a con-ventional tire and reduces theground clearance approximately 25 mm (1 inch), which could resultin damage to the vehicle.

• Do not take this vehicle through anautomatic car wash while the com-pact spare tire is installed.

• The compact spare tire should notbe installed on the front axle if thevehicle must be driven in snow oron ice.

• Do not use the compact spare tireon any other vehicle because thistire has been designed especiallyfor your vehicle.

• The compact spare tire’s tread lifeis shorter than a regular tire.Inspect your compact spare tireregularly and replace worn com-pact spare tires with the same sizeand design, mounted on the samewheel.

• The compact spare tire should notbe used on any other wheels, norshould standard tires, snow tires,wheel covers or trim rings be usedwith the compact spare wheel. Ifsuch use is attempted, damage tothese items or other car compo-nents may occur.

• Do not use more than one compactspare tire at a time.

• Do not tow a trailer while the com-pact spare tire is installed.


166

F070400AUN

Carrying a flat tire (if equipped)Do not store the flat tire on the com-pact spare tire carrier underneathyour vehicle. The full size flat tireshould be stored and fixed in thevehicle until you reach a service sta-tion.The fixing straps are stored in theluggage under tray.

To place a flat tire in the vehicle:1. 7-seater

Stand the flat tire vertically behindthe 3rd row seat with the seatbackin upright position.5-seaterPlace the flat tire horizontally onthe luggage under tray.

2. Pass the straps inside one or twowheel-spoke.Hang each side of straps on theluggage net holders as illustra-tions.

3. Make sure the flat tire is properlysecured by trying to move it.

OUN047026

OUN047326L

7-seater

5-seater

WARNING - Flat tireNever leave the flat tire unfixedin the vehicle to prevent the tire“rattling”. Otherwise, the unse-cured flat tire may be thrownabout inside the vehicle whichcan cause damage to the vehi-cle and serious injury or deathto the vehicle occupants in caseof a sharp turn, a sudden stopor an accident.

6 17


TOWING

F080100AUN

Towing serviceIf emergency towing is necessary, werecommend having it done by an author-ized KIA dealer or a commercial tow-truck service. Proper lifting and towingprocedures are necessary to preventdamage to the vehicle. The use of wheeldollies or flatbed is recommended.For trailer towing guidelines information,refer to “Trailer towing” in section 5.

It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with therear wheels on the ground (without dol-lies) and the front wheels off the ground.If any of the loaded wheels or suspen-sion components are damaged or thevehicle is being towed with the frontwheels on the ground, use a towing dollyunder the front wheels.When being towed by a commercial towtruck and wheel dollies are not used, thefront of the vehicle should always be lift-ed, not the rear.

OUN046028

OUN046030

OUN046029

CAUTION• Do not tow the vehicle backwards

with the front wheels on theground as this may cause dam-age to the vehicle.

• Do not tow with sling-type equip-ment. Use wheel lift or flatbedequipment.

CAUTIONBefore towing, check the level ofthe automatic transaxle fluid. If it isbelow the "HOT" range on the dip-stick, add fluid. If you cannot addfluid, a towing dolly must be used.

dolly


186

When towing your vehicle in an emer-gency without wheel dollies :1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC posi-

tion.2. Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).3. Release the parking brake.

F080300AUN

Emergency towingIf towing is necessary, we recommendyou to have it done by an authorizedKIA dealer or a commercial tow truckservice.

If towing service is not available in anemergency, your vehicle may be tem-porarily towed using a cable or chainsecured to the emergency towing hookunder the front of the vehicle. Useextreme caution when towing the vehicle.A driver must be in the vehicle to steer itand operate the brakes.Towing in this manner may be done onlyon hard-surfaced roads for a short dis-tance and at low speeds. Also, thewheels, axles, power train, steering andbrakes must all be in good condition.• Do not use the tow hooks to pull a vehi-

cle out of mud, sand or other condi-tions from which the vehicle cannot bedriven out under its own power.

• Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than thevehicle doing the towing.

• The drivers of both vehicles shouldcommunicate with each other frequent-ly.

CAUTIONFailure to place the transaxle shiftlever in N (Neutral) may cause inter-nal damage to the transaxle. OUN046022L

6 19


• Before emergency towing, check thatthe hook is not broken or damaged.

• Fasten the towing cable or chainsecurely to the hook.

• Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady andeven force.

• To avoid damaging the hook, do notpull from the side or at a vertical angle.Always pull straight ahead.

• Use a towing strap less than 5 m (16feet) long. Attach a white or red cloth(about 30 cm (12 inches) wide) in themiddle of the strap for easy visibility.

• Drive carefully so that the towing strapis not loosened during towing.

CAUTION• Attach a towing strap to the tow

hook.• Using a portion of the vehicle

other than the tow hooks for tow-ing may damage the body of yourvehicle.

• Use only a cable or chain specifi-cally intended for use in towingvehicles. Securely fasten thecable or chain to the towing hookprovided.

WARNING Use extreme caution when towingthe vehicle.• Avoid sudden starts or erratic

driving maneuvers which wouldplace excessive stress on theemergency towing hook and tow-ing cable or chain. The hook andtowing cable or chain may breakand cause serious injury or dam-age.

• If the disabled vehicle is unableto be moved, do not forcibly con-tinue the towing. Contact anauthorized KIA dealer or a com-mercial tow truck service forassistance.

• Tow the vehicle as straight aheadas possible.

• Keep away from the vehicle dur-ing towing.

OUN046024


206

F080301AUN

Emergency towing precautions• Turn the ignition switch to ACC so the

steering wheel isn’t locked.• Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).• Release the parking bake.• Press the brake pedal with more force

than normal since you will havereduced brake performance.

• More steering effort will be requiredbecause the power steering systemwill be disabled.

• If you are driving down a long hill, thebrakes may overheat and brake per-formance will be reduced. Stop oftenand let the brakes cool off.

F080400AUN

Tie-down hook (for flatbed towing)

CAUTIONIf the car is being towed with all fourwheels on the ground, it can betowed only from the front. Be surethat the transaxle is in neutral. Donot tow at speeds greater than 40km/h (25 mph) and for more than 25km (15 miles). Be sure the steeringis unlocked by placing the ignitionswitch in the ACC position. A drivermust be in the towed vehicle tooperate the steering and brakes.

WARNING Do not use the hooks under thefront (or rear) of the vehicle for tow-ing purposes. These hooks aredesigned ONLY for transport tie-down. If the tie-down hooks areused for towing, the tie-down hooksor front bumper will be damagedand this could lead to seriousinjury.

OUN046023L

OUN046024L

Front

Rear

7

Engine compartment / 7-2Maintenance services / 7-4Owner maintenance / 7-6Maintenance schedule / 7-8Explanation of scheduled maintenance items / 7-12Engine oil / 7-16Engine coolant / 7-17Brakes fluid / 7-20Power steering fluid / 7-21Automatic transaxle fluid / 7-22Washer fluid / 7-24Parking brake / 7-24Air cleaner / 7-25Climate control air filter / 7-25Wiper blades / 7-26Battery / 7-28Tires and wheels / 7-31

Fuses / 7-44Appearance care / 7-53Emission control system / 7-59

Maintenance

Maintenance

27

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

G010000AUN-EU

OUN078001L

1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Brake fluid reservoir

4. Air cleaner

5. Fuse box

6. Negative battery terminal

7. Positive battery terminal

8. Automatic transaxle fluid dipstick

9. Radiator cap

10. Engine oil dipstick

11. Power steering fluid reservoir

12. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

■■ 2.4L Engine


7 3

Maintenance

OUN078001

1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Brake fluid reservoir

4. Air cleaner

5. Fuse box

6. Negative battery terminal

7. Positive battery terminal

8. Automatic transaxle fluid dipstick

9. Radiator cap

10. Engine oil dipstick

11. Power steering fluid reservoir

12. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

■■ 2.7L Engine


Maintenance

47

MAINTENANCE SERVICESG020000AUN

You should exercise the utmost care toprevent damage to your vehicle andinjury to yourself whenever performingany maintenance or inspection proce-dures.Should you have any doubts concerningthe inspection or servicing of your vehi-cle, we strongly recommend that youhave an authorized KIA dealer performthis work.An authorized KIA dealer has factory-trained technicians and genuine KIAparts to service your vehicle properly. Forexpert advice and quality service, see anauthorized KIA dealer.Inadequate, incomplete or insufficientservicing may result in operational prob-lems with your vehicle that could lead tovehicle damage, an accident, or person-al injury.

G020100AUN-EU

Owner’s responsibility

✽✽ NOTICEMaintenance Service and RecordRetention are the owner's responsibility.

You should retain documents that showproper maintenance has been performedon your vehicle in accordance with thescheduled maintenance service chartsshown on the following pages. You needthis information to establish your compli-ance with the servicing and maintenancerequirements of your vehicle warranties.Detailed warranty information is providedin your Warranty & Consumer Informationmanual.

Repairs and adjustments required as aresult of improper maintenance or a lackof required maintenance are not covered.We recommend you have your vehiclemaintained and repaired by an author-ized KIA dealer. An authorized KIA deal-er meets KIA’s high service quality stan-dards and receives technical supportfrom KIA in order to provide you with ahigh level of service satisfaction.

7 5

Maintenance

G020200AUN-EU

Owner maintenance precautions Improper or incomplete service mayresult in problems. This section givesinstructions only for the maintenanceitems that are easy to perform.As explained earlier in this section, sev-eral procedures can be done only by anauthorized KIA dealer with special tools.

✽✽ NOTICEImproper owner maintenance duringthe warranty period may affect warran-ty coverage. For details, read the sepa-rate Warranty & Consumer Informationmanual provided with the vehicle. Ifyou're unsure about any servicing ormaintenance procedure, have it done byan authorized KIA dealer.

WARNING - Maintenancework

• Performing maintenance work ona vehicle can be dangerous. Youcan be seriously injured whileperforming some maintenanceprocedures. If you lack sufficientknowledge and experience or theproper tools and equipment to dothe work, have it done by anauthorized KIA dealer.

• Working under the hood with theengine running is dangerous. Itbecomes even more dangerouswhen you wear jewelry or looseclothing. These can becomeentangled in moving parts andresult in injury. Therefore, if youmust run the engine while work-ing under the hood, make certainthat you remove all jewelry (espe-cially rings, bracelets, watches,and necklaces) and all neckties,scarves, and similar loose cloth-ing before getting near theengine or cooling fans.

Maintenance

67

OWNER MAINTENANCE G030000AUN

The following lists are vehicle checks andinspections that should be performed bythe owner or an authorized KIA dealer atthe frequencies indicated to help ensuresafe, dependable operation of your vehi-cle.Any adverse conditions should bebrought to the attention of your dealer assoon as possible.These Owner Maintenance Checks aregenerally not covered by warranties andyou may be charged for labor, parts andlubricants used.

Owner maintenance schedule G030101AUN

When you stop for fuel:• Check the engine oil level.• Check coolant level in coolant reser-

voir.• Check the windshield washer fluid

level.• Look for low or under-inflated tires.

G030102AUN

While operating your vehicle:• Note any changes in the sound of the

exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumesin the vehicle.

• Check for vibrations in the steeringwheel. Notice any increased steeringeffort or looseness in the steeringwheel, or change in its straight-aheadposition.

• Notice if your vehicle constantly turnsslightly or “pulls” to one side when trav-eling on smooth, level road.

• When stopping, listen and check forunusual sounds, pulling to one side,increased brake pedal travel or “hard-to-push” brake pedal.

• If any slipping or changes in the oper-ation of your transaxle occurs, checkthe transaxle fluid level.

• Check automatic transaxle P (Park)function.

• Check parking brake.• Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle

(water dripping from the air condition-ing system during or after use is nor-mal).

WARNING Be careful when checking yourengine coolant level when theengine is hot. Scalding hot coolantand steam may blow out underpressure. This could cause burnsor other serious injury.

7 7

Maintenance

G030103AUN

At least monthly:• Check coolant level in the engine

coolant reservoir.• Check the operation of all exterior

lights, including the stoplights, turn sig-nals and hazard warning flashers.

• Check the inflation pressures of alltires including the spare.

G030104AUN

At least twice a year (i.e., every Spring and Fall):• Check radiator, heater and air condi-

tioning hoses for leaks or damage.• Check windshield washer spray and

wiper operation. Clean wiper bladeswith clean cloth dampened with wash-er fluid.

• Check headlight alignment.• Check muffler, exhaust pipes, shields

and clamps.• Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear

and function.• Check for worn tires and loose wheel

lug nuts.

G030105AUN-EU

At least once a year:• Clean body and door drain holes.• Lubricate door hinges and checks, and

hood hinges.• Lubricate door and hood locks and

latches.• Lubricate door rubber weatherstrips.• Check the air conditioning system.• Check the power steering fluid level.• Inspect and lubricate automatic

transaxle linkage and controls.• Clean battery and terminals.• Check the brake fluid level.

Maintenance

87

MAINTENANCE SCHEDULEG040100AUN-EC

MAINTENANCEINTERVALS

MAINTENANCE ITEM

Engine control system

Kilometers or time in months, whichever comes first

× 1,000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 104 112 120 128

# Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64

Engine oil & engine oil filter (1) R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R R

Drive belts (tension) I I I I

Cooling system hoses & connections I I I I I

Engine coolant (1) I I I I I R I I I I I R I I I I

Fuel filter R R

Fuel tank cap, lines, EVAP canister and hoses I I

Fuel tank air filter I R I R I

Air cleaner element (2) I I I I I R I I I I I R I I I I

Ignition wires I I

Spark plugs (Iridium coated)

PCV valve (if equipped) I I I I

Idle speed I I I I I

Valve clearance I

Engine timing belt 2.7L R

Replace every 160,000 km

7 9

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)


× 1,000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 104 112 120 128

# Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64

Air conditioner compressor operation & I I I I I

refrigerant amount (if equipped)

Exhaust pipes, heat shield & mountings I I I I I I I I

Front suspension ball joints I I I I

Brakes fluid (1) I I I I I I I R I I I I I I I R

Front brake pads & discs (3) I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Rear brake pads & discs (3) I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Parking brake I I I I I I I I

Brake lines & connections I I I I I

(including booster)

Brake pedal free play I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I


MAINTENANCE ITEM

Chassis and body

Maintenance

107

MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)


× 1,000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 104 112 120 128

# Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 52 56 60 64

Automatic transaxle fluid (1) I I I R I I I R I I I R I I I R

Chassis & underbody bolts & nuts I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Tire condition & inflation pressure I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Wheel alignment (4)

Tire rotation

Steering operation & linkage I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Power steering fluid & lines I I I I I I I I

Driveshaft u-joints L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L

Driveshaft dust boots I I I I I

Safety belts, buckles & anchors I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

Lock, hinges & hood latch L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L


MAINTENANCE ITEM

Inspect when abnormal condition noted

Rotate the tires every 12,000 km

Chassis and body (Continued)

7 11

Maintenance

Chart symbols:I- Inspect these items and their related parts. If necessary, correct, clean, refill, adjust of replace.R- Replace or changeL- Lubricate.

(1) Refer to the lubricant and coolant specifications in the Owner’s Manual.(2) More frequent maintenance is required if driving under dusty conditions.(3) More frequent maintenance is required if the vehicle is operated under any of the following conditions:

a. Short-distance drivingb. Driving on dusty roadsc. Extensive idling or slow-speed driving in stop-and-go traffic

(4) If necessary, rotate and balance the wheels.

* Note: Check the engine oil and coolant levels every week.

Maintenance

127

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMSG050100AUN

Engine oil and filterThe engine oil and filter should bechanged at the intervals specified in themaintenance schedule. If the car is beingdriven in severe conditions, more fre-quent oil and filter changes are required.

G050200AUN

Drive beltsInspect all drive belts for evidence ofcuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil satu-ration and replace if necessary. Drivebelts should be checked periodically forproper tension and adjusted as neces-sary.

G050300AUN

Fuel filter (cartridge)A clogged filter can limit the speed atwhich the vehicle may be driven, damagethe emission system and cause multipleissues such as hard starting. If an exces-sive amount of foreign matter accumu-lates in the fuel tank, the filter mayrequire replacement more frequently.After installing a new filter, run the enginefor several minutes, and check for leaksat the connections. Fuel filters should beinstalled by an authorized KIA dealer.

G050400AUN-EU

Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nectionsCheck the fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nections for leakage and damage. Havean authorized KIA dealer replace anydamaged or leaking parts immediately.

7 13

Maintenance

G050500AUN

Timing belt (if equipped)Inspect all parts related to the timing beltfor damage and deformation. Replaceany damaged parts immediately.

G050600AUN

Vapor hose and fuel filler capThe vapor hose and fuel filler cap shouldbe inspected at those intervals specifiedin the maintenance schedule. Make surethat a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap iscorrectly replaced.

G050700AUN

Vacuum crankcase ventilationhoses Inspect the surface of hoses for evidenceof heat and/or mechanical damage. Hardand brittle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts,abrasions, and excessive swelling indi-cate deterioration. Particular attentionshould be paid to examine those hosesurfaces nearest to high heat sources,such as the exhaust manifold.Inspect the hose routing to assure thatthe hoses do not come in contact withany heat source, sharp edges or movingcomponent which might cause heat dam-age or mechanical wear. Inspect all hoseconnections, such as clamps and cou-plings, to make sure they are secure, andthat no leaks are present. Hoses shouldbe replaced immediately if there is anyevidence of deterioration or damage.

G050800AUN

Air cleaner filterA Genuine KIA air cleaner filter is recom-mended when the filter is replaced.

G050900AUN

Spark plugsMake sure to install new spark plugs ofthe correct heat range.

G051000AUN

Valve clearanceInspect excessive valve noise and/orengine vibration and adjust if necessary.An authorized KIA dealer should performthe operation.

Maintenance

147

G051100AUN

Cooling systemCheck cooling system components, suchas radiator, coolant reservoir, hoses andconnections for leakage and damage.Replace any damaged parts.

G051200AUN

CoolantThe coolant should be changed at theintervals specified in the maintenanceschedule.

G051400AUN

Automatic transaxle fluidThe fluid level should be in the "HOT"range of the dipstick, after the engineand transaxle are at normal operatingtemperature. Check the automatictransaxle fluid level with the engine run-ning and the transaxle in neutral, with theparking brake properly applied.

G051500AUN

Brake hoses and linesVisually check for proper installation,chafing, cracks, deterioration and anyleakage. Replace any deteriorated ordamaged parts immediately.

G051600AUN

Brake fluidCheck brake fluid level in the brake fluidreservoir. The level should be between“MIN” and “MAX” marks on the side ofthe reservoir. Use only hydraulic brakefluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4specification.

G051700AUN

Parking brakeInspect the parking brake system includ-ing the parking brake pedal and cables.

G051900AUN

Brake discs, pads, calipers androtorsCheck the pads for excessive wear, discsfor run out and wear, and calipers for fluidleakage.

G052000AUN

Exhaust pipe and mufflerVisually inspect the exhaust pipes, muf-fler and hangers for cracks, deterioration,or damage. Start the engine and listencarefully for any exhaust gas leakage.Tighten connections or replace parts asnecessary.

G052100AUN

Suspension mounting boltsCheck the suspension connections forlooseness or damage. Retighten to thespecified torque.

7 15

Maintenance

G052200AUN

Steering gear box, linkage &boots/lower arm ball jointWith the vehicle stopped and engine off,check for excessive free-play in thesteering wheel.Check the linkage for bends or damage.Check the dust boots and ball joints fordeterioration, cracks, or damage.Replace any damaged parts.

G052300AUN

Power steering pump, belt andhosesCheck the power steering pump andhoses for leakage and damage. Replaceany damaged or leaking parts immedi-ately. Inspect the power steering belt forevidence of cuts, cracks, excessive wear,oiliness and proper tension. Replace oradjust it if necessary.

G052400AUN

Drive shafts and bootsCheck the drive shafts, boots and clampsfor cracks, deterioration, or damage.Replace any damaged parts and, if nec-essary, repack the grease.

G052500AUN

Air conditioning refrigerant (if equipped)Check the air conditioning lines and con-nections for leakage and damage.

Maintenance

167

ENGINE OIL

G060100AUN

Checking the engine oil level 1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground.2. Start the engine and allow it to reach

normal operating temperature.

3. Turn the engine off and wait for a fewminutes (about 5 minutes) for the oil toreturn to the oil pan.

4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, andre-insert it fully.

5. Pull the dipstick out again and checkthe level. The level should be betweenF and L.

If it is near or at L, add enough oil to bringthe level to F. Do not overfill.

Use a funnel to help prevent oil frombeing spilled on engine components.

Use only the specified engine oil. (Referto “Recommended lubricants and capaci-ties” in section 8.)

WARNING - Radiator hoseBe very careful not to touch theradiator hose when checking oradding the engine oil as it may behot enough to burn you.

OUN058004N OUN058006N

7 17

Maintenance

G060200AUN

Changing the engine oil and filterHave engine oil and filter changed by anauthorized KIA dealer according to theMaintenance Schedule at the beginningof this section.

G070000AUN

The high-pressure cooling system has areservoir filled with year-round antifreezecoolant. The reservoir is filled at the fac-tory.Check the antifreeze protection andcoolant level at least once a year, at thebeginning of the winter season, andbefore traveling to a colder climate.

G070100AUN

Checking the coolant level

WARNINGUsed engine oil may cause irrita-tion or cancer of the skin if left incontact with the skin for prolongedperiods of time. Used engine oilcontains chemicals that havecaused cancer in laboratory ani-mals. Always protect your skin bywashing your hands thoroughlywith soap and warm water as soonas possible after handling used oil.

ENGINE COOLANT

WARNING - Removingradiator cap

• Never attempt to remove the radi-ator cap while the engine is oper-ating or hot. Doing so might leadto cooling system and enginedamage and could result in seri-ous personal injury from escap-ing hot coolant or steam.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Turn the engine off and wait until

it cools down. Use extreme carewhen removing the radiator cap.Wrap a thick towel around it, andturn it counterclockwise slowly tothe first stop. Step back while thepressure is released from thecooling system. When you aresure all the pressure has beenreleased, press down on the cap,using a thick towel, and continueturning counterclockwise toremove it.

• Even if the engine is not operat-ing, do not remove the radiatorcap or the drain plug while theengine and radiator are hot. Hotcoolant and steam may still blowout under pressure, causing seri-ous injury.

Maintenance

187

Check the condition and connections ofall cooling system hoses and heaterhoses. Replace any swollen or deterio-rated hoses.The coolant level should be filledbetween F and L marks on the side of thecoolant reservoir when the engine iscool.If the coolant level is low, add enoughspecified coolant to provide protectionagainst freezing and corrosion. Bring thelevel to F, but do not overfill. If frequentadditions are required, see an authorizedKIA dealer for a cooling system inspec-tion.

G070101AUN

Recommended engine coolant• Use only soft (de-mineralized) water in

the coolant mixture.• The engine in your vehicle has alu-

minum engine parts and must be pro-tected by an ethylene-glycol-basedcoolant to prevent corrosion and freez-ing.

• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanolcoolant or mix them with the specifiedcoolant.

• Do not use a solution that containsmore than 60% antifreeze or less than35% antifreeze, which would reducethe effectiveness of the solution.

For mixture percentage, refer to the fol-lowing table.

OUN056007

-15°C (5°F) 35 65

-25°C (-13°F) 40 60

-35°C (-31°F) 50 50

-45°C (-49°F) 60 40

AmbientTemperature

Mixture Percentage (volume)

CoolantSolution

Water

7 19

Maintenance

G070200AUN

Changing the coolantHave coolant changed by an authorizedKIA dealer according to the MaintenanceSchedule at the beginning of this section.

WARNING - Radiator capDo not remove the radiator capwhen the engine and radiator arehot. Scalding hot coolant andsteam may blow out under pres-sure causing serious injury.

OUN056010N

CAUTIONPut a thick cloth or fabric aroundthe radiator cap before refilling thecoolant in order to prevent thecoolant from overflowing intoengine parts such as generator.

WARNING - Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windshield and may causeloss of vehicle control or damageto paint and body trim.

Maintenance

207

BRAKE FLUID

G080100AUN-EU

Checking the brake fluid level Check the fluid level in the reservoir peri-odically. The fluid level should bebetween MAX and MIN marks on theside of the reservoir.Before removing the reservoir cap andadding brake fluid, clean the area aroundthe reservoir cap thoroughly to preventbrake fluid contamination.

If the level is low, add fluid to the MAXlevel. The level will fall with accumulatedmileage. This is a normal condition asso-ciated with the wear of the brake linings.If the fluid level is excessively low, havethe brake system checked by an author-ized KIA dealer.

Use only the specified brake fluid. (Referto “Recommended lubricants or capaci-ties” in section 8.)

Never mix different types of fluid.

WARNING - Brake fluidWhen changing and adding brakefluid, handle it carefully. Do not let itcome in contact with your eyes. Ifbrake fluid should come in contactwith your eyes, immediately flushthem with a large quantity of freshtap water. Have your eyes examinedby a doctor as soon as possible.

WARNING - Loss of brakefluid

In the event the brake systemrequires frequent additions of fluid,the vehicle should be inspected byan authorized KIA dealer.

OUN056023CAUTION

Do not allow brake fluid to contactthe vehicle's body paint, as paintdamage will result. Brake fluid,which has been exposed to open airfor an extended time should neverbe used as its quality cannot beguaranteed. It should be disposedof properly. Don't put in the wrongkind of fluid. A few drops of miner-al-based oil, such as engine oil, inyour brake system can damagebrake system parts.

7 21

Maintenance

POWER STEERING FLUID

G090100AUN

Checking the power steering fluidlevel With the vehicle on level ground, checkthe fluid level in the power steering reser-voir periodically. The fluid should bebetween MAX and MIN marks on theside of the reservoir at the normal tem-perature.Before adding power steering fluid, thor-oughly clean the area around the reser-voir cap to prevent power steering fluidcontamination.If the level is low, add fluid to the MAXlevel.

In the event the power steering systemrequires frequent addition of fluid, thevehicle should be inspected by anauthorized KIA dealer.

Use only the specified power steeringfluid. (Refer to "Recommended lubricantsor capacities" in section 8.)

G090200AUN

Checking the power steeringhoseCheck the connections for oil leaks,severe damage and twists in the powersteering hose before driving.CAUTION

• To avoid damage to the powersteering pump, do not operate thevehicle for prolonged periodswith a low power steering fluidlevel.

• Never start the engine when thereservoir tank is empty.

• When adding fluid, be careful thatdirt does not get into the tank.

• Too little fluid can result inincreased steering effort and/ornoise from the power steeringsystem.

• The use of the non-specified fluidcould reduce the effectiveness ofthe power steering system andcause damage to it.

OUN056021

Maintenance

227

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID

G100100BUN

Checking the automatic transaxlefluid level The automatic transaxle fluid levelshould be checked regularly.Keep the vehicle on the level ground withthe parking brake applied and check thefluid level according to the following pro-cedure.1. Place the selector lever in N (Neutral)

position and confirm the engine is run-ning at normal idle speed.

2. After the transaxle is warmed up suffi-ciently (fluid temperature 70~80°C(158~176°F)), for example by 10 min-utes usual driving, shift the selectorlever through all positions then placethe selector lever in N (Neutral) or P(Park) position.

3. Confirm that the fluid level is in “HOT”range on the level gauge. If the fluidlevel is lower, add the specified fluidfrom the fill hole. If the fluid level ishigher, drain the fluid from the drainhole.

4. If the fluid level is checked in cold con-dition (fluid temperature 20~30°C(68~86°F) add the fluid to “COLD” lineand then recheck the fluid levelaccording to the above step 2.

OUN056011

WARNING - Transaxle fluidThe transaxle fluid level should bechecked when the engine is at nor-mal operating temperature. Thismeans that the engine, radiator,radiator hose and exhaust systemetc., are very hot. Exercise greatcare not to burn yourself duringthis procedure.

OUN075010

7 23

Maintenance

✽✽ NOTICE“COLD” range is for reference only andshould NOT be used to determinetransaxle fluid level.

✽✽ NOTICENew automatic transaxle fluid should bered. The red dye is added so the assem-bly plant can identify it as automatictransaxle fluid and distinguish it fromengine oil or antifreeze. The red dye,which is not an indicator of fluid quali-ty, is not permanent. As the vehicle isdriven, the automatic transaxle fluidwill begin to look darker. The color mayeventually appear light brown.Therefore, have an authorized KIAdealer change the automatic transaxlefluid according to the ScheduledMaintenance at the beginning of thissection.

Use only the specified automatictransaxle fluid. (Refer to "Recommendedlubricants or capacities" in section 8.)

G100200AUN

Changing the automatic transaxlefluidHave automatic transaxle fluid changedby an authorized KIA dealer according tothe Maintenance Schedule at the begin-ning of this section.

WARNING - Parking brakeTo avoid sudden movement of thevehicle, apply parking brake anddepress the brake pedal beforemoving the shift lever.

CAUTION• Low fluid level causes transaxle

slippage. Overfilling can causefoaming, loss of fluid and transaxlemalfunction.

• The use of a non-specified fluidcould result in transaxle malfunc-tion and failure.

Maintenance

247

WASHER FLUID

G120100AUN

Checking the washer fluid level The reservoir is translucent so that youcan check the level with a quick visualinspection.Check the fluid level in the washer fluidreservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plainwater may be used if washer fluid is notavailable. However, use washer solventwith antifreeze characteristics in cold cli-mates to prevent freezing.

G140100AUN

Checking the parking brake Check whether the stroke is within spec-ification when the parking brake pedal isdepressed with 20 kg (44 lb, 196 N) offorce. Also, the parking brake aloneshould securely hold the vehicle on a fair-ly steep grade. If the stroke is more orless than specified, have the parkingbrake adjusted by an Authorized KIADealer.

Stroke : 88~98 mm (3.5~3.8 in)

WARNING - Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windshield and may causeloss of vehicle control or damageto paint and body trim.

• Windshield washer fluid agentscontain some amounts of alcoholand can be flammable under cer-tain circumstances. Do not allowsparks or flame to contact thewasher fluid or the washer fluidreservoir. Damage to the vehicleor occupants could occur.

• Windshield washer fluid is poi-sonous to humans and animals.Do not drink and avoid contactingwindshield washer fluid. Seriousinjury or death could occur.

OUN056024 OUN036009

PARKING BRAKE

7 25

Maintenance

AIR CLEANER

G160100AUN-EC

Filter replacement It must be replaced when necessary, andshould not be cleaned and reused.

Replace the filter according to theMaintenance Schedule.If the vehicle is operated in extremelydusty or sandy areas, replace the ele-ment more often than the usual recom-mended intervals. (Refer to“Maintenance under severe usage condi-tions” in this section.)

G170100AUN-EC

Filter inspectionThe climate control air filter should bereplaced every 15,000 km (10,000miles). If the vehicle is operated in theseverely air-polluted cities or on dustyrough roads for a long period, it shouldbe inspected more frequently andreplaced earlier. When you, the owner,replace the climate control air filter,replace it performing the following proce-dure, and be careful to avoid damagingother components.

OUN056012

CAUTION• Do not drive with the air cleaner

removed; this will result in exces-sive engine wear.

• Use a KIA genuine part. Use ofnon-genuine parts could damagethe air flow sensor.

OUN028322

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER

Maintenance

267

WIPER BLADES

G180100AUN

Blade inspection✽✽ NOTICECommercial hot waxes applied by auto-matic car washes have been known tomake the windshield difficult to clean.

Contamination of either the windshield orthe wiper blades with foreign matter canreduce the effectiveness of the wind-shield wipers. Common sources of con-tamination are insects, tree sap, and hotwax treatments used by some commer-cial car washes. If the blades are not wip-ing properly, clean both the window andthe blades with a good cleaner or milddetergent, and rinse thoroughly withclean water.

G180200AUN

Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean ade-quately, the blades may be worn orcracked, and require replacement.

1JBA5122CAUTION

To prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiperarms or other components, do notattempt to move the wipers manual-ly.

CAUTIONThe use of a non-specified wiperblade could result in wiper malfunc-tion and failure.

7 27

Maintenance

G180201AUN

Front windshield wiper blade1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper

blade assembly to expose the plasticlocking clip.

2. Compress the clip and slide the bladeassembly downward.

3. Lift it off the arm.4. Install the blade assembly in the

reverse order of removal.

G180202AUN

Rear window wiper blade To prevent damage to the wiper arms orother components, have an authorizedKIA dealer replace the wiper blade.

1LDA5023

CAUTIONDo not allow the wiper arm to fallagainst the windshield, since it maychip or crack the windshield.

1JBA7037

1JBA7038

Maintenance

287

G190100AUN

For best battery service• Keep the battery securely mounted.• Keep the battery top clean and dry.• Keep the terminals and connections

clean, tight, and coated with petroleumjelly or terminal grease.

• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from thebattery immediately with a solution ofwater and baking soda.

• If the vehicle is not going to be used foran extended time, disconnect the bat-tery cables.

WARNING - Battery dangers

Always read the followinginstructions carefully whenhandling a battery.

Keep lighted cigarettes andall other flames or sparksaway from the battery.

Hydrogen, a highly com-bustible gas, is alwayspresent in battery cells andmay explode if ignited.

Keep batteries out of thereach of children becausebatteries contain highlycorrosive SULFURIC ACID.Do not allow battery acid tocontact your skin, eyes,clothing or paint finish.

(Continued)

(Continued)

If any electrolyte gets intoyour eyes, flush your eyeswith clean water for at least15 minutes and get immedi-ate medical attention.If electrolyte gets on yourskin, thoroughly wash thecontacted area. If you feel apain or a burning sensa-tion, get medical attentionimmediately.

Wear eye protection whencharging or working near abattery. Always provideventilation when working inan enclosed space.

(Continued)

BATTERY

OUN056025

7 29

Maintenance

G190200AUN

Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,calcium-based battery.• If the battery becomes discharged in a

short time (because, for example, theheadlights or interior lights were left onwhile the vehicle was not in use),recharge it by slow charging (trickle)for 10 hours.

• If the battery gradually dischargesbecause of high electric load while thevehicle is being used, recharge it at 20-30A for two hours.

(Continued)• When lifting a plastic-cased bat-

tery, excessive pressure on thecase may cause battery acid toleak, resulting in personal injury.Lift with a battery carrier or withyour hands on opposite corners.

• Never attempt to recharge thebattery when the battery cablesare connected.

• The electrical ignition systemworks with high voltage. Nevertouch these components with theengine running or the ignitionswitched on.

Failure to follow the above warn-ings can result in serious bodilyinjury or death.

WARNING - Rechargingbattery

When recharging the battery,observe the following precautions:• The battery must be removed

from the vehicle and placed in anarea with good ventilation.

• Do not allow cigarettes, sparks,or flame near the battery.

• Watch the battery during charg-ing, and stop or reduce the charg-ing rate if the battery cells begingassing (boiling) violently or ifthe temperature of the electrolyteof any cell exceeds 49°C (120°F).

• Wear eye protection when check-ing the battery during charging.

• Disconnect the battery charger inthe following order.

1. Turn off the battery charger mainswitch.

2. Unhook the negative clamp fromthe negative battery terminal.

3. Unhook the positive clamp fromthe positive battery terminal.

Maintenance

307

G190300AUN

Reset itemsItems should be reset after the batteryhas been discharged or the battery hasbeen disconnected.• Auto up/down window (See section 4)• Sunroof (See section 4)• Trip computer (See section 4)• Climate control system

(See section 4)• Clock (See section 4)• Audio (See section 4)

WARNING• Before performing maintenance

or recharging the battery, turn offall accessories and stop theengine.

• The negative battery cable mustbe removed first and installedlast when the battery is discon-nected.

7 31

Maintenance

CAUTION• Underinflation also results in

excessive wear, poor handlingand reduced fuel economy.Wheel deformation also ispossible. Keep your tire pres-sures at the proper levels. If atire frequently needs refilling,have it checked by an author-ized KIA dealer.

• Overinflation produces aharsh ride, excessive wear atthe center of the tire tread, anda greater possibility of dam-age from road hazards.

TIRES AND WHEELS G200100AUN

Tire care For proper maintenance, safety, andmaximum fuel economy, you mustalways maintain recommended tireinflation pressures and stay withinthe load limits and weight distributionrecommended for your vehicle.

G200200AUN-EU

Recommended cold tire inflationpressures All tire pressures (including thespare) should be checked when thetires are cold. “Cold Tires” means thevehicle has not been driven for atleast three hours or driven less than1.6 km (one mile).Recommended pressures must bemaintained for the best ride, top vehi-cle handling, and minimum tire wear.For recommended inflation pressure,refer to “Tire and wheels” in section8.

All specifications (sizes and pres-sures) can be found on a labelattached to the driver’s side centerpillar.

WARNING - Tire underin-flation

Severe underinflation (70 kPa(10 psi) or more) can lead tosevere heat build-up, causingblowouts, tread separation andother tire failures that can resultin the loss of vehicle controlleading to severe injury ordeath. This risk is much higheron hot days and when drivingfor long periods at high speeds.

OUN086005

Maintenance

327

G200300AUN

Checking tire inflation pressureCheck your tires once a month ormore.Also, check the tire pressure of thespare tire.

G200301AUN

How to checkUse a good quality gage to check tirepressure.You can not tell if your tiresare properly inflated simply by look-ing at them. Radial tires may lookproperly inflated even when they'reunderinflated.Check the tire's inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold. - "Cold"means your vehicle has been sittingfor at least three hours or driven nomore than 1.6 km (1 mile).

WARNING - Tire InflationOverinflation or underinflationcan reduce tire life, adverselyaffect vehicle handling, andlead to sudden tire failure. Thiscould result in loss of vehiclecontrol and potential injury.

CAUTION - Tire pressureAlways observe the following:• Check tire pressure when the

tires are cold. (After vehiclehas been parked for at leastthree hours or hasn't beendriven more than 1.6 km (onemile) since startup.)

• Check the pressure of yourspare tire each time you checkthe pressure of other tires.

• Never overload your vehicle.Be careful not to overload avehicle luggage rack if yourvehicle is equipped with one.

• Worn, old tires can cause acci-dents. If your tread is badlyworn, or if your tires havebeen damaged, replace them.

CAUTION• Warm tires normally exceed

recommended cold tire pres-sures by 28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6psi). Do not release air fromwarm tires to adjust the pres-sure or the tires will be under-inflated.

• Be sure to reinstall the tireinflation valve caps. Withoutthe valve cap, dirt or moisturecould get into the valve coreand cause air leakage. If avalve cap is missing, install anew one as soon as possible.

7 33

Maintenance

Remove the valve cap from the tirevalve stem. Press the tire gage firm-ly onto the valve to get a pressuremeasurement. If the cold tire inflationpressure matches the recommendedpressure on the tire and loadinginformation label, no further adjust-ment is necessary. If the pressure islow, add air until you reach the rec-ommended amount.If you overfill the tire, release air bypushing on the metal stem in thecenter of the tire valve. Recheck thetire pressure with the tire gage. Besure to put the valve caps back onthe valve stems. They help preventleaks by keeping out dirt and mois-ture.

G200400AUN

Tire rotation To equalize tread wear, it is recom-mended that the tires be rotatedevery 12,000 km (7,500 miles) orsooner if irregular wear develops.During rotation, check the tires forcorrect balance.When rotating tires, check for unevenwear and damage. Abnormal wear isusually caused by incorrect tire pres-sure, improper wheel alignment, out-of-balance wheels, severe braking orsevere cornering. Look for bumps orbulges in the tread or side of tire.Replace the tire if you find either ofthese conditions. Replace the tire iffabric or cord is visible. After rotation,be sure to bring the front and rear tirepressures to specification and checklug nut tightness.Refer to “Tire and wheels” in section8.

WARNING• Inspect your tires frequently

for proper inflation as well aswear and damage. Always usea tire pressure gauge.

• Tires with too much or too littlepressure wear unevenly caus-ing poor handling, loss of vehi-cle control, and sudden tirefailure leading to accidents,injuries, and even death. Therecommended cold tire pres-sure for your vehicle can befound in this manual and onthe tire label located on the dri-ver's side center pillar.

• Worn tires can cause acci-dents. Replace tires that areworn, show uneven wear, orare damaged.

• Remember to check the pres-sure of your spare tire. KIArecommends that you checkthe spare every time youcheck the pressure of theother tires on your vehicle.

Maintenance

347

Disc brake pads should be inspectedfor wear whenever tires are rotated.

✽✽ NOTICERotate radial tires that have anasymmetric tread pattern only fromfront to rear and not from right toleft.

G200500AUN

Wheel alignment and tire balance The wheels on your vehicle werealigned and balanced carefully at thefactory to give you the longest tire lifeand best overall performance.In most cases, you will not need tohave your wheels aligned again.However, if you notice unusual tirewear or your vehicle pulling one wayor the other, the alignment may needto be reset.If you notice your vehicle vibratingwhen driving on a smooth road, yourwheels may need to be rebalanced.

WARNING• Do not use the compact spare

tire for tire rotation.• Do not mix bias ply and radial

ply tires under any circum-stances. This may causeunusual handling characteris-tics that could result in death,severe injury, or propertydamage.

CAUTIONImproper wheel weights candamage your vehicle's alu-minum wheels. Use onlyapproved wheel weights.

S2BLA790A

CBGQ0707A

Without a spare tire

Directional tires (if equipped)

7 35

Maintenance

G200600AUN

Tire replacementIf the tire is worn evenly, a tread wearindicator will appear as a solid bandacross the tread. This shows there isless than 1.6 mm (1/16 inch) of treadleft on the tire. Replace the tire whenthis happens.Do not wait for the band to appearacross the entire tread before replac-ing the tire.

1LDA5026

Tread wear indicator WARNING - Replacingtires

To reduce the chance or seriousor fatal injuries from an acci-dent caused by tire failure orloss of vehicle control:• Replace tires that are worn,

show uneven wear, or aredamaged. Worn tires cancause loss of braking effec-tiveness, steering control, andtraction.

• Do not drive your vehicle withtoo little or too much pressurein your tires. This can lead touneven wear and tire failure.

• When replacing tires, nevermix radial and bias-ply tireson the same car. You mustreplace all tires (including thespare) if moving from radial tobias-ply tires.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Using tires and wheel other

than the recommended sizescould cause unusual handlingcharacteristics and poor vehi-cle control, resulting in a seri-ous accident.

• Wheels that do not meet KIA’sspecifications may fit poorlyand result in damage to thevehicle or unusual handlingand poor vehicle control.

Maintenance

367

G200601AUN

Compact spare tire replacement A compact spare tire has a shortertread life than a regular size tire.Replace it when you can see thetread wear indicator bars on the tire.The replacement compact spare tireshould be the same size and designtire as the one provided with yournew vehicle and should be mountedon the same compact spare tirewheel. The compact spare tire is notdesigned to be mounted on a regularsize wheel, and the compact sparetire wheel is not designed for mount-ing a regular size tire.

G200700AUN

Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels forany reason, make sure the newwheels are equivalent to the originalfactory units in diameter, rim widthand offset.

G200800AUN

Tire tractionTire traction can be reduced if youdrive on worn tires, tires that areimproperly inflated or on slipperyroad surfaces. Tires should bereplaced when tread wear indicatorsappear. To reduce the possibility oflosing control, slow down wheneverthere is rain, snow or ice on the road.

G200900AUN

Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation, correctwheel alignment helps to decreasetire wear. If you find a tire is wornunevenly, have your dealer check thewheel alignment.When you have new tires installed,make sure they are balanced. Thiswill increase vehicle ride comfort andtire life. Additionally, a tire shouldalways be rebalanced if it is removedfrom the wheel.

WARNINGA wheel that is not the correctsize may adversely affect wheeland bearing life, braking andstopping abilities, handlingcharacteristics, ground clear-ance, body-to-tire clearance,snow chain clearance,speedometer calibration, head-light aim and bumper height.

7 37

Maintenance

G201000AUN

Tire sidewall labelingThis information identifies anddescribes the fundamental charac-teristics of the tire and also providesthe tire identification number (TIN)for safety standard certification. TheTIN can be used to identify the tire incase of a recall.

G201001AUN

1. Manufacturer or brand nameManufacturer or Brand name isshown.

G201002AUN

2. Tire size designation A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tiresize designation. You will need thisinformation when selecting replace-ment tires for your car. The followingexplains what the letters and num-bers in the tire size designationmean.Example tire size designation:(These numbers are provided as anexample only; your tire size designa-tor could vary depending on yourvehicle.)P205/65R15 92H

P - Applicable vehicle type (tiresmarked with the prefix “P’’ areintended for use on passengercars or light trucks; however, notall tires have this marking).

205 - Tire width in millimeters.65 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section

height as a percentage of itswidth.

R - Tire construction code (Radial).15 - Rim diameter in inches.

92 - Load Index, a numerical codeassociated with the maximumload the tire can carry.

H - Speed Rating Symbol. See thespeed rating chart in this sectionfor additional information.

Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with impor-tant information that you need if youever have to replace one. The follow-ing explains what the letters andnumbers in the wheel size designa-tion mean.

Example wheel size designation:6.0JX15

6.0 - Rim width in inches.J - Rim contour designation.15 - Rim diameter in inches.

I030B04JM

1

1

23

4

5,6

7

Maintenance

387

Tire speed ratings The chart below lists many of the dif-ferent speed ratings currently beingused for passenger cars. The speedrating is part of the tire size designa-tion on the sidewall of the tire. Thissymbol corresponds to that tire'sdesigned maximum safe operatingspeed.

G201003AEN

3. Checking tire life (TIN : TireIdentification Number)

Any tires that are over 6 years, basedon the manufacturing date, tirestrength and performance, declinewith age naturally (even unusedspare tires). Therefore, the tires(including the spare tire) should bereplaced by new ones. You can findthe manufacturing date on the tiresidewall (possibly on the inside of thewheel), displaying the DOT Code.The DOT Code is a series of num-bers on a tire consisting of numbersand English letters. The manufactur-ing date is designated by the last fourdigits (characters) of the DOT code.

DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOOThe front part of the DOT means aplant code number, tire size andtread pattern and the last four num-bers indicate week and year manu-factured.For example:DOT XXXX XXXX 1606 representsthat the tire was produced in the 16thweek of 2006.

G201004AUN

4. Tire ply composition and materialThe number of layers or plies of rub-ber-coated fabric are in the tire. Tiremanufacturers also must indicate thematerials in the tire, which includesteel, nylon, polyester, and others.The letter "R" means radial ply con-struction; the letter "D" means diago-nal or bias ply construction; and theletter "B" means belted-bias ply con-struction.

WARNING - Tire ageTires degrade over time, evenwhen they are not being used.Regardless of the remainingtread, it is recommended thattires generally be replaced aftersix (6) years of normal service.Heat caused by hot climates orfrequent high loading conditionscan accelerate the agingprocess. Failure to follow thiswarning can result in sudden tirefailure, which could lead to aloss of control and an accidentinvolving serious injury or death.

S 180 km/h (112 mph)T 190 km/h (118 mph)H 210 km/h (130 mph)V 240 km/h (149 mph)Z Above 240 km/h (149 mph)

Maximum SpeedSpeedRatingSymbol

7 39

Maintenance

G201005AUN

5. Maximum permissible inflationpressure

This number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tire. Do not exceed the maximumpermissible inflation pressure. Referto the Tire and Loading Informationlabel for recommended inflationpressure.

G201006AUN

6. Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds thatcan be carried by the tire. Whenreplacing the tires on the vehicle,always use a tire that has the sameload rating as the factory installedtire.

G2010007AUN-EU

7. Uniform tire quality grading Tread wearThe tread wear grade is a compara-tive rating based on the wear rate ofthe tire when tested under controlledconditions on a specified govern-ment test course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as well on the gov-ernment course as a tire graded 100.The relative performance of tiresdepends upon the actual conditionsof their use, however, and maydepart significantly from the normbecause of variations in drivinghabits, service practices and differ-ences in road characteristics and cli-mate.These grades are molded on theside-walls of passenger vehicle tires.The tires available as standard oroptional equipment on your vehiclesmay vary with respect to grade.

Traction - AA, A, B & C The traction grades, from highest tolowest, are AA, A, B and C. Thosegrades represent the tires ability tostop on wet pavement as measuredunder controlled conditions on spec-ified government test surfaces ofasphalt and concrete. A tire markedC may have poor traction perform-ance.

WARNING The traction grade assigned tothis tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests,and does not include accelera-tion, cornering, hydroplaning,or peak traction characteristics.

Maintenance

407

Temperature -A, B & C The temperature grades are A (thehighest), B and C representing thetire’s resistance to the generation ofheat and its ability to dissipate heatwhen tested under controlled condi-tions on a specified indoor laboratorytest wheel.Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tire todegenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead tosudden tire failure. The grade C cor-responds to a level of performancewhich all passenger car tires mustmeet under the Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standard No. 109.Grades B and A represent higherlevels of performance on the labora-tory test wheel than minimumrequired by law.

G201100AUN-EC

Tire terminology and definitionsAir Pressure: The amount of airinside the tire pressing outward onthe tire. Air pressure is expressed inkilopascal (kPa) or pounds persquare inch (psi).Accessory Weight: This means thecombined weight of optional acces-sories. Some examples of optionalaccessories are, automatic transmis-sion, power seats, and air condition-ing.Aspect Ratio: The relationship of atire's height to its width.Belt: A rubber coated layer of cordsthat is located between the plies andthe tread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcing materials.Bead: The tire bead contains steelwires wrapped by steel cords thathold the tire onto the rim.

WARNING - Tire temperature

The temperature grade for thistire is established for a tire thatis properly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuild-up and possible suddentire failure. This can cause lossof vehicle control and seriousinjury or death.

7 41

Maintenance

Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the plies are laid at alternateangles less than 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.Cold Tire Pressure: The amount ofair pressure in a tire, measured inkilopascals (kPa) or pounds persquare inch (psi) before a tire hasbuilt up heat from driving.Curb Weight: This means the weightof a motor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil andcoolant, but without passengers andcargo.DOT Markings: The DOT codeincludes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumeric des-ignator which can also identify thetire manufacturer, production plant,brand and date of production.

GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight RatingGAWR FRT: Gross Axle WeightRating for the Front Axle.GAWR RR: Gross Axle WeightRating for the Rear axle.Intended Outboard Sidewall: Theside of an asymmetrical tire, thatmust always face outward whenmounted on a vehicle.Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit forair pressure.Load Index: An assigned numberranging from 1 to 279 that corre-sponds to the load carrying capacityof a tire.Maximum Inflation Pressure: Themaximum air pressure to which acold tire may be inflated. The maxi-mum air pressure is molded onto thesidewall.

Maximum Load Rating: The loadrating for a tire at the maximum per-missible inflation pressure for thattire.Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight:The sum of curb weight; accessoryweight; vehicle capacity weight; andproduction options weight.Normal Occupant Weight: Thenumber of occupants a vehicle isdesigned to seat multiplied by 68 kg(150 pounds).Occupant Distribution: Designatedseating positions.Outward Facing Sidewall: The sideof a asymmetrical tire that has a par-ticular side that faces outward whenmounted on a vehicle. The outwardfacing sidewall bears white letteringor bears manufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that is higher ordeeper than the same moldings onthe inner facing sidewall.

Maintenance

427

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tireused on passenger cars and somelight duty trucks and multipurposevehicles.Recommended Inflation Pressure:Vehicle manufacturer's recommend-ed tire inflation pressure and shownon the tire placard.Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the ply cords that extend to thebeads are laid at 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.Rim: A metal support for a tire andupon which the tire beads are seat-ed.Sidewall: The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.Speed Rating: An alphanumericcode assigned to a tire indicating themaximum speed at which a tire canoperate.

Traction: The friction between thetire and the road surface. Theamount of grip provided.Tread: The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact with the road.Treadwear Indicators: Narrowbands, sometimes called "wearbars," that show across the tread of atire when only 2/32 inch of treadremains.UTQGS: Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards, a tire informationsystem that provides consumers withratings for a tire's traction, tempera-ture and treadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tire manufacturersusing government testing proce-dures. The ratings are molded intothe sidewall of the tire.Vehicle Capacity Weight: The num-ber of designated seating positionsmultiplied by 68 kg (150 lbs.) plus therated cargo and luggage load.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire: Load on an individual tire due tocurb and accessory weight plusmaximum occupant and cargoweight.Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire:Load on an individual tire that isdetermined by distributing to eachaxle its share of the curb weight,accessory weight, and normal occu-pant weight and driving by 2.Vehicle Placard: A label permanent-ly attached to a vehicle showing theoriginal equipment tire size and rec-ommended inflation pressure.

7 43

Maintenance

All season tires KIA specifies all season tires onsome models to provide good per-formance for use all year round,including snowy and icy road condi-tions. All season tires are identifiedby ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mudand Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snowtires have better snow traction thanall season tires and may be moreappropriate in some areas.

Summer tires KIA specifies summer tires on somemodels to provide superior perform-ance on dry roads. Summer tire per-formance is substantially reduced insnow and ice. Summer tires do nothave the tire traction rating M+S(Mud and Snow) on the tire side wall.if you plan to operate your vehicle insnowy or icy conditions. KIA recom-mends the use of snow tires or allseason tires on all four wheels.

Snow tiresIf you equip your car with snow tires,they should be the same size andhave the same load capacity as theoriginal tires. Snow tires should beinstalled on all four wheels; other-wise, poor handling may result.Snow tires should carry 28 kPa (4psi) more air pressure than the pres-sure recommended for the standardtires on the tire label on the driver'sside of the center pillar, or up to themaximum pressure shown on the tiresidewall, whichever is less.Do not drive faster than 120 km/h (75mph) when your car is equipped withsnow tires.

Maintenance

447

FUSES

G210000AUN

A vehicle’s electrical system is protectedfrom electrical overload damage byfuses.

This vehicle has 2 fuse panels, one locat-ed in the driver’s side panel bolster, theother in the engine compartment nearthe battery.If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces-sories, or controls do not work, check theappropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse hasblown, the element inside the fuse will bemelted.If the electrical system does not work,first check the driver’s side fuse panel.Always replace a blown fuse with one ofthe same rating.If the replacement fuse blows, this indi-cates an electrical problem. Avoid usingthe system involved and immediatelyconsult an authorized KIA dealer.Three kinds of fuses are used: blade typefor lower amperage rating, cartridge type,and fusible link for higher amperage rat-ings.

1VQA4037

Normal

Normal

Blade type

Cartridge type

Fusible link

Blown

Blown

Normal Blown

WARNING - Fuse replace-ment

• Never replace a fuse with any-thing but another fuse of thesame rating.

• A higher capacity fuse couldcause damage and possibly afire.

• Never install a wire instead of theproper fuse - even as a temporaryrepair. It may cause extensivewiring damage and a possible afire.

CAUTIONDo not use a screwdriver or anyother metal object to remove fusesbecause it may cause a short circuitand damage the system.

7 45

Maintenance

G210100AUN

Inner panel fuse replacement1. Turn the ignition switch and all other

switches off.2. Open the fuse panel cover.

3. Pull the suspected fuse straight out.Use the removal tool provided in theengine compartment fuse panel.

4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if itis blown.Spare fuses are provided in the innerfuse panel (or in the engine compart-ment fuse panel).

5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.

If it fits loosely, consult an authorized KIAdealer.If you do not have a spare, use a fuse ofthe same rating from a circuit you maynot need for operating the vehicle, suchas the cigarette lighter fuse.

If the headlights or other electrical com-ponents do not work and the fuses areOK, check the fuse panel in the enginecompartment. If a fuse is blown, it mustbe replaced.

OUN046003OUN047002

Maintenance

467

G210101AUN

Memory fuseYour vehicle is equipped with a memoryfuse to prevent battery discharge if yourvehicle is parked without being operatedfor prolonged periods. Use the followingprocedures before parking the vehicle forprolonged periods.1. Turn off the engine.2. Turn off the headlights and tail lights.3. Open the driver’s side panel cover and

pull up the memory fuse.

✽✽ NOTICE• If the memory fuse is pulled up from

the fuse panel, the warning chime,audio, clock and interior lamps, etc.,will not operate. Some items must bereset after replacement. Refer to“Battery” in this section.

• Even though the memory fuse ispulled up, the battery can still be dis-charged by operation of the head-lights or other electrical devices.

G210200AUN

Engine compartment panel fusereplacement1. Turn the ignition switch and all other

switches off.2. Remove the fuse panel cover by

pressing the tab and pulling up.3. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it

is blown. To remove or insert the fuse,use the fuse puller in the engine com-partment fuse panel.

OUN046004 OUN046005

7 47

Maintenance

4. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.If it fits loosely, consult an authorizedKIA dealer.

G210201AUN

Main fuseIf the main fuse is blown, it must beremoved as follows:1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.2. Remove the nuts shown in the picture

above.3. Replace the fuse with a new one of the

same rating.4. Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the main fuse is blown, consult anAuthorized KIA Dealer.

CAUTIONAfter checking the fuse panel in theengine compartment, securelyinstall the fuse panel cover. If not,electrical failures may occur fromwater leaking in.

OUN046007

Maintenance

487

✽✽ NOTICENot all fuse panel descriptions in thismanual may be applicable to your vehi-cle. It is accurate at the time of printing.When you inspect the fuse panel in yourvehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.

Inner fuse panel Engine compartment fuse panel

OUN048008/OUN048009

G210300AUN-EU

Fuse/Relay panel descriptionInside the fuse/relay panel covers, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity.

7 49

Maintenance

Inner fuse panel

Description Fuse rating Protected componentAUDIO 15A Audio

MEMORY 15ABCM, Digital clock, Mirror folding relay, Instrument cluster, Room lamp, Sunvisor lamp, Door warning switch, A/C control module

MIRR HTD 10A Outside mirror motor & Defogger, A/C control moduleA/BAG 15A SRS control moduleD/CLOCK 10A Power outside mirror switch, Audio, BCM, Digital clock, ATM key lock control moduleW/DEICER 15A Windshield defogger relayCLUSTER 10A Instrument cluster, Pre-excitation resistorTELL TALE 10A Digital clockC/LIGHTER 15A Cigarette lighter A/BAG IND 10A Instrument cluster

MODULE-1 10AATM key lock control module, Steering angle sensor, Cluster, Back warning buzzer, ESC switch, BCM, Auto light control module

P/OUTLET FR 20A Front power outletSPARE 15A Spare fuseT/SIG 10A Hazard switchRR WIPER 15A Rear wiper motor, Rear wiper relay, Multifunction switchH/LP 10A Head lamp relaySPARE 10A Spare fuseA/CON 10A A/C control module, Blower relayFRT WIPER 25A Wiper relay, Wiper motor, Multifunction switchMODULE-2 10A Sunroof, Rain sensor, Seat warmer relay, BCMSPARE 15A Spare fuseTAIL-RH 10A Head lamp RH, Rear combination lamp RH, License lamp, DRL control module, Instrument panel illumination

Maintenance

507

Description Fuse rating Protected componentT/GATE OPEN 15A Fuel filler door switch, Tailgate relaySTOP LP 15A Stop lamp switchTAIL-LH 10A Head lamp LH, Rear combination lamp LH, Front fog lamp relayFRT FOG 15A Front fog lamp relaySTART 10A Burglar alarm relay, Start relay coil, Inhibitor switchDR/LOCK 25A Door lock/unlock relayHAZARD 15A Hazard switch, Hazard relayTPMS 15A Tire pressure monitoring system (if equipped)P/WDW-LH 25A Power window main switch, Power window switch LHATM LOCK 10A Sports mode switch, Data link connector, A/C control module, Multipurpose check connector,

Occupant classification system

P/WDW-RH 25A Power window main switch, Power window switch RHSPARE 30A Spare fuseSAFETY PWR 25A Safety window motor (if equipped)P/SEAT-LH 30A Driver power seat control switch

7 51

Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel

Description Fuse rating Protected componentI/P B+ 2 40A I/P junction boxHORN RELAY - Horn relayH/LP LOW RELAY - Head lamp (Low) relayH/LP HI RELAY - Head lamp (High) relayABS 2 40A ABS/ESC control moduleDRL 15A DRL control moduleHORN 15A Horn relay, Burglar horn relayH/LP LOW 15A Head lamp relay (Low)F/PUMP 20A Fuel pump relayH/LP HI 15A Head lamp relay (High) ECU 10A TCM, Generator, ECM

ALTERNATOR125A (2.4L)

Generator150A (2.7L)

RAD FAN HI RELAY - Radiator fan (High) relayRAD FAN LOW RELAY - Radiator fan (Low) relayF/PUMP RELAY - Fuel pump relayABS 1 40A ABS/ESC control moduleSPARE 15A Spare fuseMAIN 30A Engine control relaySPARE 10A Spare fuseSPARE 15A Spare fuseSPARE 20A Spare fuseP/AMP 25A AmplifierSPARE 15A Spare fuseS/ROOF 20A Sunroof control moduleSPARE 20A Spare fuse

Maintenance

527

Description Fuse rating Protected componentRAD FAN 40A Radiator fan relayPCU 10A Pulse generator, ECM, Radiator fan relay, Stop lamp switchABS 10A ABS/ESC control module, Multipurpose check connectorS/WARMER 20A Seat warmer relayATM 20A ATM control relayTAIL 20A Tail lamp relaySPARE 20A Spare fuseBACK-UP 10A Vehicle speed sensor, Back-up lamp switch, Transaxle range switchWIPER RELAY - Wiper relayMAIN RELAY - Main relayRR HTD 40A Rear defogger relayIGN 1 40A Ignition switch (ACC, IG1)I/P B+ 1 30A I/P junction boxACC SOCKET 20A Rear power outletA/CON 10A A/C relaySTART RELAY - Start relayECU-1 20A ECMIGN COIL 20A Ignition coil SNSR 3 15A A/C relay, Injector, Lambda sensor, Radiator fan relay, Stop switch (Brake test line)BLOWER 40A Blower relayATM CONT RELAY - ATM control relayIGN 2 30A Ignition switch (IG2, START), Start relayA/CON RELAY - A/C relaySNSR 2 15A Fuel pump relay, Oxygen sensor

SNSR 1 15AImmobilizer control module, Camshaft position sensor, Mass air flow sensor, Oil control valve, Canister purge solenoid valve

7 53

Maintenance

APPEARANCE CAREExterior careG230101AUN

Exterior general caution It is very important to follow the labeldirections when using any chemicalcleaner or polish. Read all warning andcaution statements that appear on thelabel.

G230102BUN

Finish maintenanceWashing To help protect your vehicle’s finish fromrust and deterioration, wash it thoroughlyand frequently at least once a month withlukewarm or cold water.If you use your vehicle for off-road driv-ing, you should wash it after each off-road trip. Pay special attention to theremoval of any accumulation of salt, dirt,mud, and other foreign materials. Makesure the drain holes in the lower edges ofthe doors and rocker panels are keptclear and clean.Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,industrial pollution and similar depositscan damage your vehicle’s finish if notremoved immediately.

Even prompt washing with plain watermay not completely remove all thesedeposits. A mild soap, safe for use onpainted surfaces, may be used.After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-oughly with lukewarm or cold water. Donot allow soap to dry on the finish.

WARNING - Wet brakesAfter washing the vehicle, test thebrakes while driving slowly to see ifthey have been affected by water. Ifbraking performance is impaired,dry the brakes by applying themlightly while maintaining a slow for-ward speed.

CAUTIONDo not use strong soap, chemicaldetergents or hot water, and do notwash the vehicle in direct sunlightor when the body of the vehicle iswarm.

CAUTION• Water washing in the engine com-

partment including high pressurewater washing may cause the fail-ure of electrical circuits located inthe engine compartment.

• Never allow water or other liquidsto come in contact with electri-cal/electronic components insidethe vehicle as this may damagethem.

OJB037800

Maintenance

547

WaxingWax the vehicle when water will nolonger bead on the paint.Always wash and dry the vehicle beforewaxing. Use a good quality liquid orpaste wax, and follow the manufacturer’sinstructions. Wax all metal trim to protectit and to maintain its luster.Removing oil, tar, and similar materialswith a spot remover will usually strip thewax from the finish. Be sure to re-waxthese areas even if the rest of the vehicledoes not yet need waxing.

G230103AUN

Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in thepainted surface must be repairedpromptly. Exposed metal will quickly rustand may develop into a major repairexpense.

✽✽ NOTICEIf your vehicle is damaged and requiresany metal repair or replacement, be surethe body shop applies anti-corrosionmaterials to the parts repaired orreplaced.

G230104AUN

Bright-metal maintenance• To remove road tar and insects, use a

tar remover, not a scraper or othersharp object.

• To protect the surfaces of bright-metalparts from corrosion, apply a coating ofwax or chrome preservative and rub toa high luster.

• During winter weather or in coastalareas, cover the bright metal parts witha heavier coating of wax or preserva-tive. If necessary, coat the parts withnon-corrosive petroleum jelly or otherprotective compound.CAUTION

• Wiping dust or dirt off the bodywith a dry cloth will scratch thefinish.

• Do not use steel wool, abrasivecleaners, or strong detergentscontaining highly alkaline orcaustic agents on chrome-platedor anodized aluminum parts. Thismay result in damage to the pro-tective coating and cause discol-oration or paint deterioration.

7 55

Maintenance

G230105AUN

Underbody maintenanceCorrosive materials used for ice andsnow removal and dust control may col-lect on the underbody. If these materialsare not removed, accelerated rusting canoccur on underbody parts such as thefuel lines, frame, floor pan and exhaustsystem, even though they have beentreated with rust protection.Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbodyand wheel openings with lukewarm orcold water once a month, after off-roaddriving and at the end of each winter. Payspecial attention to these areas becauseit is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. Itwill do more harm than good to wet downthe road grime without removing it. Thelower edges of doors, rocker panels, andframe members have drain holes thatshould not be allowed to clog with dirt;trapped water in these areas can causerusting.

G230106AUN

Aluminum wheel maintenance The aluminum wheels are coated with aclear protective finish.• Do not use any abrasive cleaner, pol-

ishing compound, solvent, or wirebrushes on aluminum wheels. Theymay scratch or damage the finish.

• Use only a mild soap or neutral deter-gent, and rinse thoroughly with water.Also, be sure to clean the wheels afterdriving on salted roads. This helps pre-vent corrosion.

• Avoid washing the wheels with high-speed car wash brushes.

• Do not use any acid detergent. It maydamage and corrode the aluminumwheels coated with a clear protectivefinish.

WARNINGAfter washing the vehicle, test thebrakes while driving slowly to see ifthey have been affected by water. Ifbraking performance is impaired,dry the brakes by applying themlightly while maintaining a slow for-ward speed.

Maintenance

567

G230107AUN

Corrosion protectionProtecting your vehicle from corrosionBy using the most advanced design andconstruction practices to combat corro-sion, we produces cars of the highestquality. However, this is only part of thejob. To achieve the long-term corrosionresistance your vehicle can deliver, theowner's cooperation and assistance isalso required.

Common causes of corrosionThe most common causes of corrosionon your car are:• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is

allowed to accumulate underneath thecar.

• Removal of paint or protective coatingsby stones, gravel, abrasion or minorscrapes and dents which leave unpro-tected metal exposed to corrosion.

High-corrosion areasIf you live in an area where your car isregularly exposed to corrosive materials,corrosion protection is particularly impor-tant. Some of the common causes ofaccelerated corrosion are road salts,dust control chemicals, ocean air andindustrial pollution.

Moisture breeds corrosionMoisture creates the conditions in whichcorrosion is most likely to occur. Forexample, corrosion is accelerated byhigh humidity, particularly when tempera-tures are just above freezing. In suchconditions, the corrosive material is keptin contact with the car surfaces by mois-ture that is slow to evaporate.Mud is particularly corrosive because it isslow to dry and holds moisture in contactwith the vehicle. Although the mudappears to be dry, it can still retain themoisture and promote corrosion.High temperatures can also acceleratecorrosion of parts that are not properlyventilated so the moisture can be dis-persed. For all these reasons, it is par-ticularly important to keep your car cleanand free of mud or accumulations ofother materials. This applies not only tothe visible surfaces but particularly to theunderside of the car.

7 57

Maintenance

To help prevent corrosionYou can help prevent corrosion from get-ting started by observing the following:

Keep your car cleanThe best way to prevent corrosion is tokeep your car clean and free of corrosivematerials. Attention to the underside ofthe car is particularly important.

• If you live in a high-corrosion area —where road salts are used, near theocean, areas with industrial pollution,acid rain, etc.—, you should take extracare to prevent corrosion. In winter,hose off the underside of your car atleast once a month and be sure toclean the underside thoroughly whenwinter is over.

• When cleaning underneath the car,give particular attention to the compo-nents under the fenders and otherareas that are hidden from view. Do athorough job; just dampening the accu-mulated mud rather than washing itaway will accelerate corrosion ratherthan prevent it. Water under high pres-sure and steam are particularly effec-tive in removing accumulated mud andcorrosive materials.

• When cleaning lower door panels,rocker panels and frame members, besure that drain holes are kept open sothat moisture can escape and not betrapped inside to accelerate corrosion.

Keep your garage dryDon't park your car in a damp, poorlyventilated garage. This creates a favor-able environment for corrosion. This isparticularly true if you wash your car inthe garage or drive it into the garagewhen it is still wet or covered with snow,ice or mud. Even a heated garage cancontribute to corrosion unless it is wellventilated so moisture is dispersed.

Keep paint and trim in good conditionScratches or chips in the finish should becovered with "touch-up" paint as soon aspossible to reduce the possibility of cor-rosion. If bare metal is showing through,the attention of a qualified body and paintshop is recommended.

Bird droppings : Bird droppings are high-ly corrosive and may damage paintedsurfaces in just a few hours. Alwaysremove bird droppings as soon as possi-ble.

Don't neglect the interiorMoisture can collect under the floor matsand carpeting to cause corrosion. Checkunder the mats periodically to be surethe carpeting is dry. Use particular care ifyou carry fertilizers, cleaning materials orchemicals in the car.These should be carried only in propercontainers and any spills or leaks shouldbe cleaned up, flushed with clean waterand thoroughly dried.

Maintenance

587

Interior careG230201AUN

Interior general precautions Prevent caustic solutions such as per-fume and cosmetic oil from contactingthe dashboard because they may causedamage or discoloration. If they do con-tact the dashboard, wipe them off imme-diately. See the instructions that follow forthe proper way to clean vinyl.

G230202AUN

Cleaning the upholstery and interiortrim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinylwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner.

Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fabricwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean with a mild soap solution recom-mended for upholstery or carpets.Remove fresh spots immediately with afabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do notreceive immediate attention, the fabriccan be stained and its color can beaffected. Also, its fire-resistant propertiescan be reduced if the material is notproperly maintained.

G230203AUN

Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt web-bing Clean the belt webbing with any mildsoap solution recommended for cleaningupholstery or carpet. Follow the instruc-tions provided with the soap. Do notbleach or re-dye the webbing becausethis may weaken it.

G230204AUN

Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi-cle become fogged (that is, covered withan oily, greasy or waxy film), they shouldbe cleaned with glass cleaner. Follow thedirections on the glass cleaner container.

CAUTIONNever allow water or other liquidsto come in contact withelectrical/electronic componentsinside the vehicle as this may dam-age them.

CAUTIONUsing anything but recommendedcleaners and procedures may affectthe fabric’s appearance and fire-resistant properties.

CAUTIONDo not scrape or scratch the insideof the rear window. This may resultin damage to the rear windowdefroster grid.

7 59

Maintenance

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMG270000AUN-EU

The emission control system of yourvehicle is covered by a written limitedwarranty. Please see the warranty infor-mation contained in the Warranty &Maintenance booklet in your vehicle.Your vehicle is equipped with an emis-sion control system to meet all emissionregulations.There are three emission control sys-tems which are as follows.

(1) Crankcase emission control system(2) Evaporative emission control system(3) Exhaust emission control system

In order to assure the proper function ofthe emission control systems, it is rec-ommended that you have your carinspected and maintained by an author-ized KIA dealer in accordance with themaintenance schedule in this manual.

Caution for the Inspection andMaintenance Test (With ElectronicStability Control (ESC) system)• To prevent the vehicle from misfir-

ing during dynamometer testing,turn the Electronic Stability Control(ESC) system off by pressing theESC switch.

• After dynamometer testing is com-pleted, turn the ESC system back onby pressing the ESC switch again.

G270100AUN

1. Crankcase emission controlsystem

The positive crankcase ventilation sys-tem is employed to prevent air pollutioncaused by blow-by gases being emittedfrom the crankcase. This system suppliesfresh filtered air to the crankcase throughthe air intake hose. Inside the crankcase,the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases,which then pass through the PCV valveinto the induction system.

G270200AUN

2. Evaporative emission control(including ORVR: OnboardRefueling Vapor Recovery) sys-tem

The Evaporative Emission ControlSystem is designed to prevent fuelvapors from escaping into the atmos-phere.(The ORVR system is designed to allowthe vapors from the fuel tank to beloaded into a canister while refueling atthe gas station, preventing the escape offuel vapors into the atmosphere.)

Maintenance

607

G270201AUN

CanisterFuel vapors generated inside the fueltank are absorbed and stored in theonboard canister. When the engine isrunning, the fuel vapors absorbed in thecanister are drawn into the surge tankthrough the purge control solenoid valve.

G270202AUN

Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)The purge control solenoid valve is con-trolled by the Engine Control Module(ECM); when the engine coolant temper-ature is low during idling, the PCSV clos-es so that evaporated fuel is not takeninto the engine. After the engine warms-up during ordinary driving, the PCSVopens to introduce evaporated fuel to theengine.

G270300AUN

3. Exhaust emission control system

The Exhaust Emission Control System isa highly effective system which controlsexhaust emissions while maintaininggood vehicle performance.

G270301AUN

Vehicle modifications This vehicle should not be modified.Modification of your vehicle could affectits performance, safety or durability andmay even violate governmental safetyand emissions regulations.In addition, damage or performanceproblems resulting from any modificationmay not be covered under warranty.

G270302AUN

Engine exhaust gas precautions (carbon monoxide) • Carbon monoxide can be present with

other exhaust fumes. Therefore, if yousmell exhaust fumes of any kind insideyour vehicle, have it inspected andrepaired immediately. If you ever sus-pect exhaust fumes are coming intoyour vehicle, drive it only with all thewindows fully open. Have your vehiclechecked and repaired immediately.

WARNING - ExhaustEngine exhaust gases contain car-bon monoxide (CO). Though color-less and odorless, it is dangerousand could be lethal if inhaled.Follow the instructions on thispage to avoid CO poisoning.

7 61

Maintenance

• Do not operate the engine in confinedor closed areas (such as garages) anymore than what is necessary to movethe vehicle in or out of the area.

• When the vehicle is stopped in anopen area for more than a short timewith the engine running, adjust theventilation system (as needed) to drawoutside air into the vehicle.

• Never sit in a parked or stopped vehi-cle for any extended time with theengine running.

• When the engine stalls or fails to start,excessive attempts to restart theengine may cause damage to theemission control system.

G270303AUN

Operating precautions for catalyticconverters

Your vehicle is equipped with a catalyticconverter emission control device.Therefore, the following precautionsmust be observed:• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gaso-

line engine.• Do not operate the vehicle when there

are signs of engine malfunction, suchas misfire or a noticeable loss of per-formance.

• Do not misuse or abuse the engine.Examples of misuse are coasting withthe ignition off and descending steepgrades in gear with the ignition off.

• Do not operate the engine at high idlespeed for extended periods (5 minutesor more).

• Do not modify or tamper with any partof the engine or emission control sys-tem. All inspections and adjustmentsmust be made by an authorized KIAdealer.

• Avoid driving with a very low fuel level.If you run out of gasoline, it couldcause the engine to misfire and resultin excessive loading of the catalyticconverter.

Failure to observe these precautionscould result in damage to the catalyticconverter and to your vehicle.Additionally, such actions could void yourwarranties.

WARNING - FireA hot exhaust system can igniteflammable items under your vehi-cle. Do not park the vehicle over ornear flammable objects, such asgrass, vegetation, paper, leaves,etc.

8

Dimensions / 8-2Bulb wattage / 8-2Tires and wheels / 8-3Recommended lubricants and capacities / 8-4Vehicle identification number (VIN) / 8-6Vehicle certification label / 8-6Tire specification and pressure label / 8-6Engine number / 8-7



28

Item mm (in)

Overall length 4545 (178.9)

Overall width 1820 (71.6)

Overall height 1650 (65.0) / 1720 (66.7) *1

Front tread 1573 (61.9) / 1563 (61.5) *2

Rear tread 1569 (61.8) / 1560 (61.4) *2

Wheelbase 2700 (106.3)

DIMENSIONS

Light Bulb WattageHeadlights (Low) 55Headlights (High) 55Front turn signal lights 28/8Position lights 5Front side mark lights 5Front fog lights* 27Stop and tail lights 28/8

Rear turn signal lights 27Back-up lights 18Rear side mark lights 5High mounted stop light* LEDLicense plate lights 5Map lamps* 10Room lamp 10Vanity mirror lamps* 5

BULB WATTAGE

* : If equipped

*1 : with roof rack*2 : with P225/50R17 tire

I010000AUN-EE I030000AUN-EU

8 3


TIRES AND WHEELSI020000AUN-EU

Front Rear

P205/60R16 6.5J×16 220 220

P225/50R17 6.5J×17 (32) (32)

420 420T125/80D16 4.0T×16

(60) (60)

Full size tire

Compact spare tire

Wheel lug nut torque

kgf•m (lb•ft, N•m)

9~11

(65~79 , 88~107)

ItemTire

sizeWheel size

Inflation pressure

kPa (psi)

CAUTIONVehicles that are factory equippedwith P205/60R16 tires should not beupgraded to accommodate P225/50R17 tires and wheels.


48

RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES I040000AUN-EC

To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correctlubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.

These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

*1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.

*2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel nec-essary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost andenergy savings.

Lubricant Volume Classification

2.4L Engine 4.3 l (4.54 US qt.)

2.7L Engine 4.5 l (4.76 US qt.)

2.4L Engine 7.8 l (8.24 US qt.)Automatic transaxle fluid

2.7L Engine 9.5 l (10.04 US qt.)

Power steering 0.9 l (0.95 US qt.) PSF-4

Coolant2.4L Engine 6.7 l (7.08 US qt.) Mixture of antifreeze and water (Ethylene

2.7L Engine 8.4 l (8.88 US qt.) glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator)

Brake fluid0.7~0.8 l

(0.7~0.8 US qt.)FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4

Fuel 60 l (15.85 US gal.) -

Engine oil *1 *2

(drain and refill)

API Service SJ, SL or above, ILSAC GF-3 or above

DIAMOND ATF SP-III, SK ATF SP-III

8 5


I040100AUN-EU

Recommended SAE viscositynumber

Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has aneffect on fuel economy and cold weatheroperating (engine start and engine oilflowability). Lower viscosity engine oilscan provide better fuel economy and coldweather performance, however, higherviscosity engine oils are required for sat-isfactory lubrication in hot weather. Usingoils of any viscosity other than those rec-ommended could result in engine dam-age.

When choosing an oil, consider the rangeof temperature your vehicle will be oper-ated in before the next oil change.Proceed to select the recommended oilviscosity from the chart.CAUTION

Always be sure to clean the areaaround any filler plug, drain plug, ordipstick before checking or drain-ing any lubricant. This is especiallyimportant in dusty or sandy areasand when the vehicle is used onunpaved roads. Cleaning the plugand dipstick areas will prevent dirtand grit from entering the engineand other mechanisms that couldbe damaged.

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature

Engine Oil *1

°C(°F)

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

1. For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W-20, 5W-30 (API SJ, SL / ILSAC GF-3 or above). However, if the engine oil is not available inyour country, select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.

10W-30

5W-20, 5W-30


68

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (VIN)

H010000AUN

The vehicle identification number (VIN) isthe number used in registering your carand in all legal matters pertaining to itsownership, etc.It can be found on the floor under thepassenger seat. To check the number,remove the cover (1).

VEHICLE CERTIFICATIONLABEL

H020000AUN-EU

The vehicle certification label located onthe driver's side center pillar gives thevehicle identification number (VIN).

TIRE SPECIFICATION ANDPRESSURE LABEL

H030000AUN

The tires supplied on your new vehicleare chosen to provide the best perform-ance for normal driving.The tire label located on the driver's sidecenter pillar gives the tire pressures rec-ommended for your car.

OUN086004 OUN086005

OUN088001

OVQ076002N

Type A

Type B

8 7


H04000AUN-EE

The engine number is stamped on theengine block as shown in the drawing.

ENGINE NUMBER

OUN088003L

OUN088003N

2.7L Engine

2.4L Engine

IIndex

Index

2I

Air bag-advanced supplemental restraint system··········3-40Air cleaner ·····································································7-25Appearance care·····························································7-53Audio system ·································································4-92Automatic climate control system ·································4-70Automatic transaxle ·························································5-7Automatic transaxle fluid ··············································7-22

Battery············································································7-28Before driving··································································5-3Brake system··································································5-14Brakes fluid····································································7-20Bulb wattage ····································································8-2

Child restraint system ····················································3-32Climate control air filter ················································7-25Cruise control system ····················································5-24

Defroster ········································································4-59Dimensions ······································································8-2

Door locks······································································4-11

Economical operation ····················································5-28Emergency starting ··························································6-4Emission control system················································7-59Engine compartment ·················································2-4/7-2Engine coolant ·······························································7-17Engine number·································································8-7Engine oil·······································································7-16Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ···············7-12Exterior feature ······························································4-90

Fuel filler lid ··································································4-22Fuel requirements ····························································1-3Fuses ··············································································7-44

Hazard warning flasher··················································4-50Hood···············································································4-20How to use this manual ···················································1-2

A

B

C

D

E

F

H

I 3

Index

If the engine overheats·····················································6-6If the engine will not start ···············································6-3If you have a flat tire ·······················································6-7In case of an emergency while driving····························6-2Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster ···················1-5Instrument cluster ··························································4-34Instrument panel overview ··············································2-3Interior features······························································4-83Interior light ···································································4-58Interior overview ·····························································2-2

Key positions ···································································5-4Keys ·················································································4-3

Lighting··········································································4-51

Maintenance schedule······················································7-8Maintenance services·······················································7-4Manual climate control system······································4-61Mirrors ···········································································4-31

Owner maintenance ·························································7-6

Parking brake ································································7-24Power steering fluid·······················································7-21

Rear parking assist system·············································4-48Recommended lubricants and capacities·························8-4Remote keyless entry·······················································4-6Road warning···································································6-2

Seat belts ········································································3-18Seats ·················································································3-2Special driving conditions ·············································5-30Starting the engine ···························································5-6Steering wheel································································4-29Storage compartment ·····················································4-80Sunroof···········································································4-25

I

K

L

M

O

P

R

S

Index

4I

Tailgate···········································································4-15Theft-alarm system ··························································4-9Tire specification and pressure label ·······························8-6Tires and wheels······················································7-31/8-3Towing ···········································································6-18Trailer towing ································································5-37

Vehicle break-in process ··················································1-4Vehicle certification label ················································8-6Vehicle identification number (VIN)·······························8-6Vehicle load limit···························································5-44Vehicle weight ·······························································5-49

Washer fluid···································································7-24Windows ········································································4-17Windshield defrosting and defogging····························4-77Winter driving································································5-34Wiper blades ··································································7-26Wipers and washers ·······················································4-54

V

W

T

2008 carens owners manual en

Documents